Comprehensive Lecture Series in Criminal Sociology by Charlemagne James P

CLE Lecture Series
in CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY, Ethics and Human Relations

And How to effectively hurdle the
Criminology Licensure Examination with RA 11131
(AN ACT REGULATING THE PRACTICE OF CRIMINOLOGY PROFESSION
IN THE PHILIPPINES, AN APPROPRIATING FUNDS THEREFOR,
REPEALING FOR THE PURPOSE REPUBLIC ACT NO. 6506)
By
Charlemagne James P. Ramos
Registered Criminologist
What Criminologist Knows?
SCOPE
Covers the study of the development of criminology; causes of crimes;
characteristics of crimes, criminals and victims; theory, policy, and practice in
Criminology, and the current issues; the study of the five pillars of the criminal
justice system in the Philippines‐ law enforcement, prosecution, court, corrections
and community; the etiology of delinquent and criminal behaviour and the factors
that bring about juvenile delinquency; prevention and control of teenage crime
and manner of combating it; influence of community institutions on delinquency;
organization of civic and government councils for the prevention of juvenile
delinquency; the application of behavioural sciences in law enforcement, the
factors in behavioural changes and its implications to the operations of criminals,
the techniques of psychological investigation, the psychiatric and psychological
techniques of interrogation, and crisis management and the study of the present
law enforcement code of ethics and police professional conduct as embodied
under section 1. Rule of the PNP rules and regulations and also focus on the moral
values and human relations intended to develop and inculcate in the students the
philosophy of “normo agency”‐ what is expected by the society and what are
prohibited.
How to effectively hurdle the
Criminology Licensure Examination
with RA 11131
(AN ACT REGULATING THE PRACTICE OF CRIMINOLOGY PROFESSION
IN THE PHILIPPINES, AN APPROPRIATING FUNDS THEREFOR,
REPEALING FOR THE PURPOSE REPUBLIC ACT NO. 6506)
By

Future Criminologists!
“Anxiety among the candidates are
relieved only by being prompt and
prepared.”
‐Charlemagne James P. Ramos

“Am I to do any great work for God?
Then I must first be mighty upon my knees.”
‐Spurgeon

INTRODUCTION
THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE EDUCATION
The first school to offer Criminology Education in the
South East Asia.
Plaridel College (Known now as PCCr)
The first College to offer Criminology in the Philippines
City College of Manila
(known now as Universidad De Manila)
CRIMINOLOGY was offered as a course in Plaridel College now known
as Philippine College of Criminology founded by former Supreme Court
Justice Felix Angelo Bautista in 1954 and is located at Sta. Cruz, Manila.
It is the pioneer School of Criminology for scientific crime detection and
police science education no wonder why Criminology in the Philippines
merely focuses on describing, analyzing, and explaining the operations
of the Criminal Justice System, namely the Police, Prosecution, Courts,
Corrections and the Community. The curriculum promulgated by
Commission on Higher Education which regulates the operation of
Criminal Justice Education CMO No. 21 Series of 2005 which only
focuses to five (5) out of Six (6) subjects in Criminology was amended
as to the effect of the Kto12 program of the Department of Education.
The Crime Etiology and Psychology and Theories of Crime is now one of
subject that deals with theories and more so hoping that there would
be a Filipino Criminologist that will advance in the theories of Crime
causation and will be globally competitive.
History
The Board of Examiners for Criminology was created on July 1, 1972,
pursuant to Republic Act No. 6506 entitled “An Act Creating the Board
of Examiners for Criminologists in the Philippines and For Other
Purposes.”
The first Board, constituted in 1987, was composed of Dr. Sixto O. de
Leon as Chairman and Atty. Virgilio B. Andres and Jaime S. Navarro as
Members. On that same year, the Syllabi of Subjects in the licensure
examinations for Criminologists was promulgated.

CRIMINAL JUSTICE EDUCATION
Teodulo C. Natividad
(R.A. 6506 paves the way to the professionalism of Criminology Education)
July 1, 1972
CMO no. 21 Sr 2005
5 programs under CJE
CRIMINOLOGY
FORENSIC SCIENCE
LAW ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION
CORRECTIONAL ADMINISTRATION
INDUSTRIAL SECURITY MANAGMENT
CRIMINOLOGY PROGRAM was one of the parcels of the Criminal Justice Education
(CJE) in the country in accordance with CHED Memorandum Order no. 21 series of
2005. The latter inclusions of other degree programs such as Law Enforcement
Administration, Correctional Administration, Industrial Security Administration, and
Forensic Science as interdisciplinary fields in criminal justice were rationalized in
order to meet the demands of globalization and dynamics in the field of the study.
Among others the policies and standards are set, which primarily “focuses” on
criminology program. In year 1972 July First Republic Act no. 6506 was authored
by “Cong. Teodulo Natividad” a Criminologist, the law that paves the way to the
professionalism of the Criminology course herein the Philippines and as a result he
was entitled as the Father of Criminology in the Philippines. However the law being
obsolete and with the help of the Professional Criminologists Association of the
Philippines (PCAP) by assiduously recommending a bill that will repeal/amend the
former law was now answered by Republic Act No. 11131 “AN ACT REGULATING
THE PRACTICE OF CRIMINOLOGY PROFESSION IN THE PHILIPPINES, AN
APPROPRIATING FUNDS THEREFOR, REPEALING FOR THE PURPOSE REPUBLIC ACT
NO. 6506 OTHERWISE KNOWN AS “AN ACT CREATING THE BOARD OF EXAMINERS
FOR CRIMINOLOGIST IN THE PHILIPPINES” also known as “the Philippine
Criminology Profession Act of 2018.” which was approved on November 8 2018 by
President Rodrigo Roa Duterte.

Republic Act No. 6506
An Act Creating the Board of Examiners for
Criminologists in the Philippines and for Other
Purposes.
REPUBLIC ACT NO. 11131
An Act Regulating the Practice of Criminology
Profession in the Philippines, An Appropriating
Funds Therefor, Repealing for the Purpose
Republic Act No. 6506 Otherwise Known As “An
Act Creating the Board of Examiners for
Criminologist in the Philippines”
SEC. 6. Creation and Composition of the
Professional Regulatory Board for Criminologists.
There is hereby created a Professional Regulatory Board for
Criminologists, a collegial body under the administrative supervision
and control of the Commission, to be composed of a Chairperson and
four (4) members appointed by the President of the Philippines from
a list of three (3) recommendees for each position, chosen and ranked
by the Commission from a list of three (3) nominees for every
position endorsed by the APO. The new Board shall be organized not
later than six (6) months from the effectivity of this Act.

THE BOARD OF EXAMINERS FOR CRIMINOLOGY
Member
Hon. Ruben A. Sta. Teresa VACANT
Chairperson
Atty. Ramil Gabao
Member
Hon. George Q. Fernandez VACANT
NOTE:
You must know their specialties!

SEC. 10. Powers, Functions, Duties and
Responsibilities of the Board.
The Board shall exercise executive, administrative, rule making
and quasi‐judicial powers in carrying out the provisions of this
Act. It shall be vested with the following specific powers,
functions, duties and responsibilities:

(a) To administer, supervise, and monitor the conduct of the licensure
examination, registration, membership in the APO and the practice of
criminology in accordance with the provisions of this Act;
(b) To receive complaints and decide the matter as to the malpractices
and unethical conduct in the practice of the criminology profession;
(c) To promulgate and issue rules and regulations implementing the
provisions of this Act;
(d) To promulgate and adopt Code of Ethics and Code of Good
Governance for the practice of criminology;
(e) To adopt an official seal of the Board;

(g) To promulgate, adopt or amend the syllabi and tables of
specifications of the subjects for the licensure examination/s in
consultation with the APO, the academe, and the CHED Technical Panel
for Criminology, prepare questions for the licensure examination which
shall strictly be within the scope of the syllabi of the subjects for
examination, as well as administer and correct, and release the results
of the licensure examinations;
(h) To issue, suspend, revoke or reinstate the certificate of registration
of the registered criminologist or cancel temporary/special permit
granted to foreign criminologist;
(i) To administer oaths in the performance of its functions such as, but
not limited to, the oath of a professional to successful examinees in
licensure examination for criminologist together with the APO in an
appropriate mass oath‐taking ceremony to be held for the purpose;
(j) To monitor the conditions affecting the practice of criminology and
whenever necessary, adopt such measure as may be deemed proper for the
enhancement of the profession and the maintenance of high professional,
ethical and technical standards; for this purpose, the members of the Board,
duly authorized by the Commission, may conduct ocular inspection of
establishments where criminology is practiced, and recommend sanction as
it may deem proper to the appropriate government agency concerned;
(k) To monitor all colleges and universities offering criminology program and
recommend sanctions to the CHED or to other authorized government
offices, for noncompliance with the policies, standards, and requirements as
to faculty qualifications, laboratory, library, facilities and equipment,
research outputs, curriculum and administration of the criminology
education.
(l) To hear and investigate cases on violations of this Act, its implementing
rules and regulations (IRR), the Code of Ethics, the Code of Good Governance
and other policies, and for this purpose, to issue summons, subpoena ad
testificandum and subpoena duces tecum to alleged violators and/or
witnesses to compel their attendance in such hearings or investigations and
the production of documents in connection therewith;
(m) To delegate to the Commission the hearing or investigation of cases against the
alleged violators: Provided, that the hearing or investigation of cases wherein the
issue or question involved strictly concerns the technical practice of criminology
shall be presided over by at least one (1) member of the Board assisted by a Legal
or Hearing Officer of the Commission;
(n) To recommend to the Commission the endorsement of cases involving criminal
violations of this Act, its IRR, and other laws to the Prosecution Office or
appropriate government agency, for investigation and appropriate action;
(o) To disqualify applicants for the licensure examination who has been previously
convicted of a crime with finality involving moral turpitude. Hear and decide
administrative cases against the examinees or registered criminologists if they have
been convicted of a crime involving moral turpitude: Provided, that if they are
found guilty, the Board shall cancel their examination papers and/or preclude them
from taking another licensure examination, or to revoke/suspend their certificates
of registration and cause the surrender to the rules and regulations of the PRC:
Provided, further, that the decision of the Board shall, unless appealed to the
Commission, become final and executory after fifteen (15) days from receipt of
notice of judgment or decision;

(p) To conduct, through the Legal or Hearing Officers, summary proceedings
against the examinees who commit violations of this Act, its IRR, any of the
codes aforementioned, including violation of the General Instructions to
Examinees, and to render summary judgment thereon which shall, unless
appealed to the Commission, become final and executory after fifteen (15)
days from receipt of notice of judgment or decision;
(q) To prepare an annual report of accomplishments on programs, projects
and activities of the Board for submission to the Commission after the close
of each calendar year and make appropriate recommendations to the
Commission on issues or problems affecting the criminology profession; and
(r) To exercise such other powers as may be provided by law as well as those
which may be implied from, or which are incidental or necessary to the
effective carrying out of the express powers granted to the Board to achieve
the objectives and purposes of this Act. The resolutions, rules and
regulations and other policies issued and promulgated by the Board shall be
subject for review and approval by the Commission.
However, the Board’s decisions, resolutions or orders rendered in an
administrative case shall be subject to review only if on appeal.

SEC. 12. Administrative Supervision of the
Board; Provision of Support Services
The Board shall be under the administrative supervision of the
Commission. The Commission shall keep all records of the Board
including applications for examination, examination papers and results,
minutes of deliberation and administrative cases. The Commission shall
designate the Secretary of the Board and to implement the provision of
this Act.

SEC. 8. Term of Office.
The Chairperson and Members of the Board shall hold office for a term
of three (3) years from the date of appointment or until their
successors shall have been qualified and appointed. They may be
reappointed to the same office for another term of three (3) years
immediately after the expiry of their term: Provided, that the holding of
such position shall not be more than two (2) terms not more than six
(6) years, whichever is longer: Provided, further, that the first Board
under this Act shall hold these terms of office: the Chairperson for
three (3) years, the first two (2) members for two (2) years, and the
second two (2) members for one (1) year; Provided, finally, that any
appointee to a vacancy with an unexpired period shall only serve such
period. The Chairperson and the members shall duly take their oath of
office.
SEC. 7. Qualifications of the Chairperson and Members of the
Board.
The Chairperson and each member shall, at the time of their appointment, possess all these
qualifications:
(a) Must be a natural‐born Filipino citizen and a resident of the Philippines;
(b) Must be of good moral character, good reputation and of sound mind and body;
(c) Not convicted by a court of competent jurisdiction of any offense involving moral turpitude;
(d) Must be a graduate of Bachelor of Science in Criminology, and a holder of a Post‐Graduate
Degree in Criminology or a Lawyer in any reputable school recognized by the CHED;
(e) Must be a registered criminologist with a valid certificate of registration and a valid
professional identification card, having at least ten (10) years of practice in the profession prior
to the appointment including no less than two (2) years teaching experience of criminology or
law subjects in full‐time or part‐time capacity in the college of criminology or college of law
recognized by the government through the CHED;
(f) Must be a member in good standing of the APO but not an officer or trustee thereof; and
(g) Must not be a member of the faculty of any school, college, university where a regular class
or review course in criminology is offered, nor a member of the staff of reviewers in a review
school or center, and must not have any direct or indirect pecuniary interest in any such
institution.

SEC. 9. Compensation, Allowances and Other
Benefits.
The Chairperson and members of the Board shall receive
compensation, allowances and other benefits comparable to that
being received by the Chairpersons and Members of other
Professional Regulatory Boards under the Commission as provided for
under Section 10 of the Republic Act No. 8981 and other existing
laws.

SEC. 11. Grounds for Removal or Suspension of
Board Chairperson/Member
The President of the Philippines, upon the recommendation of the Commission, after due
process and administrative investigation conducted by the Commission, may remove or
suspend the Chairperson or member of the Board on any of the following grounds:
(a) Gross neglect, incompetence or dishonesty in the discharge of one’s duty;
(b) Commission of any of the cause/grounds and the prohibited acts provided in this Act
and the offenses in the Revised Penal Code, the Anti‐Graft and Corrupt Practices Act, and
other laws;
(c) Manipulation or rigging of the results in the licensure examination for criminologists,
disclosure of secret and confidential information on the examination questions prior to the
conduct thereof, or tampering of grade; and
(d) Conviction with final judgment of any crime involving moral turpitude. The Commission,
in the conduct of the investigation, shall be guided by Section 7(s) of Republic Act No.
8981, the rules on administrative investigation, and the applicable provisions of the New
Rules of Court.

KNOWING THE MECHANICS OF THE
CRIMINOLOGIST LICENSURE EXAMINATION
Professional Regulation Commission’s (PRCs) system of implementing
the Board Examinations.
• PRC administers the Criminology Board Examination twice a year.
• proctoring system
• Computerized checking
• Exams are all presented in a multiple‐choice type of examination
(MCQ)

SEC. 14. Qualifications of an applicant for the
Licensure Examination
An applicant for the licensure examination for criminologist shall satisfactorily prove that one
possesses the following qualifications:
(a) Must be a citizen of the Philippine or a foreign citizen whose country/state has reciprocity with
the Philippines in the practice of criminology;
(b) Must be of good moral character, good reputation and sound mind and body certified by the
school where he/she graduated and the barangay where he/she lives, unless the examinee is a
foreign national a certification from any professional of good standing will do;
(c) Must hold a bachelor’s degree in criminology duly accredited by the CHED and conferred by a
school/college/university duly authorized by the government or its equivalent degree obtained by
either a Filipino or foreign citizen from an institution of learning in a foreign country/state:
Provided, that it is duly recognized and/or accredited by the CHED;
(d) Must not have been convicted of an offense involving moral turpitude by a court of competent
jurisdiction; and
(e) Those who failed five (5) times whether consecutive or cumulative in the criminologist licensure
examination, must present certification issued by a reputable institution duly recognized by the
CHED that such applicant has satisfactorily completed a refresher course in criminology.

SEC. 15. Subjects for Licensure Examination.
The licensure examination for criminologists shall
include, but shall not be limited to, the following:
as amended the examination shall be in writing and
shall cover the following subjects with their respective
relative weights

Criminal Jurisprudence and Procedure (20%)
• Criminal Law (Book I);

• Criminal Law (Book II);
• Related Special Penal Laws;
• Criminal Procedure;
• Evidence:
• Court Testimony

Law Enforcement Administration (20%)
• Police Organization and Administration, Police Planning;
• Police Patrol Operations, Police Communication System;
• Police Intelligence;
• Police Personnel and Records Management;
• Comparative Police Systems;
• Industrial Security Management

Criminalistics (20%)
• Forensic Photography;
• Personal Identification;
• Forensic Medicine;
• Polygraphy Examination;
• Forensic Ballistics;
• Questioned Documents

Crime Detection, Investigation and Prevention (15%)
• Fundamentals of Criminal Investigation;
• Special Crime, Organized Crime Investigation;
• Fire Technology and Arson Investigation;
• Traffic Management and Accident Investigation;
• Drug Education and Investigation
• Vice Control

Criminal Sociology, Ethics and Human Relations (15%)
• Introduction to Criminology and Psychology of Crimes;
• Philippine Criminal Justice System;
• Ethics and Values;
• Juvenile Delinquency and Crime Prevention;
• Human Behavior and Crisis Management;
• Criminological Research and Statistics

Correctional Administration (10%)
• Institutional Corrections;
• Non‐Institutional Corrections

The Board, in consultation with the APO and the academe and
subject to the approval of the Commission, may revise or exclude any
of the subjects with their corresponding ratings and their syllabi, and
add new ones as the need arises to conform with technological
changes brought about by developing trends in the profession.
However, the Board may change or revise any of the above subjects in
the event the CHED shall correspondingly change the curriculum
prescribed for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Criminology. In
the conduct of the examination. The Board, in its discretion, may give
practical and field examinations in each subject, as it may deem fit.

The Board Exam Schedule
The Board Examination for Criminologist which
consist of six (6) subject areas are scheduled for three
(3) consecutive days and each day is divided for two
(2) subject area, one (1) for morning session and
another one (1) for afternoon session.
The illustration provided will best describe.

FIRST DAY BATTLE
Subject Area Weight Area
Morning session:
Criminal Law and Jurisprudence 20 %
Afternoon session:
Law Enforcement Administration 20 %

SECOND DAY BATTLE
Morning session:
Criminalistics 20 %
Afternoon session:
Crime Detection and Investigation 15 %

THIRD DAY BATTLE
Morning session:
Criminal Sociology, Ethics and 15 %
Human Relation
Afternoon session:
Correctional Administration 10 %

What should be the Target Rating of
a Future Criminologist!?

SEC. 17. Rating in the Licensure Examination.
To pass the licensure examination for criminologist, a candidate must
obtain a weighted AVERAGE RATING of seventy‐five percent (75%)
with NO GRADE LESS THAN sixty percent (60%) in any given subject.
In case the examinee obtains a weighted average rating of seventy‐
five percent (75%) BUT, HAS A GRADE BELOW sixty percent (60%) in
any of the subjects, the result of the EXAMINEE SHALL BE DEFERRED,
and BE REQUIRED TO RETAKE that particular subject/s. the deferred
examinee shall only be ALLOWED TO RETAKE ONCE WITHIN TWO (2)
YEARS from the date of the examination, and SHALL BE REQUIRED TO
OBTAIN A GRADE NOT LOWER THAT EIGHTY PERCENT (80%), the
Examinee shall retake all the board subjects.
The illustrations provided will best describe.
candidate must obtain a weighted AVERAGE RATING of
seventy‐five percent (75%)

a candidate must obtain a weighted AVERAGE RATING of
seventy‐five percent (75%) with NO GRADE LESS THAN sixty
percent (60%
Illustration 2 represents a passing Grade

In case the examinee obtains a weighted average rating of seventy‐five percent (75%)
BUT, HAS A GRADE BELOW sixty percent (60%) in any of the subjects, the result of the
EXAMINEE SHALL BE DEFERRED
Note: The Raw score of examinee in the area Correctional Administration appears to be below 60 points which is a
cut‐off grade in the Board Exam as mandated NO GRADE LESS THAN sixty percent (60%) in any given subject.
Note: The Raw score of examinee in the area Correctional Administration and LEA
appears to be below 60 points which is a cut‐off grade in the Board Exam as
mandated NO GRADE LESS THAN sixty percent (60%) in any given subject.
2 Deferred SUBJECTS
EXAMINEE SHALL
BE DEFERRED
2 Deferred SUBJECTS EXAMINEE SHALL BE DEFERRED

DEFERRED EXAMINEES
BE REQUIRED TO RETAKE that particular subject/s. the
deferred examinee shall only be ALLOWED TO RETAKE ONCE
WITHIN TWO (2) YEARS from the date of the
SHALL BE REQUIRED TO
examination, and
OBTAIN A GRADE NOT LOWER THAT
EIGHTY PERCENT (80%)
Any examinee who failed three (3) or more board
subjects shall be DEEMED TO HAVE FAILED the
board examination.

If you really wanted to be
Exceptional.
1. Exert Exceptional effort;
2. Do an Exceptional Review;
3. Dream to be a TOPNOTCHER!
SEC. 18. Report of Rating.
The Board shall submit to the
Commission the ratings
obtained by the candidates
not later than ten (10) days
after the last day of the
examination. Unless the
period is extended for a valid
cause.

THE MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTION SYSTEM
The Professional Regulation Commission administer the
Criminologist Licensure Examination by a multiple type of
question which composed of 600 questions to be hurdle for
three (3) days, a 100 item per subject area. In the actual battle
the examinee will answer 200 items each day one for morning
session and another 100 for afternoon session.

There are two general classifications of a multiple
choice question
1. First is the STATEMENT FORM.
2. Second is the QUESTION FORM.

THE STATEMENT FORM.
Question:
Drugs that is commonly used by athletes having
the properties of increasing stamina and/or
energy.
A. Methylenedioxy
B. Anabolic steroid
C. Diacetylmorphine
D. Ecstacy
Answer: Anabolic steroid

THE STATEMENT FORM.
Question:
Known as Napoleon’s eye, he conducted counter-
intelligence against spies, who utilized deceit
and blackmail to gain information.
A. Karl Schulmeister
B. Wilhelm Stieber
C. Alfred Redl
D. Edward I
Answer: Karl Schulmeister

THE QUESTION FORM.
Question:
James Bautista has a student permit on January
05 2015, what year and month should James apply
for non-professional license?
A. March 10 2015
B. June 05 2015
C. July 05 2015
D. Feb 05 2015
Answer: Feb 05 2015

THE QUESTION FORM.
Question:
Which of the following is NOT a proper intake of
methamphetamine hydrochloride?
A. Smoking
B. Snorting
C. Chasing the dragon
D. Oral
Answer: Oral

Multiple choice question items have two parts namely:
THE STEM and THE OPTIONS.
The STEM is the first part of the statement that poses a problem.
The OPTIONS are the choices from which the examinees have to select
the answer. The options have two parts; the correct answer and the
distracters.

CLASSES OF MULTIPLE TYPE OF QUESTION
A. IN GENERAL CLASS: B. IN SPECIFIC CLASS:
• Direct question • Yes or No/True or False/Correct or
• Incomplete Statement Form Incorrect type of question
• Best Answer type
(Positive‐Negative)
• Justifying Methods or Procedures • Enumeration Type
• Knowledge of Terminology • Fill in the blanks
• Knowledge of Specific Facts • Essay Type
• Measuring Outcomes at the • Matching type
Understanding and Application Levels • Identification type
• Interpreting Cause‐and‐Effect • Definition of terms type
Relationships
IN GENERAL CLASS: DIRECT QUESTION
Question:
He is the father of modern policing system.
A. Sir. Evelyn Ruggles Brise
B. August Vollmer
C. Sir. Robert Peel
D. Edmond Loccard
Answer: Sir. Robert Peel

IN GENERAL CLASS: DIRECT QUESTION
Question:
Considered to be the Father of Poroscopy.
A. Francis Galton
B. Marcelo Malpighe
C. John Herschel
D. Edmond Locard
Answer: Edmond Locard

IN GENERAL CLASS: INCOMPLETE STATEMENT FORM
Question:
The Cali Cartel Produces over _______ of cocaine
in the world
A. 90%
B. 80%
C. 70%
D. 60%
Answer: 90%

IN GENERAL CLASS: INCOMPLETE STATEMENT FORM
Question:
Cocaine is come from South America; ivory white
heroin is come from______
A. The golden Crescent
B. The golden triangle
C. Hongkong
D. Silver triangle
Answer: The golden triangle

IN GENERAL CLASS: BEST ANSWER TYPE
Question:
In forgery, using simulating method, the best
equipment to use in detecting it is the?
A. Low powered microscope
B. large magnifying glass
C. Graphic camera
D. high-powered microscope
Answer: large magnifying glass

IN GENERAL CLASS: BEST ANSWER TYPE
Question:
Arsonist helped in putting off the fire. What do
you think is his reason why is he's doing that?
A. To gain money
B. He doesn't want anyone to get hurt
C. Excitement
D. He felt guilty
Answer: He felt guilty

IN GENERAL CLASS: JUSTIFYING METHODS OR PROCEDURES
Question:
In a hit and run accident why is there a need
for the investigator to go back to the scene?
A. He was looking for a garage
B. He was looking for an additional witness
C. To have a look of the accident scene again
D. He wants to appeal in media
Answer: He was looking for an additional witness

IN GENERAL CLASS: JUSTIFYING METHODS OR PROCEDURES
Question:
The main reason why both traffic officers and signal
lights are used on some intersection is that:
A. motorists are discouraged from jumping signals
B. traffic can be kept moving at a faster rate
C. greater safety to pedestrians and motorists is
affected
D. an officer can stop and start traffic as necessity
demands
Answer: an officer can stop and start traffic as

necessity demands

IN GENERAL CLASS: KNOWLEDGE OF TERMINOLOGY
Question:
What is the study that deals with classifying
human physical characteristics?
A.Determinism
B.Somatology
C.Positivism
D.Atavism
Answer: Somatology

Question:
Under existing drugs law (RA 9165), the other
term of ecstasy is what?
A. Methyl barbital
B. Methylenedioxy methamphetamine
C. Methamphetamine peroxide
D. Methydioxymenthamphetamine
Answer: Methylenedioxy methamphetamine

Question:
What is the other term for scalar principle?
A. Line of authority
B. Chain of command
C. Unity of command
D. Unity of direction
Answer: Chain of command

Question:
A means to describe and compare different forms
of criminal behavior is called:
A. Psychology
B. Anthropology
C. Typology
D. Psychiatry
Answer: Typology

IN GENERAL CLASS: KNOWLEDGE OF SPECIFIC FACTS
Question:
It was considered in the history as birth year
of photography
A. 1939
B. 1869
C. 1839
D. 1639
Answer: 1839

Question:
A historic event in police photography happened
in Denver, Colorado, USA. When the court
admitted for the first tie a “colored”
photograph and that year was?
A. 1956
B. 1977
C. 1943
D. 1928
Answer: 1943
Question:
What is the real name of Cesare Beccaria?
A. Cesare Bonesara Marchese de Beccaria
B. Cesare Bonesara de Marchese Beccaria
C. Cesare de Marchese Bonesara Beccaria
D. Cesare Marchese de Bonesara Beccaria
Answer: Cesare Bonesara Marchese de Beccaria

Question:
The father of military espionage was;
A. Akbar
B. Genghis Khan
C. Alexander The Great
D. Fredrick The Great
Answer: Fredrick the Great

IN GENERAL CLASS: MEASURING OUTCOMES AT THE UNDERSTANDING
AND APPLICATION LEVELS
Question:
The main and common symptoms of coma not only in
crime incident is:
A. Paleness of the lips
B. Unconsciousness
C. Intermittent pulse rates
D. Blackening of the eyelids
Answer: Unconsciousness

Question:
If responding to a fire, you as an arson prober
arrived there with the fire still in progress,
what would you do FIRST?
A. Help put-off the fire
B. Cordon the area
C. Start interviewing witnesses
D. Observe the kind of smoke
Answer: Help put-off the fire

Question:
If you cannot prosecute a drunken driver because
for example, the level intoxication does not
exceed 10% what is your recourse as a respected
traffic prober?
A. Compel to attend seminar
B. Recommended license revocation
C. Prohibit to take liquor
D. Confiscate the license
Answer: Confiscate the license

IN GENERAL CLASS: INTERPRETING CAUSE‐AND‐EFFECT RELATIONSHIPS
Question:
Is humidity a factor in the presence or absence
of gunpowder?
A. never
B. it depends
C. yes
D. no
Answer: yes

Question:
In polygraph examination, is the taking of
medicine like tranquilizer and for colds affect
the result of the tests?
A. Yes
B. It depends
C. Never
D. No
Answer: yes

Question:
The investigator should avoid asking witnesses long
complicated questions because this will:
A. Give the witness a chance to formulate desired
answer.
B. Enable him to ascertain the purpose of the
interviewer
C. Renders difficulty in obtaining the facts for
conviction
D. Embraces him and cause him to answer he does not know
Answer: Embraces him and cause him to answer he does not

know
IN SPECIFIC CLASS: Yes or No/True or False/Correct or Incorrect type of
question (Positive‐Negative)
Question:
Interrogation is the questioning of a person suspected
of having committed an offense. Can interrogation be
also made on witnesses?
A. No C. It depends
B. Seldom D. Yes
Answer: Yes

Question:
Are search warrants by the courts of law always issued
in the name of the Philippines?
A. no C. it depends
B. possible D. yes
Answer: Yes

Question:
The robbery in this case may be considered to have been
committed by a band because there are four (4)
malefactors. This statement is:
A. Partly true
B. Partly false
C. false
D. true
Answer: false

Question:
All criminal actions, whether commenced by filing of
complaint or information, are under the direct control
of the public prosecutor. This statement is _______.
A. Correct
B. not correct
C. Partially correct
D. it depends
Answer: Correct

IN SPECIFIC CLASS: ENUMERATION TYPE
Question:
Which of the following are pre-licensing training programs?
I. Basic security guard course
II. Security training officer course
III.Private security training trainors course
IV. Basic security supervisory course
V. Security supervisor development course
A. I, II, and III
B. V, I, and II
C. II, III, and IV
D. IV, V, and I
Answer: I, II, and III

Question:
What test are conducted by the UN selection assistance team for PNP
applicants who passed the initial screening process conducted by
the PNP selection Committee?
I. English test
II. Weapon handling and proficiency test
III.Driving test
IV. Intelligence quotient (IQ) test
A. I, II and III
B. III, IV, and I
C. IV, I and II
D. II, III and IV
Answer: III, IV, and I

Question:
In the probe of an automobile fire, the four (4) most important
areas to consider are:
a. the electrical system
b. Gas tank
c. Under the hood and:
A.Cooling system
B.Body
C.Front seats
D.Backseats
Answer: Cooling system

IN SPECIFIC CLASS: FILL IN THE BLANKS
Question:
The National Police Commission (NAPOLCOM) is ______ the department
of the interior and Local Government (DILG) for policy and program
coordination
A. Attached to
B. Under
C. Connected to
D. Equal to
Answer: Attached to

Question:
In Adultery and Concubinage, pardon by the offended party will bar
criminal prosecution if _________________.
A. Express or implied pardon given to the wife or husband. As
the case may be and before the institution of the criminal
action
B. Express or implied pardon given to the both offenders and
before the institution of the criminal action
C. Both offenders are express before the institution of the
criminal action
D. Both husband and wife express before the institution of the
criminal action
Answer: Express or implied pardon given to the both offenders

and before the institution of the criminal action

Question:
Which of the following is an exempting circumstances?
When the crime is committed by a person
_____________________________
A. Who had intention to commit so grave a wrong as that
committed
B. Who acts under the compulsion of an irresistible force
C. Who acted with abuse of confidence or obvious
ungratefulness
D. In contempt of public authorities
Answer: Who acts under the compulsion of an irresistible

force
IN SPECIFIC CLASS: ESSAY TYPE
Situation:
Baste, a six-year old boy, is fond of watching the television program "Power
Rangers." One day while he was engrossed watching his favorite television show, Yaya
Dub, a maid changed the channel to enable her to watch "Kalye Serye" This enraged
Baste who got his father's revolver, and without warning, shot Yaya Dub at the back
of her head causing her instantaneous death.
Question:
Is Baste criminally liable?
A. Yes, because Baste acted with discernment which will made him criminally liable
even if he is a minor.
B. No, because Baste is only 6 years old even if he acted with or without
discernment it will not make him criminally liable.
C. Yes, he is liable for the death of Yaya Dub and he committed Homicide aggravated
by the use of a firearm.
D. No, Baste is not liable for any crime because he was just only engrossed
watching his favorite television and his act is justified.
Answer: No, because Baste is only 6 years old even if he acted with or without
discernment it will not make him criminally liable.
Question:
Is Baste civilly liable?
A. Yes, Baste is civilly liable although he is exempted from criminal liability.
Baste is acting with discernment although he was just only 6 years old.
B. No, as Baste is exempted from criminal liability he is also exempted from civil
liability, as a general rule is that “a person not criminally liable is not also
civilly liable.
C. Yes, it shall be devolve upon those having such person under their legal
authority or control, unless it appears that there was no fault or negligence on
their part or incase that the minor is in his authority, legal guardianship or
control, or is insolvent the minor should respond to his own property.
D. No, it shall be devolve upon those having such person under their legal authority
or control, unless it appears that there was no fault or negligence on their
part.
Answer: Yes, it shall be devolve upon those having such person under their legal
authority or control, unless it appears that there was no fault or negligence on
their part or incase that the minor is in his authority, legal guardianship or
control, or is insolvent the minor should respond to his own property.
Question:
Charlemagne with intent to kill shot James using an unlicensed
firearm as a result James died instantly. Now, future Criminologist
what crime or crimes was committed by Charlemagne?
A. Homicide, the unlicensed firearm will be appreciated only as an
aggravating circumstance
B. Separate crime of Homicide and illegal possession of firearms
under PD 1866 amended by RA 8294.
C. Murder, the use of unlicensed fire will be appreciated as a
qualifying aggravating circumstance.
D. Separate crime of Murder and illegal possession of firearms under
PD 1866 amended by RA 8294.
Answer: Homicide, the unlicensed firearm will be appreciated only

as an aggravating circumstance.
IN SPECIFIC CLASS: MATCHING TYPE
Question:
Shabu is originated in China, Cocaine is originated in:
A. Columbia
B. Mexico
C. India
D. France
Answer: Columbia

Question:
The 14k is based in Hong Kong; the Bamboo Gang is based in:
A. Italy
B. China
C. Macao
D. Taiwan
Answer: Taiwan

Question:
MMDA is commonly known as “ecstacy” while
methamphetamine hydrochloride-
A. Shabu
B. Cocaine
C. Mescaline
D. Benzedrine
Answer: Shabu

Question:
Cocaine has originated from Columbia; Shabu originated
from:
A. Japan
B. China
C. Mexico
D. India
Answer: China

IN SPECIFIC CLASS: IDENTIFICATION TYPE
Question:
‘In dactyloscopy, when we speak of polydactyl hands, it
refer to person with?
A. Abnormalities in the fingers
B. Less than five fingers on one hand
C. More than normal number of fingers
D. Exceedingly long fingers
Answer: More than normal number of fingers

Question:
It refers to the specific habit, techniques or
peculiarities characterizing the methods/procedures
employed in carrying out the criminal act. It is called:
A. Technical act
B. Modus operandi
C. Crime habit
D. Operational act
Answer: Modus operandi

Question:
It is the number of persons who handled and possess the
pieces of evidence the moments they were collected.
A. Chain of collection
B. Chain of custody
C. Chain of delivery
D. All of the above
Answer: Chain of custody

Question:
It refers to an abrupt end of a ridge
A. Ending Ridge
B. Abrupt ending
C. Dot
D. bifurcation
Answer: Ending Ridge

IN SPECIFIC CLASS: DEFINITION OF TERMS TYPE
Question:
AFFF means?
A. Aqueous Film Forming Foam
B. Aqua Form Filming Fade
C. Aquious Film Fade Form
D. Aquoes Form Filming Foam
Answer: Aqueous Film Forming Foam

Question:
Mujahedeen means what?
A. The holy war
B. The base
C. Geronimo
D. Freedom fighters
Answer: Freedom fighters

Question:
The interview of the witness can be described by the acronym
IRONIC, which stand for.
A. Inquiry, recognition, organization, novelty, identity,
continuity
B. Identity, rapport, omnipresent, narration, inquiry, conclusion
C. Identity, recognition, opening statement, narration, inquiry,
conclusion
D. Identity, rapport, opening statement, narration, inquiry,
conclusion
Answer: Identity, rapport, opening statement, narration, inquiry,

conclusion

Question:
G7 is a group of seven countries who were leading in terms of
economy who proposed that money laundering be made as criminal
offense. What are the countries compose of G-7?
A. USA, France, Italy, Germany, Japan, Canada and United Kingdom.
B. Switzerland, England, Spain, Turkey, Amsterdam, Scotland and
Ireland.
C. Philippines, China, Russia, Japan, South Korea, Hong Kong and
Taiwan.
D. Philippines, Malaysia, Thailand, Cambodia, Hong Kong, Indonesia
and Vietnam.
Answer: USA, France, Italy, Germany, Japan, Canada and United

Kingdom.

The words Not, except, other than, does not belong, and
all but one.
Note: the words NOT, EXCEPT, OTHER THAN, DOES NOT BELONG, and
ALL BUT ONE simply means that one is not included or does not belong
to the group. If you are in the actual examination it would be better if
you would highlight these words to avoid confusion.
NEITHER means NEGATIVE, none of these or none of the above while
EITHER means POSITIVE, all of these or all of the above.

Question:
What is NOT essential in sketch?
A. Compass direction
B. Legend
C. Name of the sketcher
D. Items
Answer: Name of the sketcher

Question:
Jessie was invited by the NBI operatives to answer
questions pertinent to the murder case investigated.
After the questioning at the NBI Headquarters however,
he was held for further questioning and considered him a
suspect already. Persons who can visit him are as
follows, EXCEPT:
A. Lovers, friend and countrymen
B. Immediate member of his family
C. Any medical doctor, priest or religious minister
D. Personnel of the C.H.R
Answer: Lovers, friend and countrymen

Question:
Motor vehicle accident occurs at a place OTHER
THAN on a highway:
A. A. Motor vehicle non-traffic accident
B. B. Motor vehicle traffic accident
C. C. Motor vehicle accident
D. D. Non-motor vehicle traffic accident
Answer: Motor vehicle non-traffic accident

Question:
Which of the following DOES NOT BELONG to the definition of
criminal justice system?
A. The machinery of the government which enforces the rule of
conduct necessary to protection of life and liberty
B. The machinery of the state which enforces the rule of
conduct necessary to protection of property
C. The government’s machinery which enforces the rule of
conduct necessary to the welfare of the minority
D. the states which enforce the rules of conduct necessary to
the maintenance of peace and order
Answer: The government’s machinery which enforces the rule of

Question:
Which of the following DOES NOT BELONG to the definition of
criminal justice system?
A. The machinery of the government which enforces the rule of
conduct necessary to protection of life and liberty
B. The machinery of the state which enforces the rule of
conduct necessary to protection of property
C. The government’s machinery which enforces the rule of
D. the states which enforce the rules of conduct necessary to
the maintenance of peace and order
Answer: The government’s machinery which enforces the rule of

Question:
ALL BUT ONE is a court or judicial power that is
created by the constitution
A. Quasi-judicial
B. Sandigan bayan
C. Military court
D. Supreme court
Answer: Military court

Question:
It is a self-contained program that is able to
spread functional copies of itself to other computer
system:
A. Trojan horse
B. Worm
C. EITHER OF THE ABOVE
D. NEITHER OF THE ABOVE
Answer: Worm

Typographical Errors (Myopia)
Note: not all of the questions asked in the board exams are correctly phrased.
There are unintended errors as per observance of previous board question.
Question:
It is otherwise known as the Private Security Agency Law
of the Philippines.
A. RA 8754
B. RA 4578
C. RA 8547
D. RA 4785
Answer: NONE it should be RA 5487, kahit yung EXAMINERS nalilito. Easyhan mo

lang tao din yan.

MY TIP!
“Aside from reading a lot of books, because the type of
the examination is Multiple Choice Question you must
at least target and practice at least 9,000 question
then, I will guarantee you that you are going to see
your name on the list of board passers” or better yet on
the LIST OF TOPNOTCHERS.

The PRC’s Identification Sheet

THE PRC’s Answer Sheet

Future Criminologists!
Eternalize this two Quotations in your heart and mind.
“Victory belongs to the most persevering”
And
“Hard work makes a difference”

SEC. 19. Oath
All successful candidates of the licensure examination shall take their
oath of profession in person before the Board or any of its members,
and with the APO in an oath‐taking ceremony held for such purpose.
Any person authorized by law may administer oath to any successful
examinees only upon membership of the APO prior to entering the
practice of the profession.

The National Passing
Percentage

National Passing Percentage In Criminology Licensure Examinations (CY 1992 – 2002)
Calendar Year National Passing Percentage
1992 28.00%
28.00%
1993 32.53%
1994 50.36%
1995 60.25%
60.25%
1996 41.05%
1997 51.23%
1998 40.97%
1999 51.34%
2000 45.18%
2001 49.86%
2002 45.92%
Average 45.15%
Source: Board Examination Status Report - AUF CCJE,
2009
the Philippine Regulation Commission (PRC) started to
conduct the Criminology Board Examination twice a year.
in 2003

National Passing Percentage In Criminology Licensure Examinations (CY 2003 ‐ 2006)
Calendar Year Number of Board Number of Passing Percentage
Takers Passers
March 2003 2,949 1,325 44.93%

44.93%
August 2003 7,798 2,776 35.60%
March 2004 3,378 1,032 30.05%
August 2004 8,296 2,311 27.87%
27.87%
May 2005 4,811 1,487 30.84%
October 2005 6,966 2,183 31.33%
May 2006 3,720 1,130 30.37%
October 2006 7,707 2,438 31.63%
Average 32.83%
Source: Board
Examination Status Report -
AUF CCJE, 2009
Calendar Year2,8 Number of Number of Passers Passing Percentage
Board Takers
May 2007 4,477 1,576 35.20%
October 2007 9,424 2,887 30.64%
March 2008 3,318 927 27.9%

27.9%
August 2008 12,167 4,101 33.7%
April 2009 7,702 2,433 31.6%
September 2009 14,142 5,046 35.7%

35.7%
Average
Average 31.46%
Board Takers
April 2010 9,739 3,084 31.67%
August 2010 16,644 5,880 35.33%
April 2011 10,943 2,361 21.58%

21.58%
October 2011 17,804 7,789 43.75%
March 2012 11,748 3,825 32.56%
October 2012 22,289 7,171 32.17%
April 2013 13,484 5,701 42.28%
October 2013 24,779 11,217 45.27%
April 2014 13,873 4,688 33.79%
October 2014 28,187 12,245 43.44%

Average 36.18%
Board Takers
April 2015 14,696 4,337 29.51%
October 2015 29,591 9,671 32.68%
April 2016 16,435 3,928 23.9%

23.9%
October 2016 34,768 10,901 31.35%
June 2017 20,819 5,202 24.99%
December 2017 35,516 13,205 37.18%
June 2018 21,894 7,307 33.37 %
December 2018 41,341 14,324 34.65

June 2019 ? ? P. Ramos
Charlemagne James ?
The lowest passing percentage in CRIMINOLOGY
LICENSURE EXAMINATION were
!
21.58% recorded on APRIL 2011
23.9% recorded on APRIL 2016
24.99% recorded on JUNE 2017

The Vehement Competition

UNIVERSITY OF THE CORDILLERAS

PRACTICE OF CRIMINOLOGY
SEC. 27. Lawful Practitioners of Criminology. – The following persons
shall be authorized to practice the criminology profession:

Natural persons;
Duly registered criminologists and holders of valid certificates of registration and valid
professional identification cards issued by the Board and the Commission pursuant to
this Act; and
Partnership duly registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as
professional partnership pursuant to the Civil Code and composed of partners majority
of whom are registered criminologists;
Corporation duly registered with the SEC as engaged in the practice of criminology and
with officers and Board of Directors who are all registered criminologists; and
Association and cooperative duly registered with the appropriate government agency
as a non‐stock corporation where majority of the officers, Board of Trustees and
members are registered criminologists.
These juridical persons shall also be registered with the Board and the Commission in
accordance with the rules and regulations therein.
SEC. 28. Seal, Issuance and Use of Seal. – There shall be a seal to be
exclusively and legitimately used by the practitioners of the criminology
profession which shall be distributed by the Board through the APO.
SEC. 29. Foreign Reciprocity. – No foreigner shall be allowed to take

the licensure examination for criminologists register, receive one’s
certificate of registration and professional identification card and
practice criminology in the Philippines unless the requirements for the
licensure examination and/or registration and practice of criminology
imposed under the laws and regulations in the foreign country/state
are substantially the same as those required and contemplated by the
Philippine laws and regulations allow Philippine citizens to practice
criminology within the territory of the foreign country/state on the
same basis and grant the same privileges as those enjoyed by the
citizens subjects or nationals thereof.

SEC. 5. Scope of Practice. – The practice of criminology shall
include, but shall not be limited, to acts or activities performed:
(a) In line with the practice of profession or occupation as a law enforcement
administrator, executive, adviser, consultant, officer, investigator, agent or
employee in any private or government agencies performing law
enforcement and quasi‐police functions at the Philippine National Police
(PNP), the National Bureau of Investigation (NBI), the Philippine Drug
Enforcement Agency (PDEA), the Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP), the Bureau
of Jail Management and Penology, The Provincial Jail, the Bureau of
Corrections (BUCOR), the Probation and Parole Administration (PPA), the
Bureau of Internal Revenue (BIR), the Bureau of Customs (BoC), the Bangko
Sentral ng Pilipinas (BSP), other government and private banks, the
Philippine Postal Corporation (PPC), the Sea and Air Marshalls, the VIP
Security, Airport and Seaport Police, the National Intelligence Coordinating
Agency (NICA), the Intelligence Service of the Armed Forces of the
Philippines (ISAFP), and other intelligence service or agencies of the
government exercising similar functions;

(b) In line with the practice of teaching profession such those who
performed by a professor, instructor or teacher in any university,
college or school duly recognized by the government of any of the
following professional and component subjects of the criminology
program: (1) Criminal Jurisprudence and Procedure; (2) Criminalistics;
(3) Law Enforcement Administration; (4) Crime Detection and
Investigation; (5) Correctional Administration; and (6) Criminal
Sociology and Ethics, and other technical and specialized subjects in
the criminology curriculum provided by the CHED;
(c) As a technician, examiner/criminalist, or specialist in dactyloscopy,
questioned document, deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), lie detection,
firearms identification, forensic photography, forensic chemistry and
other scientific crime detection and investigation;
(d) As a counsellor, consultant, advised or researcher in any government or
private agency on any aspect of criminological research or project involving
the causes of crime, children in conflict with the law, treatment of offenders,
police operations, law enforcement administration, scientific criminal
investigation or public safety and national security administration; and
(e) As a private investigator, administrator, consultant, or agent, or detective
in any private security and investigation agency organized under the laws of
the Philippines.
The Board, in consultation with the APO and the academe, subject to the
approval of the commission, may revise, exclude from or add to the above
enumerated acts or activities as the need arises to conform with the latest
trends in the practice of criminology in the country.
SEC. 30. Practice through Temporary/Special Permit. – Temporary/Special permit may
be issued by the Board subject to the approval by the Commission and payment of
fees the latter has prescribed and charged thereof to the following:
• Registered criminologists from foreign countries/states whose services are rendered either for free or for a
fee
• If they are internationally known criminologists or experts in any branch specialty or allied field of
criminology; and
• If their services are urgently and importantly required for lack of inadequacy of available local specialists or
experts or for the promotion or advancement of the practice of criminology through transfer of technology
• Registered criminologists from foreign countries/states whose services shall be free and limited to indigent
patients in a particular hospital center or clinic and;
• Registered criminologists from foreign countries/states employed as exchange professors in a branch
specialty or allied field of criminology, in schools, colleges or universities offering the course of criminology
The permit shall among other things contain these limitations and conditions for a period of not more
than one (1) year subject to renewal the branch or specialty of criminology and the specific place of practice
such as clinic, hospital center, school, college or university offering the course of criminology. The Board subject
to the approval of the Commission, shall promulgate rules and regulations on the implementation of this
particular section
SEC. 31. Indication of Numbers Certificate of Registration, Professional Tax Receipt and
APO Membership. – The practitioner of the criminology profession shall be required to
indicate the certificate of registration number and date of issuance, the expiry of the
current professional identification card the professional tax receipt number and date and
the APO membership number and date with official receipt number and date of
membership payment (annual/lifetime) on the documents one signs, uses or issues in
connection with the practice of the profession.
SEC. 32. Roster of Registered Criminologists. – The registered criminologists shall be
integrated into one (1) national organization of criminologists that is duly registered with
the SEC. The Board, subject to the approval by the Commission, shall accredit the
organization as the one and only integrated and accredited national organization of
criminologists. Provided, That its continued accreditation is subject to compliance with the
periodic requirements and standards set forth by the Commission.
All criminologists whose names appear in the Registry Book of Criminologists shall
ipso facto or automatically become members thereof and shall receive therefrom, all the
benefits and privileges upon payment of APO membership fees and does. Membership in an
affiliate organization of criminologists shall not be barred.
SEC. 34. Principles of Registered Criminologists
All registered criminologists shall be exempt from taking any other entrance
or qualifying government or civil service examinations and shall be
considered civil service eligible to the following government positions,
among others: (1) Dactylographer (2) Ballistician; (3) Questioned Document
Examiner; (4) Forensic Photographer; (5) Polygraph Examiner; (6) Probation
Officer; (7) Parole Officer; (8) Special Investigator; (9) Special Agent; (10)
Investigative Agent; (11) Intelligence Agent; (12) Law Enforcement Evaluation
Officer; (13) National Police Commission (NAPOLCOM) Inspector; (14) Traffic
Operation Officer; (15) Associate Graft Investigation Officer; (16) Special
Police Officer; (17) Safekeeping Officer; (18) Sheriff; (19) Security Officer; (20)
Criminal Investigator; (21) Warden; (22) Reformation Officer; (23) Firefighter;
(24) Fire Marshall; (25) Jail Officer up to the rank of Police Superintendent
and other law enforcement agencies and agencies under the Criminal Justice
System.

SEC. 35. Preference of Appointment in Government
Criminal Justice and Other Governmental Institutions
Registered criminologists shall enjoy priority of appointment and shall not be required to take
any qualifying or entrance examinations in the PNP, the NBI, the BJMP, the BFP, the Land
Transportation Office (LTO) and other government positions related to criminology, police
and law enforcement work, investigations and security, corrections and public safety of the
following bureaus, departments, institutions or agencies of the government, the Department
of Justice (DOJ), the Commission on Human Rights (CHR), the Office of the Ombudsman, the
Philippine Ports Authority (PPA), the Commission on Elections (COMELEC), the Bureau of
Treasury (BOT), the Philippine Amusement and Gaming Corporation (PAGCOR), the
Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR), the Department of Tourism
(DOT), the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), the Armed Forces of the Philippines
(AFP), the Bureau of Immigration (BI), the BOC, the Department of Transportation (DOTr), the
Air Transportation Office (ATO), the Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines (CAAP), the BSP,
the BIR, the CHED, the City/Municipal Security Office, the Provincial Jail, the Provincial
Security Office, the Metro Manila Development Authority (MMDA), the Supreme Court and
lower courts, the Security Consultation, the Social Security System, the NAPOLCOM, the
Autonomous Region in Muslim Mindanao (ARMM), the Optical Media Board, the Intellectual
Property Rights Office, the PDEA, the Public Attorney’s Office (PAO), the PPC, government‐
owned and controlled corporations and other government agencies with positions involving
the practice of criminology. What Criminologist Knows?
SEC. 36. Lateral Entry of Registered Criminologists.
Registered Criminologist who are not in the government service shall
be eligible and given preference for appointment via lateral entry as
Police, Fire, and Jail Inspectors or its equivalent in the PDEA, NBI, and
other law enforcement agencies: Provided, that they possess the
general qualifications for appointment as provided in the existing laws
on appointment of Police Officers in the PNP, BJMP, BFP, PDEA, or NBI:
Provided, further, that those who are already in the police, fire, and jail
service as non‐commissioned officers and who are already registered
and licensed criminologists shall be given preference for lateral entry.

AFFIRM YOUR GOALS!
“You’ll affirm that you are in control of your life. Your life will happen by
your design and not by chance… you can have the life you want.”
Tips, Methods and TECHNIQUES
on how to hurdle the board examination

the scenario that prompt us to review the following
concerns:
1. Student Factor
2. School Factor
3. Faculty Factor
4. Review Factor
Et Al…

ASK FOR DIVINE
INTERVENTION

“Ask and it shall be given.”
Whatever our religion is, call him, pray in a solemn place it lifts
up our spirit. Aside from preparing physically and mentally
one should be also spiritually prepared. One of the proverbs in
the bible inscribed “ASK AND IT SHALL BE GIVEN”. Pray hard
but work hard, prayers are not enough if it will not be coupled
by hard work. If you ask him to be the one, he will give it to
you but of course with challenges that will inadvertently
comes on your way. Be willing to accept it, it is the only way
for you to claim what you ask for.

The truth behind on how we pray…
“Wanted – Prayers That Matters”
Excerpt from the book "Thinking Aloud“
By BGen. Vicente Pangantihon.

there was a story of a Filipino who died before his
time. He was an upright man; hence,
his soul went to heaven. To his dismay St. Peter
won’t let him in. He was told to return
to earth. His time is not yet due.
He pleaded. He is officially dead on record.

Besides he has no body to return to. His
mortal remains were cremated.
The kindhearted Peter noted his being a Filipino. Heavenly statistics showed that the Philippines
had the most number of citizens sent to the great beyond prematurely. The country is infested
with drug addicts and drunkards lurking in the shadows, petty thieves and snatchers who would
do their victims in at the sign of resistance, rolling coffins with undisciplined drivers at the
wheels, natural events made horrendously disastrous due to government apathy and
corruption, insurgency as a result of dysfunctions in society, stray bullets and firecrackers in
paganistic and hedonistic celebrations, etc.. The list seemed endless. The case however is
beyond Peter’s authority. He must consult the Lord.
St. Peter called for an angel. “Show him
around,” he said. “I will present his case to
the Lord” The angel led the Filipino by the
arm saying, “I can read your thoughts. I will
answer all your questions even before you From where they are, the Filipino noted
can open your mouth to ask.” four (4) buildings a distance away. In
answer to the questions forming in his
mind, the angel said, “These four (4)
buildings were specifically dedicated to
the Philippines. No it’s not because the
country is extra‐special to the Lord, All
countries are treated equally. It was noted
however that in the last decade, the
Philippines became the most prayerful
country. At a drop of a hat, Filipinos pray.
It is in these buildings where their prayers
are recorded and acted upon.
These four (4) buildings were specifically dedicated to the Philippines.
At the first building there was a flurry of activity. Host of angels were either
flying or running in or out of the building faster than anything the Filipino had
ever seen. The traffic was so dense it was a miracle the angels didn’t
collide or bump against each other.
The traffic at the second building was very much lighter compared with the
first. It was still heavy nonetheless.
There was practically very little activity in the third building. The angels inside,
were either, playing games or reading something to pass the time. Occasionally
an angel would arrive, submit his report and stay for awhile to bat the breeze.
The fourth building was literally asleep. Inside, the angels were sleeping in
their desks or in any available comfortable space. It was evident there had been
no activity for sometime.

The angel explained the First building
“It is in this building where prayers for personal favors were recorded and acted
upon. Yes, your government is too busy with other concerns like photo sessions,
speaking engagements, trips aboard or say investigations in aid of legislation,
that they don’t have time to attend to even the most basic needs of the people.
Those in position to be of help forgot that as Christians, they are keepers of their
fellow brothers and sisters. The pitiful cries of your “kababayans” added to the
sufferings of our Lord to the cross.”
“Another factor”, the angel continued, “that added to the traffic in this building is
the Filipinos literal interpretation of what the Lord said: ‘Ask and you shall be
given.’ Instead of working it out, Filipinos toss their problems to the Lord for
solution. ‘Bahala na ang Dios’ is the oft repeated phrase.”
“Yes, all prayers are answered,” the angel replied. “There are cases where the
Lord in His wisdom rewards even the undeserving.”
The angel explained the Second building
“It is in this building where prayers for others like friends, relatives, the religious
and government officials are recorded and acted upon. Why the lighter traffic?
Well, what you think were prayers, were not classified as such. Yes the
Philippines is practically always in a crisis situation. You must have noticed,
during the so called prayer rallies to resolve the crisis, the presence of cameras
and microphones. These were intended more for media mileage than as a prayer.
The prayer requests and prayer balloons of some religious groups and
organizations are not prayers per se. You said yourself that these were
accompanied by some token or donation. Sorry, but the Lord does not
commercialize His favors!”
“Most Filipinos prayed for others not because they really cared. It is more of a
personal request to safeguard their interest,” the angel concluded.
The angel explained the Third building
“It is here where the prayers of thanks are recorded and subsequently rewarded
with more favors and graces. Yes, it really shows. You Filipinos have the habit of
spontaneously saying “Thank God” as spontaneous as saying your cuss word p...i.
It is a mere expression not a prayer.” The angel chuckled. “Oh, Thank God for a
miracle?’ It was meant for media and public consumption. We heard the whole
nation chorused their Amen.”

The angel explained the Fourth building
This time the angel sadly said. “It is here where prayers to praise, honor and
glorify the Lord are bring recorded. You can imagine the rewards from the rarity
of such prayers. Again, you always hear Filipinos say ‘Praise the Lord’ just like
saying your cuss word. It is not recorded here and you know why. Not even the
church choir singing ‘Glory to God..,’ as if they just awoke from a deep slumber,
hence, the song sounds more doleful than an exaltation of praise, honor and
glory.”

At this instant St. Peter appeared. “So you are there,” he said. The Lord
considered your case. You can stay. Come I will show you your place.
“St. Peter, please ask the Lord to reconsider. I want to go back to earth,” the
Filipino implored.
Peter nodded in understanding. “My friend,” he said, “your presence on earth
will not make any difference. The Lord Himself came down to earth. You know
what they did to Him”

In utter humility the Filipino went down on his knees and bowed in prayer. “Your
will be done, O Lord! All praise, honor and glory be Yours forever and ever.”
When he lifted his head, he saw the fourth building suddenly come to life.

God’s kingdom, and Seeking God’s Righteousness
humility lifts up one to marvelous destiny
OPPOSSES THE PROUD BUT GIVES GRACE TO THE
HUMBLE

A GOAL
“Dream to be a Criminologist and a
Topnotcher”

Most of the candidate for licensure exam aim only to pass the grueling
exam and as a result if they got out of luck on that goal they will fail.
Believe me you, it is important to dream big as a reviewee will exert
more effort than the normal. Embed this to your mind and heart, if you
only dream of trivial matter or just passing the board exam, expect that
the effort that will be exerted is also trivial. So now! Future
Criminologist. Dream to top the board exam!

PREPARE YOUR HEART, BODY AND SOUL
FOR THE FINAL BATTLE.

“Know your enemy and know yourself”. ‐Sun Tzu
Be prepared. Know everything about the board exam,
it is the only way to defeat the exam. Also practiced
correctly. Yes it is true that practice makes perfect but
practicing wrong will not make it perfect.

Points to be consider:
• Law regulating the board exam
• Schedule of the board exam
• Requirements on taking the board exam
• Scope of the examination
• Previous board examinations
• The examiners what are their expertise
• Materials to be used
• Review center is a big factor
• And others; and more importantly
• COMMON SENSE

FINANCIAL CONSTRAINTS AND
CAPABILITIES

“Learning is not all about the money, be resourceful”.
It is not all about spending too much to avail a good
review. Although it is a factor but there a various ways to
conquer it. Many reviewees pass even top the board exam
without spending too much money on review, be resourceful
there are good Samaritans out there that are willing to help,
you just need to be humble and ask for their support.
If you had this problem, Facebook is free but be vigilant.
Trust but verify.
TIP: you could visit the FB page What Criminologist Knows?
Charlemagne James P. Ramos hit

SELECTION OF
MATERIALS
“Be realistic and
practical”

“There are too many materials but be practical”.
Remember that you could not read everything with so
little time. Get rid of materials which are redundant it is
quality over quantity. Use memory aids such as Flashcards or
index cards, Visual aids (manila paper or cartolina) etc. but do
remember to read all necessary matters or very important
points in the board exam it help you if you have a little time.
Be wise young Criminologist!

You cannot read everything with so little a
time………
• Text books used in school
• Always have your text books for major subjects
• Minor topics, just read review books
• Memory Aid per subject (last material to read)
• Organize your materials
• Ensure that you have enough materials covering all topics
• Get rid to other materials if already redundant
• It is quality over quantity

MAKE YOUR OWN
REVIEW SCHEDULE

“It is your moment grab it!”
The schedule made by the review center is a mere guide,
made a little adjustment based on the following factors:
• Relative weight of the subject
• Schedule of exam
• Mastery of the subject
• Topics covered by the subject
• Materials that you intended to read
• Reading speed; and more importantly
• Comprehension
• Read before/after listening to lectures depending on difficulty of subjects

Remember to read before and after listening to lectures it
will help you recall easily the topic. During the board exam
read the subject area cover night before the exam. For
example as set the board exam is three (3) days battle. On
your first day you will hurdle CLJ and LEA be sure to read CLJ
and LEA the night before the exam and after CLJ the time
before the next subject which is LEA do read it before the
exam. Note that cramming will not help you it is better to
relax and read only question and answer material.

SEARCHING FOR GUIDANCE

“Be humble to accept that you need help”.
Stay humble, as it is mark of willingness to learn. As a professor,
lecturer, and a coach on various candidates for Criminology Licensure
Examination, I’d experienced that humility is one of the essential
attitude that a reviewee must have.
On matters of searching for a Review Center be guided
accordingly, search for the following:
Topnotchers produced, Credibility, Prestige, Existence, Lecturers,
Materials, Number of produced Registered Criminologist And more
importantly the heart and blood of a Criminologist
Remember to attend religiously on your review.

The examinee need to determine his strengths
first then his weaknesses so that he can be able
to properly assess himself of his overall standing.

COMPREHENSION AND SPEED OF
READING

“Every man knows how to read has it in his power to magnify himself, to multiply the
ways in which he exists, to make his life full, significant, and interesting”.
‐Aldous Huxley
As an important matter in reviewing is reading whether you like it or
not. In reading for speed realize that there is no limit to your speed. As
an example in the name of John F. Kennedy a natural fast readers and
known as a gifted reader. A person who read very fast with excellent
comprehension.

What does limit your reading rate?
Poor habits such as
sub vocalization (pronouncing words to yourself),
regression (going back to re‐read material already covered),
prolonged fixation (stopping and staring at one word),
and efficient eye movement (losing your place wandering between
lines).

These poor habits cause tired eyes, boredom, low speeds, and low
comprehension.
It is not ability that you lack, it is training.
Because we are taught to read at 100‐400 words per minute, we are
led to believe that is our “normal rate”, but those rate, it takes proper
training and time.

Consider the following to develop speed
and comprehension:

Learn to adjust your rates
When your purpose in reading is entertainment, read faster
than usual. In a high responsibility situation, take notes often,
read difficult passages, and read at your maximum rate of
comprehension, not to memorize

See yourself as a good reader
Your actions are consistent with your conception of
yourself, being aware of what you need to get out of the
material. Believe you can get what you want, when you want
it. Seeing yourself as a fast reader can become a self‐fulfilling
prophecy.

See more words at a time
One of the wise man in the name of James Cattel, a
psychologist said that our untrained visual capacity is about
four words in one‐hundredth of a second. That is comparable
to 400 words a second or 24,000 words per minute that we
are capable of seeing and understanding. Some of the
reviewees may wonder and ask how? Accept the fact that you
could comprehend the material by reading it at a faster rate.
Just so practice it and you will see the result immediately.
Read quickly to improve concentration
Readers with the best comprehension are usually fast
readers. The slower you read, the more chances there are for
you to daydream and lose concentration, hence,
comprehension.

Have a copy of your own of the
CRIMINOLOGIST LICENSURE EXAMINATION
SYLLABUS
Visit the Group and Join WCK COACHING and
MENTORING CENTER
We provide free copy there.

THE NO. 1
PROBLEM
“LAZINESS”

“Laziness as one of the deadly sin”
Laziness is often the no. 1 problem of every reviewees,
laziness is a habit which can compromise everything even the
most promising profession. Laziness is congenial it stems from
our surroundings such as lazy friends or unsupportive
relatives, and even yourself because of lack of a definite goals.

Decide and Act, it is the only way to conquer it. The unwillingness to
make a decision and none commitment to follow through with it will
result to failure. Commit yourself by achieving your goals and dreams,
then you can expect success. Many reviewees have made a strong
decision on what they want. But the commitment to those goals is as
important as establishing them. It’s not enough to say “I want to
become a CRIMINOLOGIST”. You’ll need to say, “I want to become a
Criminologist and will do it. I will read 10 hours a day and I will do
everything to pass it if that’s what it takes”. Now future Criminologist
be ready to conquer laziness!

FAILURE ALWAYS
HAS ITS ALIBI, BUT
SUCCESS REQUIRES
NO EXPLANATION.

“The mamaya na system”
The most untiring reason of every reviewee “bukas na
yan, bukas gagawin ko na yan, saka na maaga pa eh,
nakakapagod bukas na ulit, mahaba pa naman time eh
saka na. These are the alibis of sloth people. Say no
words synonymous to this and you will notice yourself
grow and do this system and you will perish.

POOR READING HABIT.
“The testimony of almost all topnotchers
that they read 12‐16 hours a day that is
comparable to 100‐150 pages a day with
comprehension”.

Accordingly, Most of the Criminology students while on their
college days was not able to develop their reading habit which
is a vital one, as a result in their review classes they fail to read
a lot of material and causing a lot of cramming. Believe me
you reading is the foundation of every examination. Yes it do
takes time but it is the only way and there is no shortcut. Each
session of board exams over thousands of examines flank,
only 30% will pass. One of the reasons most often mentioned
is “ok lang yan meron pa naman sa susunod eh.” Don’t fall on
the same trap. If your reading skills are weak, improve them!
There are many ways that you can go about it! Don’t make an
alibi and persevere.
Remember that board examination needs a strong
foundation and it is developed only by reading. There
are tips presented here in my book on how to
comprehend and develop speed in reading. Yes I am
not a good student before but I get motivated and learn
to read because of our board examination. A tip from
mine “Learn by your heart” and it will embed
everything you read and learn in your mind. If you love
what you are doing you will totally enjoy reading and
learning.

POOR RELATIONSHIPS.
“Gain support from your love ones,
family and friends”.

Set everyone straight it is your life it is your choices, if you
wanted to really become a professional you must be willing to
sacrifice everything whatever it takes. If your current
relationships with your love ones, family, and friends are
positive, encouraging and productive, and helpful it is an
advantage on your part. If they are negative, discouraging, and
counter‐productive and constantly fight with or worry about
your decision, think! Would it compromise your review? If
they are putting unnecessary pressure upon you to perform in
the licensure exam? Again think! Poor relationships can ruin
all your plan.

NEGATIVE PERSONALITY TRAITS.
“A reviewee with negative personality
traits almost invites failure”.

In my practice as a Criminologist in the field of academe, I’d
notice some of the reviewees attitude are mediocre, some of
them are Shy, Sarcastic, Critics, Withdrawals, Guilty, Listless,
and most of them use alibis all of these negative personality
traits can make a difficult or impossible goal. It is mandatory
that we must make adjustments in our self‐image and life
style. Those who are unable or unwilling to make the
adjustments will unable to “flow with” the changes, believe
me you it is not all about reviewing and passing the board
examination, it is the attitude that will bring us even in the
depth of our life.

Here are the following reasons:

Excessive shyness and withdrawn behavior
may lead to criticism by others or unhealthy
emotional growth.

Guilt and criticism often go together. Highly
critical individuals often vent their feelings
through criticism of others, directing the blame
they think they deserve upon others.

Sarcasm, though often healthy for the brain and
used in fun, is a destructive and extremely a
negative habit. What’s worse is that a sarcastic
individual is often unaware of the impact of his
sharp comments would affect someone.

The countless alibis that poor reviewee use. Alibis
are tools of those who do not wish to accept
responsibility for their own lives. Alibis will always
give a poor achiever justification for mediocrity.

EXCESSIVE WORRYING.
Warning! “Worrying excessively can
paralyzed anyone by an upcoming event or
could result to obsession of a current
problem”.
Many reviewees waste hours and even days fretting and
worrying over their review and the schedule of the board
exam. This is a waste of time and energy. The proper feeling
should be concern: a normal, healthy, and necessary caring for
what you do. If you can do something about a problem, go do
it. If you can’t forget it easily. To calm your way I made I daily
titled “I am a future Criminologist” before reviewing, read it
every day before studying it helps I guarantee you.it it was
made by heart of a reviewee like you that also dreamed to
become a Criminologist.
As I often tell to my students “Kalma lang lamang pa tayo
syam” for the purpose of conditioning their mind not to fret.
Yes! I tell you it works and it fool their mind unconsciously.
UNNECESSARY
ACTIVITIES
“Learn to focus on
your goal!”

THIS IS A FULL TIME JOB
• AVOID Gimiks, DVD/movies, Dating and other Distractions
• To keep your level of sanity, a half‐day break from review every two
weeks is recommended
• Isolate yourself from people who are giving you stress/ pressure
• Do not worry about your weight
• Avoid sudden changes in your relationship

We have only twenty‐four hours in a day. Seven days in a week, three
hundred sixty five days in a year. Count the days before the Board exam
focus and be prepare for the final battle. Do not cram twenty‐five hours
into twenty‐four hours a day I will tell you that you will surely fail if you
do cramming.

BEST TIME TO STUDY?
• Depends on your biorhythm
• Enough sleep is important
• Do not force yourself to study
• Take power naps
• 7 am to 12 mindnight (17 hrs less 2‐3 hrs or about 14‐15 hours per
day)
• Keep snacks inside your room
• Listen to recordings while eating

KEEP ON TRACK…
• Alarm clock beside you, monitor
your speed
Example:
20 pages/hr
300 pages = 1 day
10 pages/hr
300 page = 2 days

PUTANG INA!
Read to understand and not for
the sake of simply reading and
finishing the book.
HINDI PAUNAHAN YAN…
One of the great man in the name of Thomas Edison, said that
“success is the result of concentrating on only one thing at a
time”.
Most of the reviewee try to read many things at once and that
their scattered their efforts which if done properly it will be
possibly a potent as if all of their efforts were focused on one
reading. Make a schedule, your own calendar. Leave
unnecessary activities which inhibit your progress are such as:
watching too much television, and spending too much time
with friends or excessive hours at work. Proper budgeting of
time is essential for success. FOCUS! Future Criminologist! As
you follow your dream do also follow your schedule. So you
will be also schedule for your oath taking ceremony as a
professional.
ILLNESS
“Believe me you health is wealth”

If you are preparing for a battle you must be conscious of your
health take up vitamins for your body. I’m telling you this.
Hurdling the review and the training of reading a lot of books
for almost hours in a day is fatal and you could possibly invite
sickness. Be prepared not only mentally but also physically.
When I was reviewing I was taking up Vitamin B complex
(glutaphos), Clusivol, Fish as my friend pharmacist told me
that it is a food for the brain, apple juice as it was more
effective in waking you up, and of course an overflowing
coffee as an stimulant.

In disadvantage, most of the reviewees use this illness to
justify their absences which is also a negative personality trait
called “malingering” do not use this to justify your
slothfulness. So get up there! And avoid sickness! Or else your
board exam results will be also sick.

DEVELOP A DESIRE.
I do love AIDA “Ambition, Interest,
Desire, Action”

If you lack a good reason to do well, you need to develop desire. A dull,
listless reviewee who lacks interest in reviewing will certainly not have
the motivation to efficiently conquer the board exam.
Be in love with AIDA “ambition, interest, desire, and action. Remember
that you are not only doing it for yourself be motivated. If you become
a License Criminologist aside from “ganda and pogi points” it is also a
prestige and everyone will be proud of you.
For my motivation while I was reviewing I’ve written in a Manila paper
a phrase that will encourage me to do well. It is written like this “Good
day! 1st Placer Charlemagne James P. Ramos”, it helps believe me you.
Yes I’d become a 1st Placer in a big sheet of Manila paper and in the
heart of my parents, friends and love ones. Be motivated, be positive it
attracts the universe and it will follow you. But of course Ambition and
interest wants desire and action future Criminologist.
YOU ARE A POTENTIAL
“What your mind can conceived your
body can achieve”.

Believe on yourself, if you do not believe on yourself,
who would do so? Say it yes I can, I WILL MAKE A
HISTORY! I am a future Criminologist!
But remember to be humble do not use it to boast, just
say it on your heart and mind. Remember that
“humility lifts up one to a marvelous destiny”.

Obtaining Knowledge from your Answers
while practicing Multiple Choice Question
And Measure your Performance

Repetition is another way of learning and retaining in your
memory the concepts and major points of the lesson.
Repeatedly answering the questionnaires enables one to
familiarize the basic terminologies and other important
details of the subject. Be motivated to do this by comparing
your scores with your previous scores. Going over and
studying again your errors makes better results in the board
examination.
(from the book TRACER)

“Board exam is not a competition among
examinees”
• All examinees are on equal footing
• Everyone is a potential board passer/ topnotcher
• Your objective is to prove to the Examiner that you are worthy of
becoming a Criminologist

TIPS: BEFORE THE EXAM
1. Check date of filing and deadlines
2. Check PRC requirements and be early in preparing them
3. Attend the review religiously
4. Organize your notes, quizzers and all review materials
5. Pre‐test yourself using questionnaires and assess your level of
preparation
6. Focus on the important pointers to review
7. Get rest the night before the exam, wake up early and get
your composure
8. PRAY
(RKM Dealing with the CLE)
NIGHT BEFORE THE BOARD EXAM
• sleep at around 10 or 11 pm because you have to be awake by 4 or 5am
• listen to lectures/ read memory aids/ relax
• know your building assignment
• prepare your things
• Ballpoint pens and pencils No. 2/1 (its better to have excess)
• permit
• ID
• last minute reading materials
• medicines
• water
• (better not to bring your cellphone)
THE MOST AWAITED DAY
• Eat Enough
• Relax, be cool, calm and be collected (take a deep breath)
• Listen to the proctor, follow the instructions in the form filling period
• Scan all questions before answering
• Don’t panic if there are questions that appear too difficult.
• Read and understand questions or the stem of the problem thoroughly.
• Don’t answer immediately halfway in the question. Study the question up
to the end, read all suggested answers.
• Analyze and look for keywords and other clues before choosing the answer

THE MOST AWAITED DAY
• Try the process of elimination for difficult questions
• Skip questions you are not sure of the answers. Just be sure to get
back to it.
• Remember: No ERASURES! When in doubt leave the item; proceed to the
next and review your answers later.
• Questions with NOT, NO, EXCEPT, DON’T require negative to fact or
exclusions.
• make sure you answered all the questions sequentially.
• Time is an advantage on your part, use it wisely
• Be positive but not over confident

AFTER THE EXAM (PER AREA)
• If you feel that you did not perform well in the exams, do not despair. Be contented with your
answer, it is up to the Examiner to the machine.
• It is too early to give up, you can still get high scores in the remaining subjects and pass the
Board
• Focus and never lose hope.
• Be calm and quiet then proceed to your camp and receive last minute tips from your
instructors.
• Do not discuss the answers yet until the last examination period
• Browse notes and review materials to set your mind for the next examination area/category
• Never hurry in taking the examinations especially the last exam area. Always take time and
finish the examination with ease.
• Reward yourself after the examination by going home safe.

After the Three Days,
surrender everything to God.

TIPS: AFTER PASSING THE
BOARD EXAM
1. Check dates of the oath taking ceremony and release of PRC
licenses
2. Attend the oath taking ceremony – this will give you a sense of
pride and experience a new beginning of your professional career.

My Final Quote
“You may be good but it could not stand still, do
not give limits and make a difference”.

COVERAGE
Criminal Sociology, Ethics and Human Relations (15%)
1. Introduction to Criminology
2. Criminal Justice System
3. Juvenile Delinquency
4. Human Behavior and Crisis Management
5. Police Ethics and Community Relation, and
6. Seminar on Contemporary Police Problems
7. Criminological Research

CLE Lecture Series
in CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY,
Ethics and Human Relations
INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINOLOGY
By

PART 1
INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINOLOGY

COVERAGE
INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINOLOGY • Importance and objectives of studying
Criminology
• Definition of key terms • Nature and scope of Criminology
• Criminology • Sociology of law
• Criminalistics • Criminal etiology
• Penology
• Forensic Science
• Historical background of Criminology
• Crime • Emergence of Criminology
• Offense • 17th century
• Felony • 18th century
• 19th century
• Misdemeanor • Contemporary Criminology
• Law • Proponents in the field of criminology
• Cesare Beccaria
• Special Penal Laws • Jeremy Bentham
• Ordinances • Rafael Garofalo
• Cesare Lombroso
• Enrico Ferri
• Sigmund Freud
• Emile Durkheim
COVERAGE
• Criminal Etiology • Frustration aggression theory
• Demonological school • Differential association theory
• Classical theory • Strain theory
• Neo‐Classical theory • Anomie theory
• Positivist theory • Albert Cohen’s theory
• Critical theory • Opportunity theory
• General inferiority theory • Social control theory
• Somatotyping theory • Neutralization theory
• Genetics theory • Labelling theory
• Psychoanalytical theory • Conflicting Group theory
• Low IQ theory • Social Class Conflict theory
• Attention deficient hyperactivity • Capitalism theory
theory

COVERAGE
• Classification of crimes • Victimology
• According to motive • The concepts of victims and
• According to intent victimology
• According to social class • Background
• Theories about crime, criminal law • Emergence of victimology
and punishment
• Deterrence • Pioneers of victimology
• Incapacitation • Blaming the victim
• Rehabilitation • General classes of victims
• Retaliation • The concept of victim
• The criminal formula and the anatomy • History of victim
of crime • Victim and the criminal justice system
• Criminal behavior • Psychological types of victims
• Determinants of behavior
• Dynamics of victimization
• Perspective in the causes of criminal
behavior • Victims of crime model
• Patterns in criminal behavior • Disaster victim model

SCOPE
• Discuss significant provisions of Republic Act 6506 in the practice of
Criminology profession in the Philippines; and
• Define crime, criminal and criminology;
• Discuss the social history of Philippine Criminal Law, its theoretical bases,
and its governing principles;
• Relate the Early Schools of Criminology with its Modern counterparts;
• Elucidate the theories of crime causation and how it affects to crime
situation in the Philippines;
• Integrate various concepts of crime causation into a cohesive, complex
view of crime;
• Classify crimes typology;
• Explain the contribution of the victims in crime events;
• Identify current issues in the study of criminology
QUESTION
May be defined as a study and investigation of crime
and criminals and is concerned with the application of
knowledge regarding crime to social programs of crime
prevention and control.
a. Etiology of crime
b. Criminalist
c. Criminology
d. Criminal process

ANSWER
May be defined as a study and investigation of crime
and criminals and is concerned with the application of
knowledge regarding crime to social programs of crime
prevention and control.
a. Etiology of crime
b. Criminalist
c. Criminology
d. Criminal process

Criminology and its meaning
CRIMINOLOGY
The entire body of knowledge regarding crimes,
criminals and the efforts of society to prevent and repress
them.
The scientific study of the causes of crime in relation to

man and society who set and defines rules and regulations
for himself and others to govern.

QUESTION
Who coined the term Criminology?
A. Paul Topinard
B. Rafael Garofalo
C. George Wilkins
D. Cesare Beccaria

ANSWER
Who coined the term Criminology?
A. Paul Topinard
B. Rafael Garofalo
C. George Wilkins
D. Cesare Beccaria

ORIGIN OF THE WORD “CRIMINOLOGY”
“Criminologia”
coined by Rafaelle Garofalo
an Italian law professor, in 1885.

In 1887, Paul Topinard, a French
anthropologist, used the term
“Criminologie”
Also Coined the word
“Crimen” ‐ Offense

An American criminologist in the person of
Edwin Sutherland introduced his own
definition of the term “Criminology”
Criminology is the entire body of
knowledge regarding crime as a social
phenomenon. It includes within its scope
the process of making laws, of breaking
laws and of reacting towards the breaking
of the laws.

Sutherland was recognized also on the following:
Dean of Modern Criminology
White Collar Crimes
Suicidology
Differential Association theory(DAT)
repudiated by George Wilkins

QUESTION
In Differential Association Theory, ___________ stressed
that criminal conduct is learned behavior and that
learning occur through communication and association
with others who are with criminal mind.
a. Cesare Beccaria
b. Cesare Lombroso
c. Cesar Montano
d. Edwin Sutherland

ANSWER
In Differential Association Theory, ___________ stressed
that criminal conduct is learned behavior and that
learning occur through communication and association
with others who are with criminal mind.
a. Cesare Beccaria
b. Cesare Lombroso
c. Cesar Montano
d. Edwin Sutherland

QUESTION
The term criminology was originally derived from Italian
word:
a. Crimen
b. Criminologia
c. Criminologo
d. Criminologie

ANSWER
The term criminology was originally derived from Italian
word:
a. Crimen
b. Criminologia
c. Criminologo
d. Criminologie

THE MAKING OF LAWS
Nature and Structure of Laws
Analyzed Scientifically, Systematically and
Exhaustively to learn crime causation
and eventually help fight them
Criminologists with Law Degrees
Criminologists with Sociology Degrees (Sociology of LAW)

William Chambliss
1933‐2014
Conflict Criminologist
“A Sociological Analysis of the Laws of
Vagrancy,”
arguing that vagrancy laws had been enacted by
different ruling elites throughout history, in order
to provide those elites with low‐cost quasi‐slave
labor.
He had a yearning for the street; he simply loved to be
among those who were on the receiving end of an
exploitive social system shaped by race and class.

QUESTION
Criminology is concerned with the process of making
laws, the process of breaking of laws and the process
of reacting towards the breaking of laws. The process of
breaking laws is called
A. Criminal Etiology
B. Penology
C. Sociology of Law
D. Criminalistics

ANSWER
Criminology is concerned with the process of making
laws, the process of breaking of laws and the process
of reacting towards the breaking of laws. The process of
breaking laws is called
A. Criminal Etiology
B. Penology
C. Sociology of Law
D. Criminalistics

THE BREAKING OF LAWS
Examination of reasons
of Crime Causation
Criminogenesis or Etiology
Study of Causes or Crime Causation
Clinical, Applied and Praxis
(theory in action)
Note: this area is NOT concerned with
fighting crime more effectively…

REACTION TOWARDS THE BREAKING OF LAWS
People, Criminal, And The Government
Reacts Towards The Breaking Of Law
SOCIOLOGICAL
Societal Reaction Theorists
Social Response Theorists
Normative Theorists
Relativity Of Crime Researchers
Criminologists Of Criminal Justice

REACTION TOWARDS THE BREAKING OF LAWS
Justifications And
Consequences Of Different
Styles Of Reacting To Crime
Lock em up Vs. Mediation
Norms
Unwritten rules of conduct and universally
followed behavior.
Mores
In preliterate societies, common customs and
traditions that were the equivalents of law.
Other meaning of Criminology
Tradio (1999)
Is a body of knowledge regarding
delinquency and crime as a social
phenomenon.
Study of crimes and Criminals and the
attempt of analyzing scientifically
their causes and control
And the treatment of criminals

Other meaning of Criminology
Curt and Ann Bartol (1995)
Multidisciplinary Science
Many Disciplines are involved…
Psychology,
Sociology,
Anthropology,
Biology,
Neurology,
Political Science and Economics.
QUESTION
It is the scientific study of crime and the effort of
the society to prevent and repressed them?
A. Penology
B. Criminology
C. Victimology
D. Sociology of law

ANSWER
It is the scientific study of crime and the effort of
the society to prevent and repressed them?
A. Penology
B. Criminology
C. Victimology
D. Sociology of law

QUESTION
The progress of criminology is concordant with the
advancement of other sciences that has been applied to
it. Therefore, criminology is
A. an applied science
B. nationalistic
C. dynamic
D. a social science

ANSWER
The progress of criminology is concordant with the
advancement of other sciences that has been applied to
it. Therefore, criminology is
A. an applied science
B. nationalistic
C. dynamic
D. a social science

NATURE OF CRIMINOLOGY
Just Remember the Abbreviation “SAND”
S
It is a OCIAL SCIENCE.
Crime is a societal reaction and it exists in society, its study must
be part of social science.
It is an APPLIED SCIENCE.
application of natural sciences in the study of cause of crime
while chemistry, medicine maybe utilized in crime detection.
(INSTRUMENTATION)

NATURE OF CRIMINOLOGY
Just Remember the Abbreviation “SAND”
N
It is ATIONALISTIC.
relation with the existing criminal law within a territory or country.
The question as to whether an act is a crime is dependent on the criminal
law of a state.
It is DYNAMIC
Criminology changes as a social condition changes.
concomitant with the advancement of other sciences that have been applied
to it.
(BEWARE FUTURE CRIMINOLOGIST! YOU COULD BE EASILY FOOLED TO THIS
MEANING AND INTERCHANGE IT WITH APPLIED SCIENCE)
Important Areas of Interest to Criminology
The study of the different factors such as:
a) Criminal demography – the study of the relationship
between criminality and population
b) Criminal epidemiology – the study of the relationship
between environment and criminality
c) Criminal ecology – the study of criminality in relation
to the spatial distribution in a community
d) Criminal physical anthropology – the study of
criminality in relation to physical constitution of men

QUESTION
In nature of criminology, which of the following best
describe as DYNAMIC?
A. It is in relation with the existing criminal law
within a territory or country.
B. Crime is a societal reaction and it exists in society,
its study must be part of social science.
C. application of natural sciences in the study of cause
of crime while chemistry, medicine maybe utilized in
crime detection
D. it is concomitant with the advancement of other
sciences that have been applied to it

ANSWER
In nature of criminology, which of the following best
describe as DYNAMIC?
A. It is in relation with the existing criminal law
within a territory or country.
B. Crime is a societal reaction and it exists in society,
its study must be part of social science.
C. application of natural sciences in the study of cause
of crime while chemistry, medicine maybe utilized in
crime detection
D. it is concomitant with the advancement of other
sciences that have been applied to it

QUESTION
Criminal ________ refers to the study of the
relationship between criminality and the milieu.
A. Ecology
B. Demography
C. Epidiomology
D. Physical anthropology

ANSWER
Criminal ________ refers to the study of the
relationship between criminality and the milieu.
A. Ecology
B. Demography
C. Epidiomology
D. Physical anthropology
Note: milieu – ENVIRONMENT

QUESTION
The relation of criminality to the physical constitution
of man is known as _____.
A. Criminal sociology
B. Habitual Delinquency
C. Criminal physical anthropology
D. Criminal psychology

ANSWER
The relation of criminality to the physical constitution
of man is known as _____.
A. Criminal sociology
B. Habitual Delinquency
C. Criminal physical anthropology
D. Criminal psychology

QUESTION
According to Lombroso, “born criminals” inherited
physical problems that impelled them into a life of
crime. This view stimulated interest in criminal ______.
A. Psychology C. sociology
B. Anthropology D. zoology

ANSWER
According to Lombroso, “born criminals” inherited
physical problems that impelled them into a life of
crime. This view stimulated interest in criminal ______.
A. Psychology C. sociology
B. Anthropology D. zoology

The study of the different factors such as:
e) Criminal psychology – the study of human behavior in
relation to criminality
f) Criminal psychiatry – the study of human mind in
relation to criminality
g) Victimology – the study of the role of the victim in the
commission of a crime

QUESTION
It is the study of human society, Its origin, structure,
functions and direction.
A. Sociology
B. Psychology
C. Criminology
D. Anthropology

ANSWER
It is the study of human society, Its origin, structure,
functions and direction.
A. Sociology
B. Psychology
C. Criminology
D. Anthropology

Sociology
It is the study of human society, its
origin, structure, functions and direction.
Sociology of Law
The study of law and its application
attempt at scientific analysis of the
condition which the penal/criminal laws has
developed as a process of formal or social control.

QUESTION
It deals primarily with the study of crime commission.
A. Criminology
B. Criminological research
C. Criminal Etiology
D. Criminal Sociology

ANSWER
It deals primarily with the study of crime commission.
A. Criminology
B. Criminological research
C. Criminal Etiology
D. Criminal Sociology

Criminal Etiology (CRIMINOGENESIS)
The scientific analysis of causes of crime
origin of crime.
primary reasons for crime commission.
Penology or Correction
Punishment and treatment of criminals

Criminalistics or Forensic Science
One or more area concerned in crime detection
and investigation
Criminological research
study of the crime correlated to with antecedent variables,
state of crime trend.

Sociological Criminology
the study of crime focused on the group of people and society as
a whole.
Psychological Criminology
the science of behavior and mental processes of the criminal
Psychiatric Criminology
the science that deals with the study of crime through forensic
psychiatry,
QUESTION
An act or omission in violation of the public law
commanding or forbidding it.
A. Crime
B. Offense
C. Felony
D. Infraction of law

ANSWER
An act or omission in violation of the public law
commanding or forbidding it.
A. Crime
B. Offense
C. Felony
D. Infraction of law

CRIME
An act or omission in violation of a public law forbidding or commanding it.
SUB‐CLASSIFICATION OF CRIMES
FELONY
act or omission punishable under the RPC.
OFFENSE
Acts or omission punishable under the Special laws
INFRACTION
a violation of city, municipal ordinances.
DELINQUENCY
an act not inconformity with the norms of the society.

QUESTION
Infractions of mere rules of convenience designed to
secure a more orderly regulation of the affairs of the
society
A. Mala in se
B. Mala prohibita
C. Private crimes
D. Public crimes

ANSWER
Infractions of mere rules of convenience designed to
secure a more orderly regulation of the affairs of the
society
A. Mala in se
B. Mala prohibita
C. Private crimes
D. Public crimes

Classes of Crimes
CRIME MALA IN SE
Acts that are outlawed because they violate basic moral values
such as rape, murder, assault and robbery?
a. Intentional felony (IFI)
b. Non‐intentional felony (IFN)
CRIME MALA PROHIBITA
acts that are outlawed because they clash with current norms
and public opinion, such as tax, traffic and drug laws.

QUESTION
Crimes are committed either by dolo or deceit or
by _____________.
I. Culpa
II.Intent
III.Fault
A. I and III
B. II and III
C. I and II
D. I, II and III
ANSWER
Crimes are committed either by dolo or deceit or
by _____________.
I. Culpa
II.Intent
III.Fault
A. I and III
B. II and III
C. I and II
D. I, II and III
QUESTION
Crime has two basic elements: the guilty act
(actus reus) and the ____ (mens rea)
A. Guilty reason C. guilty conscience
B. Guilty offender D. Guilty mind

ANSWER
Crime has two basic elements: the guilty act
(actus reus) and the ____ (mens rea)
A. Guilty reason C. guilty conscience
B. Guilty offender D. Guilty mind

QUESTION
What is a law that is applied retroactively to
punish acts that were not crimes before its
passage?
A. Common law C. Criminal law
B. Contemporary Law D. Ex Post Facto Law

ANSWER
What is a law that is applied retroactively to
punish acts that were not crimes before its
passage?
A. Common law C. Criminal law
B. Contemporary Law D. Ex Post Facto Law

LEGAL CLASSIFICATION OF CRIMES
As to the manner crimes are committed
by means of DOLO OR DECEIT
by means of CULPA OR FAULT
As to the stages in the commission of crimes:
CONSUMMATED CRIME
FRUSTRATED CRIME
ATTEMPTED CRIME

QUESTION
A crime can be classified according to its stages
of commission. What crime is committed when the
offender merely commences the execution of an
offense by overt act but which nevertheless did
not perform all acts of execution which would
produce the felony by reason of some cause other
than his own spontaneous desistance?
A. Attempted crime
B. Consummated crime
C. Frustrated crime
D. Complex crime

ANSWER
A crime can be classified according to its stages
of commission. What crime is committed when the
offender merely commences the execution of an
offense by overt act but which nevertheless did
not perform all acts of execution which would
produce the felony by reason of some cause other
than his own spontaneous desistance?
A. Attempted crime
B. Consummated crime
C. Frustrated crime
D. Complex crime

QUESTION
The following are the elements of Dolo or
deceit, EXCEPT:
A. Intelligence
B. Freedom
C. Intent
D. Negligence

ANSWER
The following are the elements of Dolo or
deceit, EXCEPT:
A. Intelligence
B. Freedom
C. Intent
D. Negligence

CLASSIFICATION OF CRIMES
According to plurality:
SIMPLE CRIME
single act constituting only one offense
COMPLEX CRIME
single act constituting two or more grave felonies or an is a
necessary means for committing the other

QUESTION
Alden, a victim of robbery, was able to identify
his assailant, a neighbor, before he dies on the
way to the hospital where he was declared dead
on arrival, This crime is called,
A.complex crime
B.instant crime
C.simple crime
D.situational crime

ANSWER
Alden, a victim of robbery, was able to identify
his assailant, a neighbor, before he dies on the
way to the hospital where he was declared dead
on arrival, This crime is called,
A.complex crime
B.instant crime
C.simple crime
D.situational crime

CLASSIFICATION OF CRIMES
According to gravity:
GRAVE FELONIES
those to which the law attaches the capital punishment or
afflictive penalties or fine more than 6000 pesos
LESS GRAVE FELONIES
those to which the law attaches correctional penalties or fine
more than 2000 but less than 6000 pesos
LIGHT FELONIES
those to which the law attaches the penalty of Arresto menor or
a fine not exceeding P200.00
QUESTION
Crimes are classified under the RPC according to
gravity. What crime to which the law attaches
the capital punishment or afflictive penalties.
A. grave felonies
B. less grave felonies
C. light felonies
D. complex felonies

ANSWER
Crimes are classified under the RPC according to
gravity. What crime to which the law attaches
the capital punishment or afflictive penalties.
A. grave felonies
B. less grave felonies
C. light felonies
D. complex felonies

QUESTION
Ms. Esta Fador is a skilled woman in making
deception through verbal communication. She had
committed estafa to several persons through
illegal recruitment. What crime according to
result did she committed?
A. acquisitive crime
B. instant crime
C. extinctive crime
D. situational crime

ANSWER
Ms. Esta Fador is a skilled woman in making
deception through verbal communication. She had
committed estafa to several persons through
illegal recruitment. What crime according to
result did she committed?
A. acquisitive crime
B. instant crime
C. extinctive crime
D. situational crime

CRIMINOLOGICAL CLASSIFICATION OF CRIMES
According to the result of the crime:
ACQUISITIVE CRIME
the offender acquires something ex. Estafa, Theft
EXTINCTIVE CRIME
the consequence of the act is Destructive ex. Arson,
Malicious mischief

QUESTION
What crimes according to the time or period of
the commission are those which are committed
only when the circumstances or situation is
conducive to its commission like for instance,
committing theft in a crowded place.
A. seasonal crimes
B. situational crimes
C. instant crimes
D. continuing crimes

ANSWER
What crimes according to the time or period of
the commission are those which are committed
only when the circumstances or situation is
conducive to its commission like for instance,
committing theft in a crowded place.
A. seasonal crimes
B. situational crimes
C. instant crimes
D. continuing crimes

According to the time or period of the commission of the crime:
SEASONAL CRIME
committed only during a certain period of the year
SITUATIONAL CRIME
committed only when the situation is conducive to its commission

QUESTION
There are crimes that are committed within a
certain length of time. What crime is committed
by a series of acts in a lengthy space of time?
A. static crime
B. situational crime
C. instant crime
D. episoidal crime

ANSWER
There are crimes that are committed within a
certain length of time. What crime is committed
by a series of acts in a lengthy space of time?
A. static crime
B. situational crime
C. instant crime
D. episoidal crime

According to the length of time of the commission of the
crime:
INSTANT CRIME
committed in the shortest possible time
EPISODIAL CRIME
committed by a series of acts in a lengthy space of time

According to the place or location:
STATIC CRIME
committed in only one place
CONTINUING CRIME
committed in several places

According to the use of mental faculties:
RATIONAL CRIME
committed with intent and the offender is in full possession of
his sanity (Normal)
IRRATIONAL CRIME
committed by an offender who does not know the nature and
quality of his act on account of the disease of the mind
(Abnormal)
According to the type of offender:
WHITE‐COLLAR CRIME
committed by a person belonging to the upper socio‐economic
class in the course of his occupational activities
BLUE‐COLLAR CRIME
committed by ordinary professional criminal to maintain his
livelihood
UPPER WORLD AND UNDERWORLD CRIMES
the upper class of society/lower or under privilege class
CRIMES BY IMITATION
duplication of what was done by others
CRIMES BY PASSION
fit of great emotions.
SERVICE CRIMES
rendition of a service to satisfy desire of another.

Other types of crimes
BIAS CRIMES violent acts directed toward a particular person or
members of a group merely because the
targets share a discernible racial, ethnic, religious or
gender characteristics. ALSO CALLED HATE CRIMES.

QUESTION
The 2016 Orlando Nightclub shooting is
considered the most deadliest mass shooting by
single gunman and considered as the most
deadliest violence against LGBT. This kind of
crime is considered by the United State
Authority as what kind of Crime?
A. Hate Crime
B. Crime by Passion
C. Gender Sensitivity Crime
D. Political Crime
ANSWER
The 2016 Orlando Nightclub shooting is
considered the most deadliest mass shooting by
single gunman and considered as the most
deadliest violence against LGBT. This kind of
crime is considered by the United State
Authority as what kind of Crime?
A. Hate Crime
B. Crime by Passion
C. Gender Sensitivity Crime
D. Political Crime
QUESTION
LGBT means?
A. Ladies, Gentlemen, Bisexual, Transferred
B. Ladies, Gay, Boy, Tenderman
C. Lesbian, Gentlegay, Bioman, Transgender
D. Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender

ANSWER
LGBT means?
A. Ladies, Gentlemen, Bisexual, Transferred
B. Ladies, Gay, Boy, Tenderman
C. Lesbian, Gentlegay, Bioman, Transgender
D. Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender

CLEARED CRIMES two ways by which crimes are cleared:
(1) when at least one person is arrested,
charged, and turned over to the court for prosecution,
(2) by exception means, when some element
beyond police control precludes the physical arrest
of an offender e.g. when he/she leaves the country.
QUESTION
Socially injurious acts committed by companies to
further their business interests are otherwise known as
_____ crimes.
A. Blue-collar C. corporate
B. Group D. mass

ANSWER
Socially injurious acts committed by companies to
further their business interests are otherwise known as
_____ crimes.
A. Blue-collar C. corporate
B. Group D. mass

CORPORATE CRIMES
white collar crime involving a legal violation by corporate entity,
such as price fixing, restraint of trade, or hazardous waste dumping.
CRIME OF REDUCTION
crimes that are committed when the offended party experiences a
loss of some quality relative to his her present standing such as
when they become victims of robbery or theft, but they may also be
victimized if their dignity is stripped from them when they are
taunted by racists.
CRIMES OF REPRESSION
crimes that are committed when members of a group are
prevented from achieving their fullest potential because of
racism, sexism, or some status bias.
CYBER‐CRIME
the commission of criminal acts using the instruments of
modern technology such as computers or the internet.

ECONOMIC CRIME
an act in violation of the criminal law that is designed to bring
financial gain to the offender.
ENTERPRISE CRIME
the use of illegal tactics by a business to make profit in the
market place.

EXPRESSIVE CRIME
a crime that has no purpose except to accomplish the
behavior in their hand such as shooting someone.
HATE CRIMES
acts of violence or intimidation designed to terrorize or
frighten people considered undesirable because of their race,
religion, ethnic origin, or sexual orientation

INCHOATE CRIMES
Incomplete or contemplated crimes such as criminal
solicitation or criminal attempts.
MISSION HATE CRIMES
violent crimes committed by disturbed individuals who see it as
their duty to rid the world of evil.

ORGANIZATIONAL CRIMES
crimes that involves large corporations and their efforts to
control the market place and earn huge profits through
unlawful bidding, unfair advertising, monopolistic practices,
or other illegal means.
ORGANIZED CRIMES
illegal activities of people and organizations whose
acknowledged purpose is profit through illegitimate business
enterprise.
REACTIVE HATE CRIME
perpetrators believe they are taking a defensive stand against
outsiders who they believe threaten their community or way
of life.
RETALIATORY HATE CRIME
offense committed in response to a hate crime, real or
perceived.
STATUTORY CRIMES
crimes defined by legislative bodies in response to changing
social conditions, public opinion, and custom.
PUBLIC ORDER CRIMES
acts that are considered illegal because they threaten general
well‐being of society and challenge its accepted moral
principles. Prostitution, drug use, and the sale of pornography
are considered public order crimes.
TRILL‐SEEKING HATE CRIME
Hate mongers who join forces to have fun by bashing
minorities or destroying property; inflicting pain on others
give a sadistic thrill.
QUESTION
All of the following are often called victimless crimes,
EXCEPT
A. Arson
B. Gambling
C. Illegal drug use
D. Prostitution

ANSWER
All of the following are often called victimless crimes,
EXCEPT
A. Arson
B. Gambling
C. Illegal drug use
D. Prostitution

VICTIMLESS CRIMES
crimes that violate the moral order but in which there is no
actual victim or target.
In these crimes which include drug abuse and sex offenses, it
is society as a whole and not an individual who is considered
the victim.

WHITE‐COLLAR CRIMES
illegal acts that capitalize on a person’s status in
the market place. It may involve theft, embezzlement, fraud,
market manipulation, restraint of trade, and false advertising.

Other terms referring to crimes
CRIME OF RAPE
ACQUAINTANCE RAPE
acquainted with one another.
AGGRAVATED RAPE
rape involving multiple offenders, weapons and victim injuries.
DATE RAPE
forcible sex during the courting relationship.
GANG RAPE
forcible sex involving multiple attacker.
CRIME OF RAPE
MARITAL RAPE
legally married to each other.
SERIAL RAPE
multiple rapes committed by one person over time.
STATUTORY RAPE
underage minor female

CRIME OF KILLING
Homicide
the killing of human being by another.
Parricide
the act of killing one’s own father, mother, spouse or child.
Infanticide
killing of an infant less than 3 days old.
Sororicide
killing one’s own sister.

CRIME OF KILLING
Fratricide
killing of one’s own brother
Matricide
killing of a mother by her own child.
Patricide
killing of a father by his own child.
Uxorcide
act of one who murders his wife.
Eldercide
the murder of a senior citizen.

CRIME OF KILLING
Abortion
(Aborticide) n act of destroying (killing) a fetus in the womb.
Suicide
taking one’s own life voluntarily and intentionally.
Regicide
the killing or murder or a king.

CRIME OF KILLING
Vaticide
the killing of a prophet.
Euthanasia
mercy killing or the act or practice of painlessly putting to death a
person’s suffering from incurable and distressing disease.
Involuntary manslaughter
a homicide that occurs as a result of acts that are negligent and
without regard for the harm they may cause others, such as driving
while under the influence of liquor or drugs. (also known as negligent
manslaughter)

CRIME OF KILLING
Voluntary manslaughter
a homicide committed in the heat of passion or during a sudden
quarrel; although intent may be present, malice is not.
Mass murder
the killing of a large number of people in a single incident by an
offender who typically does not seek concealment or escape.
Murder
the unlawful killing of a human being with malicious intent.
Serial murder
the killing of a large number of people over time by an offender who
seeks to escape detection.

CRIMES AGAINST PROPERTY
Acquaintance robbery
robbery who focus their thefts on people they know.
Arson
the intentional or negligent burning of a home, structure, or
vehicle for criminal purposes such as profit, revenge, fraud, or
crime concealment.
Arson for profit
people looking to collect insurance money, but who are afraid
or unafraid to set the fire themselves, hire professional
arsonist.
Arson fraud
a business owner burns his or her property, or hires someone to do it, to escape
financial problems.
Burglary
breaking into and entering a home or structure for the purpose of committing a
felony.
Carjacking
theft of a car by force or threat of force.
Churning
a white collar crime in which a stockbroker makes repeated trades to fraudulently
increase his/her commission.

Commercial theft
business theft that is part of the criminal law; without such laws the
free enterprise system could not exists.
Grand Larceny
theft of money or property of substantial values, punished as a felony.
Larceny
taking for one’s own use the property of another, by means other than
force or threats on the victim or forcibly breaking into a person’s home
or workplace; theft.

Petit (petty) larceny
theft of a small amount of money or property, punished as a
misdemeanor.
Pilferage
theft by employees through stealth or deception.
Robbery
taking or attempting to take something of value by force or threat of
force and/or by putting the victim in fear.
Shoplifting
the taking of goods from retail store.

QUESTION
A means to describe and compare different forms of
criminal behavior is called:
A. Psychology C. anthropology
B. Typology D. psychiatry

ANSWER
A means to describe and compare different forms of
criminal behavior is called:
A. Psychology C. anthropology
B. Typology D. psychiatry

TRIAD OF CRIME / TRIANGLE OF CRIME

CRIME PREVENTION
ANTICIPATION, RECOGNITION AND APPRAISAL OF CRIME RISK…
Reduction of Criminal Opportunity using SOCIAL and SITUATIONAL MEASURES
SOCIAL PREVENTION SITUATIONAL PREVENTION
Fundamental causes of crime Reduce the opportunities for
Otherwise known as Infrastructure combatting crime.
of crime such as:
Employment, poor education, Increasing the risk and difficulties
Extreme poverty, inadequate job of crime through environmental
etc. design and management:
Putting more locks on doors,
BROAD SOCIAL POLICIES Iron grills on window, etc.
Promote respect for moral values
Or to reduce inequalities
MORE LOCALIZE SCHEMES
Increase community solidarity,
improve relations
CRIME PREVENTION
Primary, secondary, tertiary LEVELS
PRIMARY
Identification of factors in the environment which contribute to criminally deviant
behavior.
SECONDARY
Identification of individuals or group of persons with criminally deviant behavior
TERTIARY
Formulation of rehabilitation measure to prevent recidivism
Note: agencies of the government in charged with campaign of crime prevention
QUESTION
This refers to a set of practices designed to make
potential criminal targets less attractive. The belief
that crime is a rational act is used to make a potential
target less attractive to a criminal, and thus not a
“rational” target.
A. Routine Activities
B. Crime Prevention
C. CPTED
D. None of these

Answer: C. CPTED
Crime prevention through environmental design (CPTED) is a
multi‐disciplinary approach to deterring criminal behavior
through environmental design. CPTED strategies rely upon the
ability to influence offender decisions that precede criminal
acts.

How Criminologists study crime?

Criminologists use a wide variety of research technique to
measure the nature and extent of criminal behavior. To
understand and evaluate theories and patterns of criminal
behavior, it is important to understand how these data are
collected.
SURVEY RESEARCH
designed to measure the attitudes, beliefs, values,
personality traits and behavior of participants.

Types of survey research
SAMPLING
refers to the process of selecting for study a limited number
of subjects who are representative of entire groups sharing
similar characteristics, called population.

TYPES OF SURVEY RESEARCH
CROSS‐ SECTIONAL RESEARCH
includes simultaneously interviewing or questioning a
diverse sample of subjects who represents a cross
section of a community.
SELF‐ SURVEY REPORTS
ask participants to describe in detail their recent and
lifetime criminal activity.
COHORT RESEARCH
involves observing a group of people who share a like
characteristic over time.
TYPES OF COHORT RESEARCH
Longitudinal
selecting subjects and following their behavior pattern for
20 years.
Retrospective
looking back into early life experiences of subjects.
QUESTION
A research technique wherein a group who share some
common characteristics is observed over a period of
time.
A. Observation C. Experimental
B. Survey D. Cohort

ANSWER
common characteristics is observed over a period of
time.
B. Survey D. Cohort

AGGREGATE DATA RESEARCH
it tells about the effect of social trends and patterns
on the crime rate, it can also used to focus on the
social forces that affect crime.

EXPERIMENTAL RESEARCH
involves the manipulation or intervention in the lives
of their subjects to see the outcome or effect of the
intervention
Elements of experimental research
• random selection of subjects
• a control or comparison group
• experimental condition
TIME‐ SERIES DESIGN
choosing an event in time and examining specific data
prior to and subsequent to this event to determine
whether the law can be linked to a change in
behavior.

OBSERVATIONAL AND INTERVIEW RESEARCH
focus the research on a relatively few subjects,
interviewing them in.
depth or observing as they go about their activities

Measuring Crime
OFFICIAL DATA
Official data on crime refers to those crimes known to and
recorded by the police departments.
Uniform Crime Report (UCR)
is the best known and widely cited sources of official criminal
statistics. It uses three methods to express crime data.
the number of crimes reported to the police and arrest made
are expressed as raw figures
crime rates per 100,000 people are computed
computes changes in the number and rate of crime over time
MEASURING CRIME
VICTIM SURVEYS
The second source of crime data is surveys that ask
crime victims about their encounters with criminals because
many victims do not report their experiences to the police,
victim surveys are considered a method of getting at the
unknown figures of crime.
They are asked to report on the frequency, characteristics,
and consequences of criminal victimization for such crimes
as rape, sexual assault, robbery, and theft.

Measuring Crime
SELF REPORT SURVEYS
Most often, it is administered to group of subjects through a
mass distribution of questionnaires.
Although some surveys are able to identify the subjects, most
are given anonymously so that respondents are free to tell the
truth about their behaviors.
Self‐ report surveys provide an appreciable amount of
information about offenders that official statistics and victim
surveys fail to provide.

Crime Patterns

THE ECOLOGY OF CRIME
Most reported crimes occur during the warm summer months.
TEMPERATURE
Crime rates increase with rising temperature and then begin to
decline at some point when it may be too hot for any physical
exertion. Long term exposure to extreme temperature may prove
sufficiently unpleasant and increase violence rates.
POPULATION DENSITY
Large urban areas have by far the highest violence rates, areas with
low per capita crime rates tend to be rural.
SOCIAL CLASS AND CRIME
Traditionally, crime has been thought of as a lower class
phenomenon. After all, people at the lowest rungs of the
social structure have the greatest incentive to commit crimes.
Those unable to obtain desired goods and services through
conventional means may consequently resort to theft and
illegal means.
These activities are referred to as Instrumental crimes. Those
living in poverty are also believed to engage in
disproportionate amount of Expressive crimes.

QUESTION
It is the process by which individual reduces the
frequency of their offending behavior as the age
increases.
A. doing gender
B. aging out
C. criminal of reduction
D. active precipitation

ANSWER
It is the process by which individual reduces the
frequency of their offending behavior as the age
increases.
A. doing gender
B. aging out
C. criminal of reduction
D. active precipitation

AGE AND CRIME
There is general agreement that age is inversely related to criminality.
Criminologists TRAVIS HIRSCHI and MICHAEL GOTTFREDSON state
“Age is everywhere correlated with crime.
Its effect on crime does not depend on other demographic correlates of
crime.” Regardless of status, younger people commit crime more often
than their older peers.
JAMES Q. WILSON and RICHARD HERRNSTEIN argue
that aging out is a function of the natural history of human life cycle.
Deviance in adolescence is fueled by the need for money and sex
reinforced by close relationships with peers who defy conventional
morality
QUESTION
Research findings indicate that age is _____ to
criminality.
A. Geometrically C. Proportionally
B. Inversely D. Directly

ANSWER
Research findings indicate that age is _____ to
criminality.
A. Geometrically C. Proportionally
B. Inversely D. Directly

QUESTION
The theory that intelligence is largely determined
genetically such that low intelligence is linked to
criminal behavior is known as the ____ Theory.
A. Ordinary C. intelligence
B. Nature D. relevant

ANSWER
The theory that intelligence is largely determined
genetically such that low intelligence is linked to
criminal behavior is known as the ____ Theory.
A. Ordinary C. intelligence
B. Nature D. relevant

EARLY ONSET
People who commit crimes at a very early age and
who establish official criminal records are most likely
to become chronic offenders.

QUESTION
This view states that as men and women become more equal
in society in terms of family, politics, and education,
their crime rates will begin to equalize as well.
A. Chivalry Hypothesis
B. Masculine Hypothesis
C. Liberation Hypothesis
D. None of these

ANSWER
This view states that as men and women become more equal
in society in terms of family, politics, and education,
their crime rates will begin to equalize as well.
A. Chivalry Hypothesis
B. Masculine Hypothesis
C. Liberation Hypothesis
D. None of these

GENDER AND CRIME
male crime rates are generally higher than those females.
Lombroso’s book, the female offender argued that in physical appearance and
emotional makeup, delinquent females appear closer to men than to other women.
This theory is known as MASCULINITY HYPOTHESIS; In essence, a few masculine
females were responsible for the handful of crimes women commit.
The female’s criminality was often masked because authorities were reluctant to take
action against women. This is known as CHIVALRY HYPOTHESIS.
While LIBERAL FEMINIST THEORY focused attention on the social and economic role
of a woman. This view suggests that the traditionally lower crime rate for women
could be explained by their second class economic and social position.
Doing gender - Men’s struggle to dominate women to prove their manliness.
Violence directed toward women is an especially economical way to
demonstrate manhood.
QUESTION
Oppression is the results of the stark difference of
crimes committed by men as against women.
A. Radical Criminology
B. Feminist Criminology
C. Integration Theories
D. Labeling Theory

ANSWER
Oppression is the results of the stark difference of
crimes committed by men as against women.
A. Radical Criminology
B. Feminist Criminology
C. Integration Theories
D. Labeling Theory

CRIMINAL CAREERS
Crime data show that most offenders commit a single criminal
act, and upon arrest discontinue their antisocial activity.
Others commit a few less serious crimes.
A small group of criminal offenders, however account for a
majority of all criminal offenses.
These persistent offenders are referred to as career criminals
or chronic offenders.
Kids who had been exposed to a variety of personal and social
problems at an early age are the most at risk to repeat
offending. (Marvin Wolfgang, Delinquency in a birth cohort)
THE CRIMINAL
In the LEGAL SENSE, a criminal is any person who has
been found to have committed a wrongful act in the
course of the standard judicial process;
THERE MUST BE A FINAL VERDICT OF HIS GUILT.
In the CRIMINOLOGICAL SENSE, a person is already
considered a criminal
THE MOMENT HE COMMITTED A CRIME.

THE CRIMINAL
LEGAL DEFINITION
A person who committed a crime and has been convicted by
a court of the violation of a criminal law.
SOCIAL DEFINITION
A person who violated a social norm or one who did an anti‐
social act.
PSYCHOLOGICAL DEFINITION
A person who violated rules of conduct due to behavioral
maladjustment.

QUESTION
It is term as the relationship between the victim and
the offender.
A. Penal couple
B. Victim- offender relationship
C. Aging out phenomenon
D. Victim precipitation

ANSWER
It is term as the relationship between the victim and
the offender.
A. Penal couple
B. Victim- offender relationship
C. Aging out phenomenon
D. Victim precipitation

GENERAL CLASSIFICATION OF CRIMINALS
On the basis of etiology:
ACUTE CRIMINALS
fit of passion or anger.
CHRONIC CRIMINALS
deliberated thinking, such as:

NEUROTIC CRIMINALS
intra‐psychic conflict social and anti‐social
components of his personality.
NORMAL CRIMINALS
normal individual he identifies himself with criminal
prototype.

On the basis of behavioral system:
Ordinary criminals
which require limited skill.
Organized criminals
high degree of organization.
Professional criminals
highly skilled
On the basis of activities:
Professional criminals
those who earn their living through criminal activities.
Accidental criminals
those who commit criminal acts as a result of
unanticipated circumstances.

On the basis of activities:
Habitual criminals
those who continue to commit criminal acts for such diverse
reasons due to deficiency of intelligence and lack of control.
Situational criminals
not criminals commit crimes intermixed with legitimate
economic activities.
Active Criminals
aggressiveness.
Passive Inadequate Criminals
by reward or promise.
Socialized Delinquents
defective in their socialization process or
development

4 TYPES OF REPETITIONS
HABITUAL DELINQUENT
RECIDIVIST
QUASI‐RECIDIVIST
REITERACION

QUESTION
The degree of an individual’s likelihood of
victimization is known as ______________.
A. The penal couple
B. Victimogenisis
C. Victimology
D. Victim- proneness

ANSWER
The degree of an individual’s likelihood of
victimization is known as ______________.
A. The penal couple
B. Victimogenisis
C. Victimology
D. Victim- proneness

QUESTION
Crime occurs whenever three conditions come together:
(1) suitable targets ; (2) motivated offenders (in
victimology, unlike deterministic criminology, assumes
anyone may become criminals under certain
circumstances); and (3) absence of guardians
A. Lifestyle theory
B. Personal victimization theory
C. Routine activities theory
D. Victim – precipitation

ANSWER
Crime occurs whenever three conditions come together:
(1) suitable targets ; (2) motivated offenders (in
victimology, unlike deterministic criminology, assumes
anyone may become criminals under certain
circumstances); and (3) absence of guardians
A. Lifestyle theory
B. Personal victimization theory
C. Routine activities theory
D. Victim – precipitation

VICTIMOLOGY
being a victim has to do with where you live, not your lifestyle
is simply the study of victims of crimes and contributory role,
if any, in crime causation. It is also the scientific process of gaining
substantial amounts of knowledge on offender characteristics by studying
the nature of victims.
Studies the nature and cause of victimization.
Is Victimology Blaming the Victim?
Some victim advocates strongly reject victimology theories as victim blaming.
Victimologists do not blame, they simply remind us that complete innocence and
full responsibility lie on a continuum.
Theories of Victimization
Victim Precipitation Theory
some people may actually initiate the confrontation that
eventually leads to their injury or death.
Von Hentig (1941)
by acting in certain provocative ways, some individuals initiate a chain of
events that lead to their victimization.
Victim precipitation theory has been most contentious when it is applied
to RAPE.
Schafer(1968)
theory said victims knowingly or unknowingly contribute to their own
victimization and share responsibility with their offender
Active precipitation
occurs when the victim act provocatively, uses threats or
fighting words, or even attacks first.
views that the source of many criminal incident is the

aggressive or provocative behavior of victims.

Passive precipitation
victim exhibits some personal characteristics that unknowingly either threatens or
encourages the attacker. Crime occurs because of personal conflict.
Lifestyle Theory
People may become crime victims because their lifestyle increases their exposure
to criminal offenders. Risk is increased by such behaviors as associating with young
men, going out late at night, and living in an urban area.

Routine Activities Theory
first articulated in a series of papers by Lawrence Cohen and
Marcus Felson in which they concluded that the volume and
distribution of predatory crime are closely related to the interaction of
three variables that reflect the routine activities.
• The availability of suitable targets
• absence of capable guardians
• presence of motivated offenders

Proximity Theory
Less about lifestyle and more about closeness.
Victims and offenders live in the same areas (lots
of people, poverty, transient neighborhoods)
Probability of being a victim has to do with where
you live, not your lifestyle.

Deviant Place Theory
according to this theory, victims do not encourage crime but are crime
victim because they reside in socially disorganized high crime areas
where they have the greatest risk of coming into contact with criminal
offenders, irrespective of their own behavior or lifestyle. Deviant places
are poor, densely populated, highly transient neighborhoods in which
commercial and residential property exist side by side.

Mendelsohn’s Theory of
Victimization
Mendelson may have been the first to
use the term.
Was one of the first to focus on victims
as a key to understanding crime.
1. The completely innocent victim
2. The victim with minor guilt
3. The victim who is as guilty as the
offender
4. The victim who is more guilty than
the offender
5. The most guilty victim
6. The imaginary victim
Von Hentig’s Theory of Victimization
Victims responsible for their harms
His classification schema was based on
psychological, social and biological
factors
In 1948, he developed three broad
categorizations of victims
1. General: age, gender, vulnerabilities
2. Psychological: depressed, acquisitive,
loneliness
3. Activating: victim turned offender

Karmen’s Theory of Victimization
• The dynamics of why or how the victim
entered the dangerous situation
• How the criminal justice system and
social service agencies interact with
and respond to the victim
• Evaluate the effectiveness of the
system and reform efforts to meet
victim needs

The Criminal Law
that branch of public law which defines crimes, treats of their
nature and provides for their punishment
ACT NO 3815
RPC
Effectivity Jan. 1, 1932
Approved Dec. 08, 1930

Which comes first?
Law or Crime
Yes, you may THINK this way that “a Circle has no
Beginning” or that “Which comes first the chicken or
the Egg?”

QUESTION
The maxim “Nullum crimen nula poena sine lege” means
that
A. Crime is a product of the law
B. The act is criminal and punished under and pursuant
to common law
C. The act is criminal at the time of its commission and
recognized as such at the time of its commission but
the penalty therefore is prescribed in a subsequently
enacted law
D. There is a crime for as long as the act is inherently
evil.

ANSWER
The maxim “Nullum crimen nula poena sine lege” means
that
A. Crime is a product of the law
B. The act is criminal and punished under and pursuant
to common law
C. The act is criminal at the time of its commission and
recognized as such at the time of its commission but
the penalty therefore is prescribed in a subsequently
enacted law
D. There is a crime for as long as the act is inherently
evil.

QUESTION
What does the maxim actus non facit reum nisi mens sit
rea min?
A. A prohibited act always gives rise to liability
irrespective of the defendant’s state of mind.
B. An act alone will not give rise to criminal liability
unless it is done with a guilty mind
C. An act is only criminal if it is prohibited by
statute.
D. The defendant’s mental state is more important to
establishing criminal liability than his conduct.

ANSWER
What does the maxim actus non facit reum nisi mens sit
rea min?
A. A prohibited act always gives rise to liability
irrespective of the defendant’s state of mind.
B. An act alone will not give rise to criminal liability
unless it is done with a guilty mind
C. An act is only criminal if it is prohibited by
statute.
D. The defendant’s mental state is more important to
establishing criminal liability than his conduct.

The Criminal Law
CHARACTERISTICS OF CRIMINAL LAW
GENERALITY
TERRITORIALITY
PROSPECTIVITY
LEGALITY

QUESTION
This is one of the features of criminal law and it means
that it includes only those rules created and enforced
by authorized agents of the state.
A. Specificity C. Politicality
B. Uniformity D. Penal Sanction

ANSWER
This is one of the features of criminal law and it means
that it includes only those rules created and enforced
by authorized agents of the state.
A. Specificity C. Politicality
B. Uniformity D. Penal Sanction

EVOLUTION OF CRIMINAL LAWS
PREHISTORIC CRIME AND PUNISHMENT
Primitive Tribes
Punishment
ostracism and expulsion
Adultery may be punished by the aggrieved husband
avenge
EVOLUTION OF CRIMINAL LAWS
PREHISTORIC CRIME AND PUNISHMENT
THE EARLY CODES
CODE OF HAMMURABI
1st comp. view of law, law of talion, “tit and tat”
THE HITTITES
Conquered Babylon
CODE OF DRAKON
Codified by Drakon, an Anthenian Law giver, Ultimate severity
LAWS OF SOLON
Equality and proportionality
ROME’S TWELVE TABLES
QUESTION
The laws of an ancient Israelites, found in the Old
Testament of the Judeo-Christian Bible.
A. Justinian Code
B. Mosaic Code
C. Hammurabi code
D. Code of Draco

ANSWER
The laws of an ancient Israelites, found in the Old
Testament of the Judeo-Christian Bible.
A. Justinian Code
B. Mosaic Code
C. Hammurabi code
D. Code of Draco
Note: This code is not only the foundation of the Judean‐ Christian moral
teachings, but also is a basis for the US legal system.

DETERMINISM OF CRIMINALITY
THE TWO APPROACHES

THE TWO APPROACHES
SUBJECTIVE APPROACHES
exist in the individual criminal
Anthropological Approach, Medical Approach,
Biological Approach, Physiological Approach,
Psychological Approach, Psychiatric Approach,
Psychoanalytical Approach.

THE TWO APPROACHES
OBJECTIVE APPROACHES
study of groups, social
Geographic Approach, Ecological Approach,
Economic Approach, Socio – Cultural Approach

CRIMINOLOGICAL THEORIES
DEMONOLOGY
Good and Evil Spirits
Classical School of Criminology
Utilitarianism, Hedonism, Freewill
Neo‐Classical School of Criminology
Children and Lunatics
Positivist/Italian School of Criminology
Crime as a Social Phenomenon
Criminals are sick person that needs treatment
During the middle ages
(1200‐ 1600)
superstition
fear of satanic possession dominated thinking
witches or possessed by demons
burning at the stake
“inferior blood”
penalties including Whipping, Branding, Maiming and
Execution.
PERSONALITIES
AND THEIR
THEORIES AND CONTRIBUTION

QUESTION
Which of the following criminological theories provides
that pain and pleasure motivate a person to commit
criminal act?
A. Physiological theory C. positivist theory
B. Biological theory D. Classical Theory

CLASSICAL SCHOOL
OF THOUGHT

QUESTION
According to the classical school, crime is best
deterred when punishment is
A. Swift
B. Severe
C. Certain
D. All of these

ANSWER
According to the classical school, crime is best
deterred when punishment is
A. Swift
B. Severe
C. Certain
D. All of these

Jeremy Bentham
Utilitarian
“The Greatest Happiness for
the Greatest Number of People”
Hedonism
the theory, which explains that a
person always acts in such a way as
to seek pleasure and avoid pain.

QUESTION
Theory is the belief that individuals choose to commit a
crime, looking at the opportunities before them,
weighing the benefit versus the punishment, and deciding
whether to proceed or not. This cost-benefit analysis
primarily focuses on the idea that we all have the
choice to proceed with our actions. Because of the
punishment involved, we are deterred from committing the
crime.
A. Choice theory
B. Classical theory
C. Conflict theory
D. Neo-classical

ANSWER
Theory is the belief that individuals choose to commit a
crime, looking at the opportunities before them,
weighing the benefit versus the punishment, and deciding
whether to proceed or not. This cost-benefit analysis
primarily focuses on the idea that we all have the
choice to proceed with our actions. Because of the
punishment involved, we are deterred from committing the
crime.
A. Choice theory
B. Classical theory
C. Conflict theory
D. Neo-classical

Felicific Calculus
Factors into equation Crime is worth committing or not
Rational Choice theory
Law violating behavior occurs when the offender Decides to risk
breaking the law after considering Both personal factors and
situational factors.

QUESTION
People commit crime if they believe it will provide
immediate benefit without the threat of long term risks.
This statement reflects the _____ theory of crime
causation.
A. Choice C. opportunity
B. Gain D. reward

ANSWER
People commit crime if they believe it will provide
immediate benefit without the threat of long term risks.
This statement reflects the _____ theory of crime
causation.
A. Choice C. opportunity
B. Gain D. reward

QUESTION
This concept emphasizes the importance of making the
crime fit the offense without regard to personal
differences.
A. Proportionality
B. Retribution
C. Absolute Deterrence
D. General Deterrence

ANSWER
This concept emphasizes the importance of making the
crime fit the offense without regard to personal
differences.
A. Proportionality
B. Retribution
C. Absolute Deterrence
D. General Deterrence

Cesare Beccaria
(Cesare Bonesara Marchese De Becarria)
“ESSAY on Crimes and Punishment”
abolition of torture as a
legitimate means of extracting
confessions.
Freewill
a philosophy advocating punishment
severe enough for people to choose

The Classical Theory maintains that man is
essentially a moral creature with absolute free
will to choose between good and evil. Therefore,
stress is placed upon the criminal himself, every
man is responsible for his act. According to
Becarria, the crime problem could be trace not to
bad people but to bad laws based on the
assumption of free will. He proposed the
following principles:

• Laws should be used to maintain the social contract
• Only legislators should create laws
• Judges should impose punishment only in accordance with law
• Punishment should be based on the pleasure‐ pain principle
• Punishment should be determined by the crime
• Punishment should be based on the act, not on the actor
• Punishment should be prompt and effective
• All people should be treated equally
• Capital punishment should be applied only to serious offense
• Use of torture to gain confession should be abolished
• It is better to prevent crimes than to punish them
QUESTION
This concept argues that man is by nature a pleasure
seeker and naturally avoids pain.
A. Hedonistic Calculus
B. Hedonism
C. Free will School
D. Classical Theory

ANSWER
This concept argues that man is by nature a pleasure
seeker and naturally avoids pain.
A. Hedonistic Calculus
B. Hedonism
C. Free will School
D. Classical Theory

QUESTION
The attainment pleasure and the avoidance of pain are
sometimes cited as the primary motivators of human
behavior called:
A. Effectors C. neutrality
B. Objectivity D. hedonism

ANSWER
The attainment pleasure and the avoidance of pain are
sometimes cited as the primary motivators of human
behavior called:
A. Effectors C. neutrality
B. Objectivity D. hedonism

Basic Elements of Classical Criminology
• In every society people have free will to choose criminal or
lawful solutions to meet their needs or settle their
problems.
• Criminal solutions may be more attractive than lawful ones
because they usually require less work for a greater payoff.
• A person’s choice of criminal solutions may be controlled by
his fear of punishment.
• The more severe, certain, and swift the punishment, the
better able it is to control criminal behavior.

Arguments about the Classical Theory
1. Unfair‐ It treats all men as if they were robot
without regard to the individual differences and the
surrounding circumstances when the crime was
committed.
2. Unjust‐ having the same punishment for first
offenders and recidivists.
3. The nature and definition of punishment is not
individualized
4. It considers only the injury caused not the mental
condition of the offender
The Neo‐ Classical Criminology

QUESTION
The so called “neo-classical school” of thought emerged
between 1880 and 1920 and still felt at the present
time. The leading proponents were figures such as
A. Rafaele Garofalo and Enrico Ferri
B. Gabriel Tarde and Raymond Saleilles
C. Charles Darwin and Charles Goring
D. Manuel Montesimos and Edwin Sutherland

ANSWER
The so called “neo-classical school” of thought emerged
between 1880 and 1920 and still felt at the present
time. The leading proponents were figures such as
A. Rafaele Garofalo and Enrico Ferri
B. Gabriel Tarde and Raymond Saleilles
C. Charles Darwin and Charles Goring
D. Manuel Montesimos and Edwin Sutherland

This Theory argues that Classical theory should be modified
in certain details
Since children and lunatic cannot calculate pleasure and pain
not be regarded as criminals or to be punished
mitigating circumstances
The impossibility to exercise free will is reason to exempt
from criminal liability
If the scientific method could be applied to the study of
nature, then why not use it to study human behavior?

QUESTION
This theory believes that punishment should fit the
criminal and not the crime committed.
A. Positivist theory
B. Neo-classical theory
C. Classical theory
D. Differential Association Theory

ANSWER
This theory believes that punishment should fit the
criminal and not the crime committed.
A. Positivist theory
B. Neo-classical theory
C. Classical theory

POSITIVIST SCHOOL
SCHOOL OF THOUGHT

Elements of Positivism
FIRST
internal and external forces
SOCIAL
the effect of wealth and class, political and historical such as war and famine,
OTHER FORCES
personal and psychological, such as an individual’s brain or mental ability.
SECOND
scientific method to solve problems
“intelligence”
challenge a concept such as the “soul”
condition that cannot be verified by the scientific method
The positivists tradition was popularized by Charles Darwin whose worked on the
evolution o man encouraged a 19th century cult of science.
QUESTION
Who claimed that some persons are born criminals and can
be identified by certain stigmata or anomalies?
A. Lombroso
B. Darwin
C. Gibbons
D. Goring

ANSWER
Who claimed that some persons are born criminals and can
be identified by certain stigmata or anomalies?
A. Lombroso
B. Darwin
C. Gibbons
D. Goring

Cesare Lombroso
(1836 – 1909)
father of modern criminology”
scientific approach to the study
of criminal behavior and to
reform the criminal law.
“CRIME: Its Causes and Remedies”

QUESTION
One of three criminal types identified by Lombroso. The
CRIMINAL is motivated by passion, and will commit
criminal acts under the proper circumstances.
A. Criminaloid
B. Insane criminal
C. Passionate criminal
D. Born Criminal

Answer: C. Passionate criminal
Classifications of Criminals by Lombroso:
Born Criminals ‐ criminal behavior is inherited.
Criminal by Passion ‐great emotions like fit of anger.
Insane Criminals‐ abnormalities or psychological
Criminoloid –less physical stamina/self self control
(ATAVISTIC ANOMALIES)
Occasional Criminal –insignificant reasons /
given occasion.
Pseudo‐criminals –kill in self‐defense.
QUESTION
This work of Lombrosso details his findings on Velilla
to which he coined the term atavism.
A. L’ Uomo Delinquente
B. Dei Delliti e’ Delli Poena
C. Spirit of Laws
D. Criminology

ANSWER
This work of Lombrosso details his findings on Velilla
to which he coined the term atavism.
A. L’ Uomo Delinquente
B. Dei Delliti e’ Delli Poena
C. Spirit of Laws
D. Criminology

Enrico Ferri
(1856 – 1929)
Lombroso’s associate.
rational decision to commit the crime.
• a member of the Italian parliament
• he believed that criminals could not be
held morally responsible because they did
not choose to commit crimes but was
driven to commit them by conditions of
their lives
Raffaele Garofalo
(1852 – 1934)
he rejected the doctrine of free will
and supported the position that the
only way to understand crime was
to study it by scientific methods.
atavistic stigmata
man’s inferior/ animalistic behavior
“moral anomalies”

QUESTION
According to him, the true criminal is one who lacks the
basic altruistic sentiments of pity and honesty.
A. Enrico Ferri
B. Rafael Garofalo
C. Cesare Lombrosso
D. Auguste Compte

ANSWER
According to him, the true criminal is one who lacks the
basic altruistic sentiments of pity and honesty.
A. Enrico Ferri
B. Rafael Garofalo
C. Cesare Lombrosso
D. Auguste Compte

According to his theory, natural crimes are found in all
human societies, regardless of the views of the lawmakers,
and no civilized society can afford to disregard them. Natural
crimes are those that offend the basic moral sentiments of
probity (respect for property of others) and piety (revulsion
against infliction of pain to others)
Types of Criminals (Garofalo)
1. Murderers‐ those who satisfied from revenge
2.Violent criminals‐ those who commit serious crimes
3. Deficient‐ those who commit crimes against property
4. Lascivious‐ those who commit crimes against chastity
QUESTION
Positivists differ from classical criminologists in that
they believe that
A. Deterrence is the best justification for punishment
B. Human being have free will and the actions they
undertake are the results of choice
C. Offenders were not entirely responsible for their
crimes
D. Society must respect the rights of its citizens

ANSWER
Positivists differ from classical criminologists in that
they believe that
A. Deterrence is the best justification for punishment
B. Human being have free will and the actions they
undertake are the results of choice
C. Offenders were not entirely responsible for their
crimes
D. Society must respect the rights of its citizens

QUESTION
When focus of the punishment is the crime committed not
the offender it is considered belonging to
A. Classical Theory
B. Neo- Classical Theory
C. Positivist Theory

ANSWER
When focus of the punishment is the crime committed not
the offender it is considered belonging to
A. Classical Theory
B. Neo- Classical Theory
C. Positivist Theory

QUESTION
Under this theory, not all persons have free will
therefore they must be exempted from punishment
A. Neo Classical School
B. Labeling Theory
C. Biological Theory
D. Positivist theory

ANSWER
Under this theory, not all persons have free will
therefore they must be exempted from punishment
A. Neo Classical School
B. Labeling Theory
C. Biological Theory
D. Positivist theory

QUESTION
The basic difference between liberal positivist and
conservative classical criminologists concerns the issue
of ____ versus determination.
A. Social structure C. punishment
B. Free will D. social environment

ANSWER
The basic difference between liberal positivist and
conservative classical criminologists concerns the issue
of ____ versus determination.
A. Social structure C. punishment
B. Free will D. social environment

QUESTION
A state of normlessness or norm confusion within a
society. The term was coined by Durkheim to explain
suicide in French society, and later applied by Merton
and others to other forms of deviance and crime in
American society.
A. Deviance
B. Anomie
C. Normlessness
D. Crime

David Emile Durkheim
(French, 1858 ‐ 1917)
“Anomie Theory”
the absence of norms in a society
provides a setting conductive to
crimes and other anti‐social acts.
it does not lies with the individuals

published a book, “Division of Social Labor”, which became a
landmark work on the organization of societies
according to him:
Crime is as normal a part of society as birth and death
Crime is part of human nature because it has existed during periods of
both poverty and prosperity
As long as human differences exists, which is one of the fundamental
conditions of society, it is but natural and expected that it will result to
criminality
One of his profound contributions to contemporary criminology is
the concept of anomie, the breakdown of social order as a result of
loss of standards and values

August Comte
(1798‐ 1857)
considered the founder of sociology, applied
scientific methods to study the society.
According to Comte, societies pass through
stages that can be grouped on the basis of
how people try to understand the world in
which they live. People in primitive societies
consider inanimate objects as having life; in
later social stages, people embrace a rational,
scientific view of the world. Comte called this
final stage the positive stage and those who
followed his writings became known as
positivists.
Robert Ezra Park
(1864 ‐ 1944)
“Human Ecology Theory”
interrelationship of people
and their environment
crime is a function of social
change that occurs along with
environmental change.
isolation, segregation, competition, conflict,
social contract, interaction and social hierarchy
of people
QUESTION
What is the study that deals with classifying human
physical characteristics?
A. Determinism
B. Somatology
C. Positivism
D. Atavism

ANSWER
What is the study that deals with classifying human
physical characteristics?
A. Determinism
B. Somatology
C. Positivism
D. Atavism

Ernest Kretschmer
(1888 – 1964)
Somatotyping
Asthenic – lean, slightly built, narrow shoulders
Athletic – medium to tall, strong, muscular,
course bones
Pyknic – medium height, rounded figure,
massive neck, broad face
Pyknic to manic depression
asthenics and athletics to schizophrenia.

William H. Sheldon
(1898 – 1977)
Somatotyping Theory
inheritance as the primary
determinants of behavior and
the physique is a reliable
indicator of personality.

Endomorphy
soft, roundness, low specific gravity,
relaxed and comfortable disposition.
Mesomorphy
athletic type, muscle, bone and
active and aggressive and they are the
most likely to commit crimes.
Ectomorphy
thin physique, flat chest, delicacy
through the body, slender, poorly
muscled.

QUESTION
Sheldon noted that this type of physique have relatively
predominant muscle, bone and motor organs of the body.
A. Endomorphic
B. Mesomorphic
C. Ectomorphic
D. Viscerotonic

ANSWER
Sheldon noted that this type of physique have relatively
predominant muscle, bone and motor organs of the body.
A. Endomorphic
B. Mesomorphic
C. Ectomorphic
D. Viscerotonic

QUESTION
A mesomorph has a temperament of
A. Viscerotonic
B. Somatotonic
C. Cerebretonic
D. Athletic

ANSWER
A mesomorph has a temperament of
A. Viscerotonic
B. Somatotonic
C. Cerebretonic
D. Athletic

Endomorphy (Viscerotonic)
Designating a personality type characterised as sociable, easy‐going,
and comfort‐seeking.
Mesomorphy (Somatotonic)
temperance and most likely to commit crime.athletic type.
Ectomorphy (Cerebrotonic)
Designating a personality type characterised
as intellectual, introverted, and emotionally restrained.

QUESTION
Criminal Behavior is learned from association with
criminal people in the same way that non-criminal
behaviors are learned from association with law abiding
individuals in a learning process
A. Imitation Theory
B. Differential Opportunity Theory
C. Differential Association Theory
D. Psychological Theories

ANSWER
Criminal Behavior is learned from association with
criminal people in the same way that non-criminal
behaviors are learned from association with law abiding
individuals in a learning process
A. Imitation Theory
B. Differential Opportunity Theory
C. Differential Association Theory
D. Psychological Theories

QUESTION
Edwin Sutherland expounded the theory of _____ which
contended that criminal conduct is learned behavior, the
learning is incurred by communication with others, the
information learned is about criminality thus, one tends
to become a criminal.
A. Containment C. psychoanalysis
B. Differential association D. mobility

ANSWER
Edwin Sutherland expounded the theory of _____ which
contended that criminal conduct is learned behavior, the
learning is incurred by communication with others, the
information learned is about criminality thus, one tends
to become a criminal.
A. Containment C. psychoanalysis
B. Differential association D. mobility

Edwin Sutherland
(1883 ‐ 1950)
“Dean of Modern Criminology”
He said that crime is learned and not inherited.
Differential Association Theory
(DAT)
criminal behavior is learned and not inherited. It is
learned through the process of communication,
and learning process includes technique of
committing the crime, motive and attitude

Criminal behavior is learned
Criminal behavior is learned in interaction with other persons in a process of communication;
the principal part of learning of criminal behavior occurs within
an intimate personal group;
when criminal behavior is learned, the learning includes
techniques in committing the crimes which are sometimes very
simple, the specific direction of motives, drives, rationalization
and attitudes;
the process of learning criminal behavior by association with
criminal and anti‐criminal patterns involves all of the
mechanisms that are involved in any other learning

QUESTION
The view that voluntary actions and decisions made by an
individual are influenced and shaped by punishments and
rewards found in the external world
A. Classical Conditioning
B. Operant Conditioning
C. Direct Conditioning
D. Social Learning

ANSWER
The view that voluntary actions and decisions made by an
individual are influenced and shaped by punishments and
rewards found in the external world
A. Classical Conditioning
B. Operant Conditioning
C. Direct Conditioning
D. Social Learning
Note: Direct Conditioning / differential reinforcement

by Ronald Akers in collaboration with Robert Burges

QUESTION
A modification of differential association theory. In
this view, people commit criminal or delinquent acts if
they believe that it will lead to acceptance by and
approval of these important people in their lives.
A. Differential identification
B. Differential reinforcement
C. Differential association
D. None of these

Answer: Differential Identification
DIFFERENTIAL REINFORCEMENT THEORY
(1) according to this theory, people strike a balance
between being “all‐deviant” and “all‐conforming”
(2) Behavior persists depending on the degree to
which it was rewarded or punished

QUESTION
According to this theory, social actions are or repeated
(or not repeated) as a consequence of their association
in the actors in the mind with punishing or rewarding
experiences.
A. Containment
B. Differential association
C. Operant conditioning
D. Differential identification

ANSWER
According to this theory, social actions are or repeated
(or not repeated) as a consequence of their association
in the actors in the mind with punishing or rewarding
experiences.
A. Containment
B. Differential association
C. Operant conditioning
D. Differential identification

Walter Reckless
(1899 ‐ 1988)
Containment Theory
external structure
poverty, unemployment and blocked
opportunities
internal structure
person’s self control ensured by strong ego,
good self image, well developed conscience,
high frustration tolerance and high sense of
responsibility.

Containment theory
according to Walter Reckless, it is the idea that strong
self‐image insulates a youth from the pressures and
pulls of crimogenic influences in the environment.

QUESTION
Crime is a function of competition or class struggle.
The capitalist system’s emphasis on competition and
wealth produces an economic and social environment in
which crime is inevitable.
A. Capitalist Theory
B. Social Control Theory
C. Strain Theory
D. Conflict Theory

ANSWER
Crime is a function of competition or class struggle.
The capitalist system’s emphasis on competition and
wealth produces an economic and social environment in
which crime is inevitable.
A. Capitalist Theory
B. Social Control Theory
C. Strain Theory
D. Conflict Theory

Karl Marx, Frederick Engel, Willem Bonger
Social Class Conflict and Capitalism Theory
capitalist society is responsible for the creation of
criminal law.

Left realism
A branch of conflict theory that holds that crime is a “real” social
problem experienced by the
lower classes and that lower‐class concerns about crime must be
addressed by radical scholars.
PEACEMAKING MOVEMENT
A branch of conflict theory that stresses humanism, mediation, and
conflict
resolution as a means to end crime.

QUESTION
The ruling-class elite in a capitalist system; those
with the power.
A. Bourgeoisie
B. Proletariat
C. Ruling class
D. Capitalist
Answer: Bourgeoisie
Proletariat (the working class)

ANSWER
The ruling-class elite in a capitalist system; those
with the power.
A. Bourgeoisie
B. Proletariat
C. Ruling class
D. Capitalist
Answer: Bourgeoisie
Proletariat (the working class)

QUESTION
The fringe members at the bottom of society who produce
nothing and live, parasitically, off the work of others.
A. Bourgeoisie
B. Lumpen Proletariat
C. Ruling class
D. Capitalist

ANSWER
The fringe members at the bottom of society who produce
nothing and live, parasitically, off the work of others.
A. Bourgeoisie
B. Lumpen Proletariat
C. Ruling class
D. Capitalist

QUESTION
Persons who serve as self-appointed watchdogs to
maintain moral standards are known in criminology
parlance as:
A. Altruists C. moral entrepreneurs
B. Activist D. hedonist

ANSWER
Persons who serve as self-appointed watchdogs to
maintain moral standards are known in criminology
parlance as:
A. Altruists C. moral entrepreneurs
B. Activist D. hedonist

QUESTION
This theory believes that society is divided into two
groups with competing values the upper class and lower
class.
A. Class Theory
B. Differential Opportunity
C. Conflict Theory
D. Consensus Theory

ANSWER
This theory believes that society is divided into two
groups with competing values the upper class and lower
class.
A. Class Theory
B. Differential Opportunity
C. Conflict Theory
D. Consensus Theory

QUESTION
This theory suggests that when people find they cannot
achieve valued goals through legitimate means they
experience stress and frustration, which in turn may
lead to rule-violating behavior.
A. Strain theory
B. cultural deviance theory
C. Sociological theory
D. amor propio

ANSWER
This theory suggests that when people find they cannot
achieve valued goals through legitimate means they
experience stress and frustration, which in turn may
lead to rule-violating behavior.
A. Strain theory
B. cultural deviance theory
C. Sociological theory
D. amor propio

Robert King Merton (RKM)
(1910)
Strain Theory
failure of man to achieve a higher status of life
caused
them to commit crimes
crime is a means to achieve goals
the social structure is the root of the crime problem.
people are law abiding but when under great
pressure will result to crime…

STRAIN THEORY
Consequently, they feel anger, frustration and resentment,
referred to as STRAIN
The commission of crimes with the aim of achieving these
goals results from this conflict
DISPARITY
THE GOAL IS BLOCK
UNDER GREAT PRESSURE

QUESTION
When a person accepts the cultural goal and the means to
attain it, under the strain theory he is called as
A. Conformist
B. Innovation
C. Rebellion
D. Retreatist

ANSWER
When a person accepts the cultural goal and the means to
attain it, under the strain theory he is called as
A. Conformist
B. Innovation
C. Rebellion
D. Retreatist

Conformity Retreatism
occurs when individuals both EMBRACE REJECTS BOTH GOALS AND THE MEANS OF
conventional social goals and also have SOCIETY. Included in this category are
the means at their disposal to attain psychotics, psycho neurotics, vagrants,
them. outcast, chronic drunkards, drug addicts
Innovation because such people are morally or
occurs when an individual accepts the otherwise incapable of using both
goals of society but reject or is legitimate and illegitimate means, they
incapable of attaining them through attempt to escape their lack of success by
legitimate means. withdrawing‐ either mentally or physically.
Ritualism Rebellion
they gain pleasure from practicing involves substituting an alternative set of
traditional ceremonies regardless of goals and means for conventional ones.
whether they have a real purpose or May also be a reaction against a corrupt
goal. and hated government or an effort to
create alternate opportunities and lifestyle
within the existing system.
QUESTION
This delinquent subculture is dominated by gang fighting
and acts of violence and usually arises in areas with
weak social controls and without institutionalized
channels to success goals, either legitimate or
illegitimate, and predominance of personal failure.
A. Violence subculture C. Conflict subculture
B. Criminal subculture D. Retreatist subculture

ANSWER
This delinquent subculture is dominated by gang fighting
and acts of violence and usually arises in areas with
weak social controls and without institutionalized
channels to success goals, either legitimate or
illegitimate, and predominance of personal failure.
A. Violence subculture C. Conflict subculture
B. Criminal subculture D. Retreatist subculture

Albert Cohen
(1918)
Sub‐Culture Theory of Delinquency
lower class cannot socialize
gathered together share their common
problems
forming a subculture
rejects middle class values
reaction formation
subculture is called a gang
kids are called delinquents.
QUESTION
This theory states that people can float back and forth
between obeying and breaking the law. People can use
techniques of neutralization as excuses to break the law
when other forms of social control are weak. When social
control is stronger, the offender will drift or float
back to law-abiding behavior.
A. Neutralization Theory
B. Drift Theory
C. Control Theory
D. Social Bonding

ANSWER
This theory states that people can float back and forth
between obeying and breaking the law. People can use
techniques of neutralization as excuses to break the law
when other forms of social control are weak. When social
control is stronger, the offender will drift or float
back to law-abiding behavior.
A. Neutralization Theory
B. Drift Theory
C. Control Theory
D. Social Bonding

Gresham Sykes
(1922)
Neutralization Theory
individual will obey or disobey societal rules
ability to rationalize
protected from hurt or destruction
People become law abiding if they feel they are
benefited by it and they violate it if these laws are
not favorable to them…

QUESTION
Espoused the Differential Opportunity Theory that lower
class want things there is differential opportunity, or
access, to success goals legitimate and illegitimate
lower class groups are provided with greater
opportunities for the acquisition of deviant acts.
A. Llyod Ohlin
B. Edwin Sutherland
C. Cesare Lombroso
D. Erick Erikson

ANSWER
Espoused the Differential Opportunity Theory that lower
class want things there is differential opportunity, or
access, to success goals legitimate and illegitimate
opportunities for the acquisition of deviant acts.
A. Llyod Ohlin
B. Edwin Sutherland
C. Cesare Lombroso
D. Erick Erikson

Lloyd Ohlin
(1928)
DOT – Differential Opportunity Theory
lower class want things
there is differential opportunity,
or access, to success goals
legitimate and illegitimate
opportunities for the acquisition of deviant
acts…

QUESTION
Deviant acts that are committed in the absence of or
preceding the application of a deviant label for the
acts. While it may or may not be the first crime a
person has committed, it is not based on a response to
being labeled as a deviant
A. Primary Deviance
B. Secondary Deviance
C. Deviance
D. Labeling Theory

PRIMARY DEVIANCE
According to Lemert, deviant acts that do not help redefine the self‐
and public image of the offender.

QUESTION
theory of criminology ascribe to the fact that an
individual will become what he is labeled or what others
expect him to become; the danger comes from calling a
crime a crime and a criminal a criminal.
A. labelling theory
B. classical theory
C. strain theory
D. drift theory

ANSWER
theory of criminology ascribe to the fact that an
individual will become what he is labeled or what others
expect him to become; the danger comes from calling a
crime a crime and a criminal a criminal.
A. labelling theory
B. classical theory
C. strain theory
D. drift theory

Frank Tennenbaum, Edwin Lemert, Howard Becker
Labeling Theory
no behavior is intrinsically criminal, behavior
becomes criminal if it is labeled as such.

The Labeling Process
Initial Criminal Act = People commit crimes for a number of reasons
Detection by the justice = Arrest is influenced by racial, economic, and
system power relations.
Decision to label = Some are labeled “official” criminals by police
and court authorities
Creation of a new identity = Those labeled are known as troublemakers,
criminals etc., and shunned by conventional
society.
Acceptance of labels = Labeled people begin to see themselves as
outsiders ( secondary deviance, self‐labeling)
Deviance amplification = Stigmatized offenders are now locked into
criminal careers.
QUESTION
The process by which an individual is punished, labeled,
and made to feel shame for committing a deviant act, but
done in a way that the individual who is shamed is
brought back into the larger community and restored to a
position of respectability.
A. Reintegrative Shaming
B. Disintegrative Shaming
C. Restorative Justice
D. Retributive Justice

REINTEGRATIVE SHAMING
A method of correction that encourages offenders to
confront their misdeeds, experience, shame because
of the harm they caused, and then be reincluded in
society.

SOCIAL REACTION THEORY
Also called LABELING THEORY
Holds that people enter into law‐violating careers when
they are labeled for their acts and organize their
personalities around the labels.
Negative labels have dramatic influence on the self‐
image of offenders.

Earl Richard Quinney
(1934)
Instrumentalist Theory
state exist as a device for controlling the
exploited class
upper classes create laws that protect their interest
major contribution
shift in focus from looking for the causes of crime
from the individual to the examination of the
Criminal Justice System for clues…

QUESTION
Who advocated the “Theory of Human Evolution”?
A. Cesare Lombroso
B. Cesare Becarria
C. Charles Goring
D. Charles Darwin

Charles Darwin’s Theory
(1809 ‐ 1882)
theory of evolution
humans, like other animals, are parasite
animalistic behavior
that is dependent on other animals for
survival
man kills and steal to live…

QUESTION
He refuted Lombrosian theory of anthropological criminal
type. His evaluation stands as the most cogent critical
analysis of the theory of Born Criminals.
A. Ernest Hooten
B. Charles Goring
C. Ernst Krescthmer
D. Sarnoff and Mednick

Charles Goring’s Theory
(1870 ‐ 1919)
accepts the Lombroso’s challenge
that body physique is a determinant to behavior
no such thing a physical chemical type
Lombroso’s idea that criminality can be seen
through
features alone.
physically inferior
criminals tend to be shorter
have less weight than non‐criminals.

studied the case histories of 2,000 convicts and found
that heredity is more influential as determiner of
criminal behavior. Goring believed that criminal
behavior was inherited and could be controlled by
regulating the reproduction of families who produced
mentally defective children.

Earnest Hooton’s Theory
(1887 ‐ 1954)
reexamined the work of Goring and found out that
Tall thin men tend to commit forgery and fraud
undersized men are thieves and burglars
short heavy person commit assault, rape,sex crimes
mediocre (average) physique flounder around among
other crimes.
criminals are originally inferior and that crime is the
result of the impact of environment…

Adolphe Quetelet
(1796 ‐ 1874)
Carthographical School of Criminology
social statistics
crimes against persons
increased during summer
crimes against property
tends to increase during winter.

He repudiated the free will doctrine of the classicists
He founded what is known as the CARTHOGRAPHIC SCHOOL
OF CRIMINOLOGY, together with ANDRE MICHAEL GUERRY
This study used social statistical data and provided important
demographic information on the population, including
density, gender, religious affiliations and social economic
status
He found a strong influence of age, sex, climate condition,
population composition and economic status in criminality

QUESTION
In considering biological theories, This refers to the
view that an individual’s criminal lifestyle or actions
is the direct result of genetic inheritance or
biological predisposition.
A. Heredity Determinism
B. Biological Positivism
C. Biological Determinism
D. Italian School

BIOLOGICAL DETERMINISM
a belief that crimogenic traits can be acquired
through indirect heredity from a degenerate
family whose members suffered from such ills,
syphilis, and alcoholism, or through direct
heredity being related to a family of criminals.

BIOLOGICAL DETERMINISM

QUESTION
The process by which deviant values are both admired and
passed down from one generation to the next is called:
A. Cultural transmission C. heredity
B. Social disorganization D. subculture

ANSWER
The process by which deviant values are both admired and
passed down from one generation to the next is called:
A. Cultural transmission C. heredity
B. Social disorganization D. subculture

QUESTION
This refers to the study of the bumps in the head to
determine criminal tendency and personality.
A. Phrenology
B. Chiropractics
C. Physiognomy
D. Atavism

ANSWER
This refers to the study of the bumps in the head to
determine criminal tendency and personality.
A. Phrenology
B. Chiropractics
C. Physiognomy
D. Atavism

Human Physiognomy
GIAMBATTISTA DELA PORTA
(1535‐1615) ‐ Italian physician who founded
the school of human physiognomy, the
study of facial features and their relation to
human behavior; the study of judging a
person’s character from facial features to
determine whether the shape of the ears,
nose and eyes and the distances between
them were associated with anti‐social
behavior

JOHANN KASPAR LAVATER
(1741‐1801) Swiss theologian who
believed that people’s true characters
and inclinations could be read from their
facial features
the facial features of criminals to
determine whether the shape of ears,
nose, eyes and the distance between
them were associated with antisocial
behavior.
Physiognomists

FRANZ JOSEPH GALL
(1758‐1828)
born in Germany, a renowned neuro‐anatomist
and physiologist and a pioneer in the study of
the localization of mental functions in the brain
developed cranioscopy, a method to study the
personality and development of mental and
moral faculties based on the external shape of
the skull
cranioscopy was later renamed as phrenology,
the study that deals with the relationship
between the skull and human behavior

Cranioscopy/Phrenology
JOHANN KASPAR
SPURZHEIM
(1776‐1832)
German phrenologist who was the assistant
of Gall

studied the shape of the skull and bumps on the head to
determine whether these physical attributes were linked to
criminal behavior.
Phrenologists believed that external cranial characteristics
dictate which areas of the brain control physical activity.

OTHER VIPs TO PONDER

QUESTION
A person with an extra Y chromosome is regarded as a
A. Homosexual
B. Transvestite
C. Suffering from Hermaphrodism
D. Supermale

ANSWER
A person with an extra Y chromosome is regarded as a
A. Homosexual
B. Transvestite
C. Suffering from Hermaphrodism
D. Supermale

HEREDITY AS A FACTOR
OF CRIMINALITY
Richard Dugdale
Jukes Family
Ada jukes (MARGARET)
“mother of all criminal”

Henry Goddard
Kallikak Family
Martin Kallikak
143 feeble minded, 46 normal
2 alcoholic, 1 convicted of
religious offense, all are
mentally normal

QUESTION
The ____ theory of criminality attributes delinquent and
criminal behavior to a conscience that is either too
overbearing that it arouses feeling of guilt or so weak
that it cannot control the individual’s impulse and the
need for immediate gratification.
A. Psychoanalytic C. biological
B. Psychological D. classical

ANSWER
The ____ theory of criminality attributes delinquent and
criminal behavior to a conscience that is either too
overbearing that it arouses feeling of guilt or so weak
that it cannot control the individual’s impulse and the
need for immediate gratification.
A. Psychoanalytic C. biological
B. Psychological D. classical

QUESTION
This approach to the study of criminality links criminal
behavior to mental states, especially mental disease,
mental disorders, pathologies and emotional problems.
A. Demographic C. physiological
B. Psychogenic D. cultural

ANSWER
This approach to the study of criminality links criminal
behavior to mental states, especially mental disease,
mental disorders, pathologies and emotional problems.
A. Demographic C. physiological
B. Psychogenic D. cultural

QUESTION
Experts who adopt the ____ view links substance abuse
impaired cognitive functioning, personality,
disturbance, and emotional problems.
A. Subculture C. rational
B. Genetic D. psychological

ANSWER
Experts who adopt the ____ view links substance abuse
impaired cognitive functioning, personality,
disturbance, and emotional problems.
A. Subculture C. rational
B. Genetic D. psychological

QUESTION
This theory was developed by psychiatrist Sigmud Freud
in the human personality is controlled by unconscious
mental processes developed in early childhood involving
the interaction of id, ego, and superego.
A. Social Structure theory C. theory of anomie
B. Psychoanalytic theory D. social learning theory

ANSWER
This theory was developed by psychiatrist Sigmud Freud
in the human personality is controlled by unconscious
mental processes developed in early childhood involving
the interaction of id, ego, and superego.
A. Social Structure theory C. theory of anomie
B. Psychoanalytic theory D. social learning theory

Sigmund Freud
(1856 ‐ 1969)
Psychoanalytical theory
Id
Ego
Super Ego

QUESTION
Dominated by pleasure principle, through which the
individual is pressed for immediate gratification of his
or her desires.
A. Ego
B. Libido
C. Thanatos
D. Id

ANSWER
Dominated by pleasure principle, through which the
individual is pressed for immediate gratification of his
or her desires.
A. Ego
B. Libido
C. Thanatos
D. Id

PERSONALITY IS COMPRISED OF THREE
COMPONENTS

ID
this stands for instinctual drives; the primitive part of
the individual’s mental make‐up present at birth; it is
governed by the “pleasure principle”; represents the
unconscious biological drives for pleasure; the id
impulses are not social and must be repressed or
adapted so that they may become socially acceptable

EGO
this is considered to be the sensible and responsible
part of an individual’s personality and is governed by
the “reality principle”; it is developed early in life
and compensates for the demands of the id by
helping the individual guide his actions to remain
within the boundaries of accepted social behavior; it
is the objective, rational part of the personality.

SUPEREGO
serves as the moral conscience of an individual; it is structured by what values
were taught by the parents, the school and the community, as well as belief in
God; it is largely responsible for making a person follow the moral codes of
society.
It is divided into two parts:
conscience
(tells what is right or wrong) and
ego ideal
(directs the individual to morally acceptable and responsible behaviors, which
may not be pleasurable).

QUESTION
What type of control emphasizes on internal monitoring
and controlling his behavior such as conscience or
guilt?
A. Informal Control
B. Internal Control
C. External Control
D. Formal Control

ANSWER
What type of control emphasizes on internal monitoring
and controlling his behavior such as conscience or
guilt?
A. Informal Control
B. Internal Control
C. External Control
D. Formal Control

PSYCHOSEXUAL STAGES OF HUMAN
DEVELOPMENT

QUESTION
Human beings possess two instinctual drives whose
interrelationship controls behavior. This is the life
instinct called eros and the death instinct called
_____.
A. Delicti C. Stigma
B. Thanatos D. Corpus

ANSWER
Human beings possess two instinctual drives whose
interrelationship controls behavior. This is the life
instinct called eros and the death instinct called
_____.
A. Delicti C. Stigma
B. Thanatos D. Corpus

QUESTION
Human beings possess two opposing instinctual drives
whose interrelationship controls behavior. This is life
instinct called _____ and the death instinct called
thanatos.
A. Stigma C. delicti
B. Eros D. corpus

ANSWER
Human beings possess two opposing instinctual drives
whose interrelationship controls behavior. This is life
instinct called _____ and the death instinct called
thanatos.
A. Stigma C. delicti
B. Eros D. corpus

Eros
the most basic human drive present at
birth (the instinct to preserve and
create life). An expressed sexually.
Thanatos
Death

Oral stage
usually during the first
year of life when the
child attains pleasure
by sucking and biting.

Anal stage
focus on the
elimination of bodily
wastes during the
second and third years
of life.

QUESTION
This occurs at the beginning of the phallic stage when
child focus their attention on their genitals
A. Masturbation
B. Oral
C. Anal
D. Electra

ANSWER
This occurs at the beginning of the phallic stage when
child focus their attention on their genitals
A. Masturbation
B. Oral
C. Anal
D. Electra

Phallic stage
during the third year
when child focus their
attention on their
genitals

Oedipus complex a
stage of development
when male begin to have
sexual feelings for their
mother.

QUESTION
This occurs at the beginning of the phallic stage
(around ages 3 to 6) in which a girl develops a desire
to possess her father and a hatred and fear of her
mother.
A. Electra Complex
B. Athena Complex
C. Oedipus Complex
D. Phallic Complex

Electra Complex a stage of
development when girls
begin to have sexual
feelings for their fathers.

Latency
begins at age 6. Feelings of sexuality are expressed
until the genital stage begins at puberty; this marks
the beginning of adult sexuality.

Fixated person
exhibit behavior traits characteristics of those
encountered during infantile sexual
development e.g. an infant who does not
received enough oral gratification during the first
year of life is likely as an adult engage in such oral
behavior as smoking, drinking, or drug abuse and
others.
PSYCHOLOGICAL THEORIES OF CRIME
CAUSATION
TYPES OF MENTAL DISORDER

EMOTIONAL PROBLEMS THEORIES
The emotional problem theories look at the offender as
having the same psychological make‐up as that of a non‐
offender. There is no disease or psychological disorder
present in the offender. But the offender does not cope well
with his environment and this creates frustration that results
in crime. The emotional problem theories assume that the
lawbreaker does not have a great mental sickness that causes
him to commit crimes but rather, he commits crime because
of everyday emotional problems that made him unable to
cope. As a result, the offender acts out criminally.

MENTAL DISORDER THEORIES
ORGANIC DISORDER
where the physiological cause can be identified, such as head
injuries that left the mind blank, senility, Parkinson’s disease
and Alzheimer’s disease. Organic disorders refer to the brain’s
disorder or sickness.
FUNCTIONAL DISORDER
which is characterized by strange behavior that cannot be
traced to any known organic disease. Examples of functional
disorders are those people with no apparent brain sickness
who hear voices that other do not hear, or who see things
that others do not see.
Criminogenic Processes
Experience And Human Behavior
Criminal Psychodynamics
Mental processes of criminal in action

NEUROSES
a common type of mental disorder used to
explain criminal behavior
also referred to as hysteria or neurasthenia
some of the more common neuroses are
THE FOLLOWING

NEUROSES
ANXIETY
also known as anxiety state or anxiety reaction;
characterized by the person feeling anxious, fearful
anticipation or apprehension; the person may be
irritable, have poor concentration and over reacts to
things that are annoying

NEUROSES
OBSESSIVE COMPULSIVE BEHAVIOR
people who suffer from this have unwanted, intrusive and
repetitive thoughts or behaviors
OBSESSION
a repetitive and irresistible thoughts or urge
COMPULSION
a repetitive behavior that is thought to produce or prevent
something that is thought to be magically connected to the
behavior
NEUROSES
PHOBIA
excessive and unexplainable fear of something;
generally exaggerated fear of things that normal people
do not fear with the same degree

NEUROSES
DEPRESSION
extreme feeling of low morale, sadness, loneliness, self‐
pity, despair, rejection, boredom and pessimism; a
person is said to be depressed if these feelings become
pervasive and can already affect all aspects of a
person’s life

NEUROSES
IMPULSE DISORDER
an excessive or unreasonable desire to do or have
something; an irrational or irresistible motive;
examples of this are kleptomania, pyromania,
dipsomania and others

PSYCHOSES
a more serious type of mental disorder,
which can be organic or functional
psychotic people lose contact with reality
and have difficulty distinguishing reality
from fantasy
the most common type of psychosis are
THE FOLLOWING
PSYCHOSES
SCHIZOPRENIA
also called dementia praecox; characterized by
distortions or withdrawal from reality, disturbances of
thoughts and language and withdrawal from social
contact.

PSYCHOSES
PARANOIA
gradual impairment of the intellect, characterized by
delusions or hallucination.

HALLUCINATION
false perception without object
ILLUSION
false perception with the object
DELUSION
false belief

DELUSIONS
DELUSIONS OF GRANDEUR
a false belief that you are greater than everybody else
DELUSIONS OF PERSECUTION
a false belief that other people are conspiring to kill,
harm or embarrass you
DELUSIONS OF REFERENCE
A false belief that believing every time he is the subject
of everything
QUESTION
episodiac criminals are those who commit crimes because
of _______ .
A. By a series of act in a lengthy space of time
B. In the shortest possible time
C. Only when given the situation conducive to its
commission
D. When offender is motivated by spite or jealously

ANSWER
episodiac criminals are those who commit crimes because
of _______ .
A. By a series of act in a lengthy space of time
B. In the shortest possible time
C. Only when given the situation conducive to its
commission
D. When offender is motivated by spite or jealously

Other MENTAL DISORDERS
Erotomania
Episodiac Criminal
Kleptomaniac
Masochism
Sadochism
Melancholia
Megalomania
Anthropology

QUESTION
Refers to the error in the presumption that the
processes that produces criminal or antisocial behavior
is DIFFERENT from the processes that produces law
abiding or conventional behavior.
A. Logomacy
B. Retroflexive Reformation
C. Dualistic Fallacy
D. Symbolic Interactionism

ANSWER
Refers to the error in the presumption that the
processes that produces criminal or antisocial behavior
is DIFFERENT from the processes that produces law
abiding or conventional behavior.
A. Logomacy
B. Retroflexive Reformation
C. Dualistic Fallacy
D. Symbolic Interactionism

Mental Disorder Theories

QUESTION
He asserted that the causes of crime are chiefly social.
His basic theory on the causes of crime was founded on
laws of imitation.
A. Robert Merton
B. Travis Hirschi
C. Gabriel Tarde
D. Emile Durkheim

ANSWER
He asserted that the causes of crime are chiefly social.
His basic theory on the causes of crime was founded on
laws of imitation.
A. Robert Merton
B. Travis Hirschi
C. Gabriel Tarde
D. Emile Durkheim

GABRIEL TARDE
(1843‐1904) forerunner of modern day
learning theorists.
introduced the Theory of Imitation,
which governs the process by which
people become criminals
The Theory of Imitation is explained by
the following patterns:
Pattern 1: individuals imitate others in
proportion to the intensity and frequency
of their contact
Pattern 2: inferiors imitate superiors
Pattern 3: when two behavior patterns
clash, one may take the place of the other
QUESTION
A child who watches the Cartoon Lupin the third and
idolizes Lupin’s skill in stealing, and as a result he
also steals.
A. Theory of Imitation
B. Differential Association
C. Differential Identification
D. Labeling theory

ANSWER
A child who watches the Cartoon Lupin the third and
idolizes Lupin’s skill in stealing, and as a result he
also steals.
A. Theory of Imitation
B. Differential Association
C. Differential Identification
D. Labeling theory

Isaac Ray
an acknowledged American
psychiatrist who popularized
the concept of “moral insanity”
in his book, “A treatise on the
Medical Jurisprudence of
Insanity”.

Albert Adler
(1870‐ 1937)
founder of individual
psychology and coined the
term “inferiority complex”
people who have feelings of
inferiority and compensate
for them with a drive for
superiority.

Erik Erikson
(1902‐1984)
described the so called
“identity crisis”
a psychological state in which
youth face inner turmoil and
uncertainty about life roles.

August Aichorn
he concluded that societal stress, though
damaging, could not alone result in a life of
crime unless a predisposition existed that
psychologically prepared youths for antisocial
acts.
the latent delinquency, found on youths
whose personality requires acting in the
following ways:
• seek immediate gratification,
• consider satisfying their personal needs
more important than relating to others, and
• Satisfying instinctive urges without
considering right and wrong (they lack guilt).
Philippe Pinel
one of the founders of French
psychiatry, claimed that some
people behave abnormally even
without being mentally ill. He
coined the phrase “manie sans
delire” to denote what eventually
was referred to as “psychopathic
personality”.

Henry Maudsley
An English physician who
believed that insanity and
criminal behavior were
strongly linked.

SOCIOLOGICAL CONCEPTS AND CRIME CAUSATIONS
The study of sociology provides many ideas and opinions that help in
understanding why a person becomes a criminal.

SOCIALIZATION
Refers to the learning process by which a person learns and
internalizes the ways of society so that he can function and
become an active part of society.

SOCIAL NORMS
Also called rules of conduct
shared standard of behavior which in turn require certain
expectations of behavior in a given situation
Socially accepted and expected behavior or conduct in society
set of rules that govern an individual’s behavior and actions

CULTURE
refers to the system of values and meanings shared by a group
of individuals including the embodiment of those values and
meanings in a material object
refers to the way of life, modes of thinking, acting and feeling
it is a design of living that is transmitted from one generation
to the next

MODERN EXPLANATIONS OF CRIMES AND
CRIMINAL BEHAVIOR

QUESTION
There are three (3) categories of theories of crime that
rest in sociological interpretation. Which of the
following is NOT a category?
A. Crime is a function of association and social contact.
B. Crime and delinquency are a product of environment.
C. Crime is a consequence of the presence or absence of
certain types of internal restraint.
D. Crime and delinquency is a product of abnormal brain
or nervous system.

ANSWER
There are three (3) categories of theories of crime that
rest in sociological interpretation. Which of the
following is NOT a category?
A. Crime is a function of association and social contact.
B. Crime and delinquency are a product of environment.
C. Crime is a consequence of the presence or absence of
certain types of internal restraint.
D. Crime and delinquency is a product of abnormal brain
or nervous system.

SOCIAL STRUCTURE THEORY
Views that disadvantage economic class position is a
primary cause of crime.

SOCIAL DISORGANIZATION THEORY
(1) focuses on the conditions within the urban environment
that affect crime rates
(2) Links crime rate to neighborhood ecological characteristics
Views crime
ridden neighborhoods as those in which residents are
uninterested in community matters; therefore, the
common sources of control
family, school, church, and barangay authorities
are weak and disorganized
Also called differential social organization
Shaw and Mckay
works on social ecology (environmental forces that have a
direct influence on human behavior)
as influence by urban sociologist Robert Ezra Park and Ernest
Burgess was focused on social institutions such as school and
the family and how their breakdown influences deviant and
anti‐social behavior. He popularized social disorganization
theory.

QUESTION
This type of theory asserts that delinquency and crime
represent conformity but conformity to definitions that
are deviant when viewed from the standpoint of dominant
culture.
A. Social structure theory
B. Cultural deviance theory
C. Differential association theory
D. Social process theory

ANSWER
This type of theory asserts that delinquency and crime
represent conformity but conformity to definitions that
are deviant when viewed from the standpoint of dominant
culture.
A. Social structure theory
B. Cultural deviance theory
C. Differential association theory
D. Social process theory

CULTURAL DEVIANCE THEORY
combines the elements of both strain and disorganization theories
theorizes that in order to cope with social isolation and economic
deprivation, members of the lower class create an independent subculture
with its own set of rules and values
Cultural transmission
the concept that conduct norms are passed down from one
generation to the next so that they become stable within the
boundaries of a culture.

QUESTION
Any behavior which members of a social group define as
violating their norms is called:
A. Deviance C. conflict
B. Strain D. anomie

ANSWER
B. Strain D. anomie

QUESTION
People act aggressively because as children, they
modeled their behavior after the violent acts of adults.
Their anti-social behaviors are later influence by peers
and acquaintances. This view is advanced by the _____
theory.
A. Social learning C. antisocial
B. Model D. psychological

ANSWER
People act aggressively because as children, they
modeled their behavior after the violent acts of adults.
Their anti-social behaviors are later influence by peers
and acquaintances. This view is advanced by the _____
theory.
A. Social learning C. antisocial
B. Model D. psychological

SOCIAL PROCESS THEORIES
Social process theory
views that criminality is a function of people’s
interaction with various organization, institutions, and
process in society.
SOCIAL LEARNING THEORY
Believes that crime is a product of learning the norms,
values and behaviors associated with criminal activity.

SOCIAL CONTROL THEORY
(1) maintains that all people have the potential to
violate the law and that modern society presents
many opportunities for illegal activities
(2) argues that people obey the law because behavior
and passions are being controlled by internal and
external forces

QUESTION
A control theory that states that individuals
will commit criminal or delinquent acts when
their ties (bonds) to society are weakened or
have broken. There are four types of bonds:
attachment, commitment, involvement, and belief.
When the bonds are strong, an individual will
refrain from criminal activity.
A. Social Control
B. Social Learning
C. Social Bonding
D. Social Positivism
SOCIAL BOND THEORY
ALSO CALLED SOCIAL CONTROL THEORY
Social bond
ties a person has to the
institutions and process of society.
According to Hirschi, elements of
the social bond include (BIAC)
commitment,
attachment,
involvement, and
Belief. What Criminologist Knows?
QUESTION
This theory locates the basic causes of
delinquent behavior in youth’s relationships
with the major socializing institutions.
A. Differential association theory
B. Social bond theory
C. Anomie theory
D. Containment theory

ANSWER
This theory locates the basic causes of
delinquent behavior in youth’s relationships
with the major socializing institutions.
A. Differential association theory
B. Social bond theory
C. Anomie theory
D. Containment theory

QUESTION
Programs used in place of incarceration, and based upon
a military model of discipline and order. These programs
are designed to have a deterrent effect on young
offenders, but they have generally failed to yield long-
term reductions in recidivism.
A. Shock Incarceration
B. Split Sentence
C. Boot Camp
D. Scared Straight

ANSWER
Programs used in place of incarceration, and based upon
a military model of discipline and order. These programs
are designed to have a deterrent effect on young
offenders, but they have generally failed to yield long-
term reductions in recidivism.
A. Shock Incarceration
B. Split Sentence
C. Boot Camp
D. Scared Straight

QUESTION
The removal of juveniles from jails, detention centers,
and institutions. Removing juveniles from these
facilities, and when possible removing status and minor
offenders from the juvenile justice system as a whole,
is the most basic type of diversion
A. Expungement
B. Deinstutitionalization
C. Decriminalization
D. Netwidening

ANSWER
The removal of juveniles from jails, detention centers,
and institutions. Removing juveniles from these
facilities, and when possible removing status and minor
offenders from the juvenile justice system as a whole,
is the most basic type of diversion
A. Expungement
B. Deinstutitionalization
C. Decriminalization
D. Netwidening

QUESTION
A theory proposed by Hagan in which patriarchal and
egalitarian families are examined. In patriarchal
families, sons are more likely than daughters to be
delinquent because sons receive less supervision than
daughters. In egalitarian families, the delinquent
behavior of sons and daughters becomes more similar.
A. Feminist Theory
B. Power- Control Theory
C. Egalitarian Model
D. Paternal Model

ANSWER
A theory proposed by Hagan in which patriarchal and
egalitarian families are examined. In patriarchal
families, sons are more likely than daughters to be
delinquent because sons receive less supervision than
daughters. In egalitarian families, the delinquent
behavior of sons and daughters becomes more similar.
A. Feminist Theory
B. Power- Control Theory
C. Egalitarian Model
D. Paternal Model

QUESTION
This new branch in criminology opposes the theoretical
perspective and proposes the involvement of all
stakeholders in the use of non violent solutions
A. Peacemaking Criminology
B. Sociology of Law
D. Non Violent Criminological Hypothesis

ANSWER
This new branch in criminology opposes the theoretical
perspective and proposes the involvement of all
stakeholders in the use of non violent solutions
A. Peacemaking Criminology
B. Sociology of Law
D. Non Violent Criminological Hypothesis

QUESTION
This theory emphasizes on the state of individual of
living in two worlds
A. Drift theory
B. Left Realism
C. Conflict Criminology
D. Transexualism

ANSWER
This theory emphasizes on the state of individual of
living in two worlds
A. Drift theory
B. Left Realism
C. Conflict Criminology
D. Transexualism

CLE Lecture Series
CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM
By

PART 2
Criminal Justice System

COVERAGE
Definition of terms The components of criminal
• Crime justice system
• Act American concept of criminal
• Omission justice system
• Law enforcement
• Criminal law • Court
• Elements of criminal law • Correction
• Characteristics of criminal law • Trial by jury/peers
• Criminal Philippine concept of Criminal
• Arraignment Justice system
• Law enforcement
• Justice • Prosecution
• System • Court
• Criminal justice system • Corrections
• Victim • Community

SCOPE
• Enumerate and explain the 5 pillars of Philippine criminal justice system as
a structure and as a process;
• Explain various Criminal Justice Models and Criminal Justice Philosophy
and Approaches;
• Discuss the relationship between The Criminal, The Criminal Law, The
Victim and The Criminal Justice;
• Elucidate The components and functions of the Philippine Criminal Justice
System;
• Discuss the linkages of the Philippine Criminal System components in the
administration of justice; and
• Differentiate the system of criminal justice in the Philippines (Barangay
Justice System, Regular Justice system)
QUESTION
What can we correctly say about restorative justice?
A. The ideal outcome from restorative justice is a
satisfied victim and an offender who has been
punished.
B. One of the focuses of restorative justice is on
financial compensation for the victim
C. Those who are harmed are the focus and can include
police officers. It involves some sort of mediation
between offender and victim
D. The offender accountability defined and taking
punishment

ANSWER
C. Those who are harmed are the focus and can
include police officers. It involves some sort
of mediation between offender and victim
RETRIBUTIVE JUSTICE
RESTORATIVE JUSTICE
RESTITUTIVE JUSTICE

PHILIPPINE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM
(CJS)
machinery which society
uses in the prevention and control of crime.
The process is the totality of the activities of
law enforcers, prosecutors, defense lawyers,
judges and corrections personnel, as well as those of the mobilized community in
crime prevention and control.
The sum total of instrumentation which a society uses in the prevention and
control of crime and delinquency.
Comprises all means used to enforce these standards of conduct, which are
deemed necessary to protect individuals and to maintain general well‐being of
the community.

O C
U Warrantless R
T Arrest Law Enforcement I
L Pillar M
I I
N N
E A
CRIME
L
P
R P
O COMMUNITY R
C O
E C
S E
S D
U
O R
F What Criminologist Knows?
E
O Citizen’s Arrest
C
Warrantless
U Arrest
R
T Law Enforcement I
L Pillar M
I I
N N
E A
CRIME
L
P
R P
O COMMUNITY R
C O
E C
S E
S D
U
O R
F What Criminologist Knows?
E
O Citizen’s Arrest
C
Warrantless
U Arrest
R
T OFFICE OF THE Law Enforcement I
L PROSECUTOR Pillar M
I I
N INQUEST N
E A
PROCEEDINGS
CRIME
INFORMATION L
P
COURT
R P
O BAIL COMMUNITY R
C O
E ARRAIGNMENT C
S PRE TRIAL E
S TRIAL
D
ACQUITTAL
U
O PROMULGATION
R
F CONVICTION
APPEAL
E
O C
U R
T OFFICE OF THE Law Enforcement I
I I
PRELIMINARY
N INVESTIGATION COMPLAINT N
E A
CRIME
INFORMATION L
P COURT
R P
O WARRANT OF ARREST
COMMUNITY R
C BAIL O
E ARRAIGNMENT C
S PRE TRIAL E
S TRIAL
D
ACQUITTAL
U
O PROMULGATION
R
F CONVICTION
APPEAL
E
O
O C
U
U
Warrantless
R
T
T OFFICE OF THE
Arrest
Law Enforcement I
L
I
I I
N
N INQUEST Application for N
E
E
PROCEEDINGS Search Warrant
A
CRIME
INFORMATION L
P
P COURT
R
R
COURT
P
O
O BAIL
Search Warrant
R
C COMMUNITY
C O
E
E ARRAIGNMENT C
S
S PRE TRIAL E
S
S D
TRIAL
ACQUITTAL
U
O
O PROMULGATION
R
F
F CONVICTION
What Criminologist Knows? APPEAL
E
O C
U Warrantless Citizen’s Arrest
R
T OFFICE OF THE
Arrest
Law Enforcement I
I I
N PRELIMINARY
INQUEST COMPLAINT Application for N
E INVESTIGATION
PROCEEDINGS Search Warrant
A
CRIME
INFORMATION INFORMATION L
P COURT
R COURT COURT
P
O WARRANT OF ARREST
BAIL
Search Warrant
R
C COMMUNITY
BAIL O
E ARRAIGNMENT C
S PRE TRIAL E
S D
TRIAL
ACQUITTAL
U
O PROMULGATION
R
F CONVICTION
What Criminologist Knows? APPEAL
E
A person’s nomenclature under the process of the
COMMUNITY
LAW‐ABIDING CITIZEN
POLICE CORRECTIONS
SUSPECT CONVICT
PROSECUTOR COURT
RESPONDENT ACCUSED

QUESTION
The United states Criminal Justice System are:
A. Police, Prosecutor, Judge

B. Police, Courts, Community
C. Police, Courts, Corrections
D. Police, Jury, Corrections

QUESTION
The United states Criminal Justice System are:
A. Police, Prosecutor, Judge

B. Police, Courts, Community
C. Police, Courts, Corrections
D. Police, Jury, Corrections

Three Pillars of the American Justice System
LAW ENFORCEMENT/POLICE
COURTS
CORRECTIONS

QUESTION
What is the 2nd pillar in the US criminal justice
system?
A. Court
B. Prosecution
C. Community
D. Correction

ANSWER
What is the 2nd pillar in the US criminal justice
system?
A. Court
B. Prosecution
C. Community
D. Correction

The Pillars of the Criminal Justice System
Philippines United States Japan

1. Law Enforcement 1. Law Enforcement 1. Law Enforcement
2. Prosecution 2. Court 2. Prosecution
3. Court 3. Correction 3. Court
4. Correction 4. Institutional
5. Community 5. Non‐Institutional

What are the major components of the CJS?
• Police or Law Enforcement
• Prosecution
• Courts
• Corrections
• Mobilized Community
PPCCC (2Ps & 3 Cs)
What are the functions of the major components of
the CJS?
1. To prevent and control the commission of crime
2. To enforce the law;
3. To safeguard lives, individual rights, and properties;
4. To investigate, apprehend, prosecute and sentence
those who violated the rules of society; and,
5. To rehabilitate the convicts and reintegrate them
into the community as law‐abiding citizens.

QUESTION
It is the process of reducing if not eliminate the
existence of a cause from initially occurring, thus,
lessen the police work as suppressing the spread of
criminality.
A. Crime Prevention
B. Crime control
C. Criminal apprehension
D. Criminal Investigation

ANSWER
It is the process of reducing if not eliminate the
existence of a cause from initially occurring, thus,
lessen the police work as suppressing the spread of
criminality.
A. Crime Prevention
B. Crime control
C. Criminal apprehension
D. Criminal Investigation

How does the CJS Operate?
The first four pillars, i.e., LAW ENFORCEMENT, PROSECUTION,
COURTS, AND CORRECTIONS, pertain to the traditional
agencies vested with the official responsibility in dealing with
crime or in crime control. The COMMUNITY PILLAR IS THE
MOST BROADBASED. Under the concept of a participative
criminal justice system in the Philippines, public and private
agencies, as well as citizens, become a part of the CJS when
they become involved in issues and participate in activities
related to crime prevention and control.

The Remedial law vs. Substantive law
Remedial or Procedural law Substantive law
per se provides a method of establishes right to life, liberty and
enforcing redress for the invasion property. (Bustos vs. Lucero GR‐
and rights that was created, L2068)
defined and regulated by a
substantive law. (Bustos vs. Lucero
GR‐L2068)

The Criminal Justice System and Criminal Procedure
The Criminal Justice System
is the network of courts and tribunals
which deal with criminal and its enforcement.
In Criminologist parlance,
it is the structure and process of activities of the five (5)
pillars namely: The Law enforcement, Prosecution, Court, Correction,
and Community for prevention and control of crime.
Criminal Procedure
is a part of remedial law which
provides for the apprehension, prosecution, conviction or acquittal,
as the case may be, of a person who is accused of having committed a
crime. (Suarez, Intro. to law 2013 Ed., p. 247)
Importance of the study of Rules on Criminal
Procedure in Criminal Justice Education.
The DUTY OF THE LAW ENFORCEMENT PILLAR.
It the duty of the Law Enforcement Pillar to strictly follow the Rules on
Criminal Procedure on methods of Arrest, Search and Seizure and RA 7438
(An act defining certain rights of person arrested, detained or under
custodial investigation as well as the duties of the arresting, detaining and
investigating officers, and providing penalties for violations thereof).
Arrest, Search and Seizure is provided under Rule 113 and Rule 126 of
Rules on Criminal Procedure such as: Arrest how made (Sec. 2 Rule 113),
Duty of arresting officer (Sec. 3 Rule 113) Execution of warrant (Sec. 4 Rule
113), Warrantless arrest (Sec. 5 Rule) Time of making arrest (Sec. 6 Rule
113), application for search warrant (Sec. 2 Rule 126), property to be seized
(Sec. 3 Rule 126), time of making search (Sec. 9 Rule 126) and Search
incident to lawful arrest (Sec. 13 Rule 126) etc.

OBJECTIVES OF LAW ENFORCEMENT/POLICE
•Crime prevention – the prevention and suppression of crimes have
traditionally been accepted as the primary goal of the local police
forces.
•Criminal apprehension – it is a police responsibility to identify,
locate and apprehend offenders.
•Law enforcement – it is the basic responsibility of the police to
enforce the law.
•Order maintenance – one of the most troublesome responsibilities
of the police.
•Public service – because the police is the most visible symbol of
authority, they are called upon to assist in situations like location of
lost persons or properties, to provide VIP, bank and funeral escorts
and other similar duties.
•Traffic regulation and motor accident investigation – The police are
expected to ensure road safety for both pedestrians and motorists
and assist in cases of road accidents and emergencies

QUESTION
It is a national agency under the Office of the
President responsible for regulating the production, use
and distribution of recording media.
A. Movie and Television Review and Classification Board
B. Optical Media Board
C. Optical Media Admin
D. Department of Trade and Industry

ANSWER
It is a national agency under the Office of the
President responsible for regulating the production, use
and distribution of recording media.
A. Movie and Television Review and Classification Board
B. Optical Media Board
C. Optical Media Admin
D. Department of Trade and Industry

The Police or Law Enforcement Pillar
THE FIRST PILLAR
Police/Law enforcement
Philippine National Police (PNP)
the prevention and control of crimes, enforcement of
laws, and affecting the arrest of offenders,
including the conduct of lawful searches and seizures to
gather necessary evidences so that a complaint may be
filed with the Prosecutor’s Office.
QUESTION
Which of the following statements is most accurate with
respect to police officers and their use of force?
A. The police do not have legal authority to use force
B. The police cannot be held criminality and/or civilly
liable for excessive use of force
C. The police can use one higher level of force than that
with they are confronted
D. Police officers prefer to use force rather than
tactical communications

ANSWER
Which of the following statements is most accurate with
respect to police officers and their use of force?
A. The police do not have legal authority to use force
B. The police cannot be held criminality and/or civilly
liable for excessive use of force
C. The police can use one higher level of force than that
with they are confronted
D. Police officers prefer to use force rather than
tactical communications

QUESTION
What is the name of the police role that centers on
preventing and controlling behavior that disturbs the
public peace?
A. Crime prevention and service
B. Order maintenance
C. Crime control
D. Community policing

ANSWER
What is the name of the police role that centers on
preventing and controlling behavior that disturbs the
public peace?
A. Crime prevention and service
B. Order maintenance
C. Crime control
D. Community policing

QUESTION
Every policeman must do is job well, leaving nothing
undone through carelessness in order to maintain public
_____.
A. Resentment C. Alienation
B. Support D. pride

ANSWER
Every policeman must do is job well, leaving nothing
undone through carelessness in order to maintain public
_____.
A. Resentment C. Alienation
B. Support D. pride

QUESTION
Danger and authority are features of the working
personality of the police. Another feature is:
A. close family ties
B. isolation from public
C. prejudice
D. material orientedness

ANSWER
A. close family ties
B. isolation from public
C. prejudice
D. material orientedness

QUESTION
This is a criminal justice process which means the
questioning initiated by law enforcers after a person
has been taken onto custody or otherwise deprived of his
freedom of action in a significant way.
A. Criminal investigation
B. Custodial investigation
C. Pre – charge investigation
D. Preliminary investigation

QUESTION
Police authority to use force in serving compliance with
the law is basic role of maintaining public order. This
activity carries with it a responsibility to use only
____ physical force necessary on any particular occasion
to achieve a lawful objective.
A. Enough C. adequate
B. Full D. reasonable

ANSWER
Police authority to use force in serving compliance with
the law is basic role of maintaining public order. This
activity carries with it a responsibility to use only
____ physical force necessary on any particular occasion
to achieve a lawful objective.
A. Enough C. adequate
B. Full D. reasonable

ANSWER
B. Custodial investigation
RA 7438
SALIENT FEATURES

Rights of Persons Arrested, Detained or Under
Custodial Investigation; Duties of Public Officers.
(a) Any person arrested detained or under custodial investigation shall

at all times be assisted by counsel.

(b) Any public officer or employee, or anyone acting under his
order or his place, who arrests, detains or investigates any person
for the commission of an offense shall inform the latter, in a
language known to and understood by him, of his rights to
remain silent and to have competent and independent counsel,
preferably of his own choice, who shall at all times be allowed to
confer privately with the person arrested, detained or under
custodial investigation. If such person cannot afford the services
of his own counsel, he must be provided with a competent and
independent counsel by the investigating officer.
(c) The custodial investigation report shall be reduced to
writing by the investigating officer, provided that before such
report is signed, or thumbmarked if the person arrested or
detained does not know how to read and write, it shall be
read and adequately explained to him by his counsel or by the
assisting counsel provided by the investigating officer in the
language or dialect known to such arrested or detained
person, otherwise, such investigation report shall be null and
void and of no effect whatsoever.
(d) Any extrajudicial confession made by a person arrested,
detained or under custodial investigation shall be in writing
and signed by such person in the presence of his counsel or in
the latter's absence, upon a valid waiver, and in the presence
of any of the parents, elder brothers and sisters, his spouse,
the municipal mayor, the municipal judge, district school
supervisor, or priest or minister of the gospel as chosen by
him; otherwise, such extrajudicial confession shall be
inadmissible as evidence in any proceeding.
(e) Any waiver by a person arrested or detained under the
provisions of Article 125 of the Revised Penal Code, or under
custodial investigation, shall be in writing and signed by such
person in the presence of his counsel; otherwise the waiver
shall be null and void and of no effect.

(f) Any person arrested or detained or under custodial investigation
shall be allowed visits by or conferences with any member of his
immediate family, or any medical doctor or priest or religious
minister chosen by him or by any member of his immediate family
or by his counsel, or by any national non‐governmental organization
duly accredited by the Commission on Human Rights of by any
international non‐governmental organization duly accredited by the
Office of the President.

The person's "immediate family“ Shall include:
1. his or her spouse,
2. fiancé or fiancée,
3. parent or child,
4. brother or sister,
5. grandparent or grandchild,
6. uncle or aunt,
7. nephew or niece,
8. and guardian or ward.
As used in this Act, "custodial investigation" shall
include the practice of issuing an "invitation" to a
person who is investigated in connection with an
offense he is suspected to have committed, without
prejudice to the liability of the "inviting" officer for
any violation of law.

The assisting counsel other than the government
lawyers shall be entitled to the following fees;
(a) The amount of One hundred fifty pesos (P150.00) if the
suspected person is chargeable with light felonies;
(b) The amount of Two hundred fifty pesos (P250.00) if the
suspected person is chargeable with less grave or grave felonies;
(c) The amount of Three hundred fifty pesos (P350.00) if the
suspected person is chargeable with a capital offense.

In the absence of any lawyer, no custodial
investigation shall be conducted and the suspected
person can only be detained by the investigating
officer in accordance with the provisions of Article
125 of the Revised Penal Code.

History of Philippine Policing System
Ancient Roots
Practice of barangay chieftains
Spanish Period
Carabineros de Seguridad Publica
1712
Carries regulation of the department state
Mounted police
Port, harbor and river police

Guardrilleros
Rural police
Royal Decree 18 jan 1836
5% of able bodied man
3 years
Guardia Civil
Feb 12 1852
Filipino Policemen
Alcalde Mayor

American Period
General Howard Taft
Act No. 70 of Taft Commision
Jan 9, 1901
Metropolitan Police Force of Manila

Act no. 175‐ “An Act Providing For The Organization
And Government Of An Insular Constabulary”
July 18, 1901
Act no. 255 ‐ “The Act Renamed The Insular
Constabulary Into Philippine Constabulary”
October 3, 1901

Executive Order 389 – PC as one of the four services of
the AFP. Dec 23 1940
RA 4864
POLCOM
(Police Professionalism Act 1966)
Sept. 8 1966

PD 765
Integration Act of 1975
August 8 1975
E.O. 1012
Transfer of INP supervision and direction
City and Municipal Government

RA 6975
Dec 13 1990
RA 8551
Feb 25 1998
RA 9708
“National in Scope Civilian In Character”

QUESTION
The problem on illegal gambling, particularly jueteng is
unabated. Who has the control and supervision powers
over anti gambling operations?
A. Local government executives
B. DILG local government officer
C. PNP regional director
D. Chief of Police

ANSWER
The problem on illegal gambling, particularly jueteng is
unabated. Who has the control and supervision powers
over anti gambling operations?
A. Local government executives
B. DILG local government officer
C. PNP regional director
D. Chief of Police

QUESTION
What is the process wherein the suspect is brought to
the police station to be fingerprinted, photographed and
to have personal information recorded?
A. Hearing C. trial
B. booking D. custody

ANSWER
What is the process wherein the suspect is brought to
the police station to be fingerprinted, photographed and
to have personal information recorded?
A. Hearing C. trial
B. booking D. custody

QUESTION
What is the authority to make decisions without
reference to specific rules or facts, using instead
one’s own judgment?
A. Negotiation C. Arraignment
B. Discretion D. Plea bargaining

ANSWER
What is the authority to make decisions without
reference to specific rules or facts, using instead
one’s own judgment?
A. Negotiation C. Arraignment
B. Discretion D. Plea bargaining

QUESTION
Its most important function in the Criminal Justice
System is to maintain and recognize the rule of law
through the speedy delivery of services particularly in
the prosecution and investigation of all crimes.
A. National Prosecution Service
B. PNP
C. Ombudsman
D. Solicitor General

ANSWER
Its most important function in the Criminal Justice
System is to maintain and recognize the rule of law
through the speedy delivery of services particularly in
the prosecution and investigation of all crimes.
A. National Prosecution Service
B. PNP
C. Ombudsman
D. Solicitor General

QUESTION
What pillar conducts preliminary investigation of cases
filed in the prosecutors’ offices and prosecutes cases
filed in the court against alleged offenders, after
probable cause has been established?
A. Court
B. Prosecution
C. Correction
D. Community

ANSWER
What pillar conducts preliminary investigation of cases
filed in the prosecutors’ offices and prosecutes cases
filed in the court against alleged offenders, after
probable cause has been established?
A. Court
B. Prosecution
C. Correction
D. Community

Prosecution Pillar
The second pillar
investigation of the complaint
Once a prima facie case has been determined
Regional Trial Court
warrant of arrest for the accused will be issued by
the court once the information has been filled.
NOTE:
In the rural areas, the PNP may file the complaint with the inferior
courts (i.e. the Municipal Trial Courts or the Municipal Circuit Trial
Courts). The judges of these inferior courts act as quasi‐prosecutors
only for the purpose of the PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION.
Prosecution Pillar
the course of action or process whereby accusations are brought before
a court of justice to determine the innocence or guilt of the accused
in a criminal action, it is a proceeding instituted and carried on by due
course of law, before a competent tribunal, for the purpose of
determining the guilt or innocence of a person charged with a crime
PROSECUTOR/PUBLIC PROSECUTOR/FISCAL
one who prosecutes another for a crime in the name of the government;
one who investigates the prosecution upon which an accused is arrested;
one who prepares an accusation against the party whom he suspects to
be guilty
an officer of the government whose function is the prosecution of
criminal actions or suits partaking of the nature of criminal actions
QUESTION
The criminal justice practitioner who must have the
evidence to show that the required elements of a
criminal act are present, that the suspect has committed
the act, and that, she or he has formulated some intent
to commit the act.
A. Judge C. parole officer
B. Policeman D. prosecutor

ANSWER
The criminal justice practitioner who must have the
evidence to show that the required elements of a
criminal act are present, that the suspect has committed
the act, and that, she or he has formulated some intent
to commit the act.
A. Judge C. parole officer
B. Policeman D. prosecutor

The DUTY OF THE PROSECUTION PILLAR.
It is the duty of the Prosecution Pillar to investigate alleged crime
whether the existence of facts and circumstances as would excite the
belief, in a reasonable mind, acting on the facts within the
knowledge of prosecutor that the person charged was guilty of the
crime for which he was prosecuted. (Que vs. IAC GR 66865, Jan. 13,
1989)
Prosecution of Criminal Action and Civil Action, Preliminary
investigation and Inquest Proceeding is provided under Rules on
Criminal Procedure namely Rule 110, Rule 111, and Rule 112.

The DUTY OF THE PROSECUTION PILLAR.
to conduct preliminary investigation;
to make proper recommendation during the inquest of the case
referred to them by the police after investigation of the suspect;
to represent the government or state during the prosecution of the
case against the accused

NATIONAL PROSECUTION SERVICE (NPS)
the principal prosecutory arm of the government
its primary task is to investigate and prosecute all criminal offenses
defined and penalized under the Revised Penal Code and other
special laws
composed of the Office of the Chief State Prosecutor, the Regional
State Prosecution Offices and the Provincial and City Prosecution
Office
under the general supervision and control of the Secretary of the
Department of Justice
the Chief State Prosecutor is the head of the Prosecutorial Staff

QUESTION
A preliminary investigation is required to be conducted
before the filing of a complaint or information for an
offense where the penalty prescribed by law is at least
A. Four (4) years, two (2) months and one (1) day
without regard to the fine
B. Four (4) years, two (2) months and one (1) day with
regard to the fine
C. Six (6) years, two (2) months and one (1) day
without regard to the fine
D. Six (6) years, two (2) months and one (1) day with
regard to the fine

421
Four (4) years,
two (2) months and
one (1) day without regard to the
fine

QUESTION
Sworn written statement, subscribed by offended party,
any peace officer of public officer in charged of
enforcement of the law violated filed either to the
court or to the office of the prosecutor.
A. Complaint
B. Information
C. Pleadings
D. Affidavit

ANSWER
Sworn written statement, subscribed by offended party,
any peace officer of public officer in charged of
enforcement of the law violated filed either to the
court or to the office of the prosecutor.
A. Complaint
B. Information
C. Pleadings
D. Affidavit

QUESTION
Advocates of accused, acting as intermediaries and
counselors and represents the interest of persons
accused of a crime are the:
A. Attorneys
B. Counselors
C. Counsels
D. Private defense counsels/public attorney

ANSWER
Advocates of accused, acting as intermediaries and
counselors and represents the interest of persons
accused of a crime are the:
A. Attorneys
B. Counselors
C. Counsels
D. Private defense counsels/public attorney
NOTE: Private defense counsels/public attorney

/ Counsel de parte, Counsel de officio

PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION
an inquiry or proceeding to determine whether there is sufficient ground to
engender a well‐founded belief that a crime has been committed and the
respondent is probably guilty thereof
it is required to be conducted before the filing of the information for an offense
where the penalty prescribed by law is at least four years, two months and one
day
PROBABLE CAUSE
the existence of such facts and circumstances as would excite a belief in a
reasonable mind, acting on the facts within the knowledge of the prosecutor, that
the person charged is guilty of the crime for which he is prosecuted
such facts and circumstances which would lead a reasonably discreet and
prudent man to believe that an offense has been committed by the person
sought to be arrested

Pleadings
Refers to written allegation of the parties to the case.
Are the written statements of the respective claims and defenses of
the parties submitted to the court for appropriate judgment (Rule 6,
Sec 1, RC).
COMPLAINT
a sworn, written statement charging a person with an offense,
subscribed by the offended party, any peace officer or other public
officers charged with the enforcement of the law
may be filed either before the prosecutor’s office or the court

INFORMATION
an accusation in writing charging a person with an offense subscribed by
the fiscal and filed with the court
OFFENDED PARTY
the person against whom or against whose property the crime was
committed
PEACE OFFICERS
officers directly charged with the preservation of peace, law and order
includes members of the Philippine National Police

PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO CONDUCT PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION
(PNO’s)
Provincial or city prosecutors and their assistants (PCP)
Judges of the municipal trial courts and municipal circuit trial courts (No
longer allowed)
National and regional state prosecutors (NRSP)
Other officers as may be authorized by law:
Tanodbayan’s special prosecutors as authorized by the Ombudsman
COMELEC’s authorized legal officers in connection with election offenses
Special prosecutors appointed by the Secretary of Justice

Court Pillar
The third pillar of the CJS
is the forum where the prosecution is given the opportunity to prove that
there is a strong evidence of guilt against the accused
“day in court” to disprove the accusation against him.
presumption is the innocence of any person accused of a crime unless
proved otherwise
the courts must determine the guilt of the accused – beyond reasonable
doubt – based on the strength of the evidence of the prosecution.

Court Pillar
The third pillar of the CJS
If there is any reasonable doubt that the accused committed the crime,
he has to be acquitted.
provides that the accused can be convicted of a lesser crime
than the crime he has been charged with in the information.
But the elements of the lesser offense should be necessarily
included in the offense charged, and such lesser crime was
proven by competent evidence.

The DUTY OF THE COURT PILLAR.
It is the duty of the Court Pillar to examine issues between parties to an action,
to issue Arrest and Search warrant whether there is probable cause for its
issuance.
Before the issuance of Search Warrant by a court there is a need first for the
determination of probable cause which are facts and circumstances which would
lead a reasonably discrete and prudent man to believe that an offense has been
committed and that objects sought in connection with the offense are in the
place sought to be searched. The same as Warrant of Arrest which are facts and
circumstances which would lead a reasonably discreet and prudent man to
believe that an offense has been committed by the person sought to be arrested.
The existence of Probable Cause must be determined by the judge or officer so
one must examine the witness personally, must be under oath, and must be
reduced to writing in a form of questions and answer. (Marinas vs. Siochi, GR L‐
25707 and 25753‐25754 May 14, 1981)
Criminal Procedure as part of Remedial Law
(Remedial, Adversarial, Accusatorial)
Rules 110‐127, Rules of Court
Criminal Procedure is the method prescribe by law for the
apprehension and prosecution of persons accused of any criminal
offense, and for their punishment, in case of conviction. (Herrera,
Remedial Law 1996, p. 1)
Criminal Procedure is a generic term to describe the network of laws and
rules which governs the procedural administration of justice. (Black’s law
Dictionary, Fifth Edition, p. 337.) The Rules on Criminal Procedure is under
Rule 110‐127 of the Rules of Court and it applies to all courts except as
otherwise provided by the Supreme Court. (Sec. 2, Rule 1) it governs the
procedure to be observed in xxx criminal actions xxx. (Sec. 3, Rule 1) except
by analogy or in suppletory character and whenever practicable and
convenient. (Sec. 4, Rule 1)

The Three Systems of Criminal Procedure
Inquisitorial Accusatorial Eclectic/Mixed System
The Detection and Prosecution The accusation is exercised by This is a combination of the
of offenders are NOT left to the every citizen or by a member of inquisitorial and the
initiative of private parties but to the group to which the injured accusatorial system. Thus, For
the officials and agents of the party belongs. As the action is a instance, under Rule 112
law. Resort is made to secret combat between the parties, Preliminary Investigation the
inquiry to discover the culprit the supposed offender has the examination of defendants and
and violence and torture were right to be confronted by his other persons before filing of
often employed to extract a accuser. The battle in the form the complaint or information is
confession. The Judge was not of a public trial is judged by a inquisitorial.
limited to the evidence brought magistrate who renders the
before him but could proceed verdict. [(G.O. No. 58) Herrera, The Supreme Court said that in
with his own inquiry which was Remedial Law, 1996 p. 2)] Queto vs. Catolico that our
not confrontative. [(Law of Judicial set‐up is
Criminal Procedure, 1872) ACCUSATORIAL OR ADVERSARY.
Herrera, Remedial Law, 1996 p. It contemplates two contending
2)] parties before the court which
hears them impartially and
renders judgement only after
trial.
Jurisdiction and Venue
Jurisdiction
came from two Latin words “Juris” which means law and “Dico” meaning
Speak consequently, “I speak by the law”. Also, the Latin word “Jus dicere”
or “the right to speak.” Strictly speaking, Jurisdiction is the power or
authority to hear, try, and decide a case. (Herrera vs. Barreto, GR 8692
Sep. 10, 1913)
Venue
is the place of the court where the trial is to take place. (Torres, Oblig. And
Cont., 2000, p. 355) it may be define also as the territorial or geographical
unit where the jurisdiction is being exercised.
Jurisdiction is the power or authority per se of the court, while Venue is the
place where the said power or authority being exercised.
Courts Pillar
• Court
• The court is an entity
• The court possess the element of stability and
permanency
• Judge
• The judge is a person appointed to a court
• The judge may come and go anytime
Jurisdiction and Hierarchy Courts in the Philippines
The constitution ordains that
judicial power shall be vested in
one Supreme Court and such lower
courts as may be established. The
Philippine judicial system was
created by BP 129 or known as the
Judicial Reorganization act of 1980
which took effect on January 18,
1983.

Court
is an organ of government consisting of
one or several persons, authorized to
administer justice. (Black’s and Am. Jur.
And C.J.S., cited by Riano) It is also
where justice is being administered.
Place where jurisdiction is being
exercised
and as a rule jurisdiction is conferred
only by the Constitution or Statute.
For instance, the Supreme Court owes
its creation under the constitution while
the Sandiganbayan is created and
organized by the Statute.
JUDICIARY
that branch of the government
which is vested with judicial power
That branch of the government
which is empowered to interpret,
construe and apply the laws.

JUDICIAL POWER
The power to apply the laws to
contests or disputes concerning
legally recognized rights or duties
of and between the state and the
private persons or between
individual litigants in cases
properly brought before the
judicial tribunals.
Vested in one Supreme Court and
in such lower courts .
Hierarchy of Courts
is an ordained sequence of recourse to
courts vested with concurrent
jurisdiction, beginning from the lowest,
on to the next highest, and ultimately to
the highest.
This hierarchy is determinative of the
venue of appeals, and is likewise
determinative of the proper forum for
petitions for extraordinary writs.

Principle of Judicial Hierarchy
the judicial system follows a ladderized
scheme which in essence requires that
lower courts initially decide on a case
before it is considered by a higher
court.
Specifically, under the judicial policy
recognizing hierarchy of courts, a higher
court will not entertain direct resort to
it unless the redress cannot be
obtained in the appropriate courts.
(Santiago vs. Vasquez cited by Riano,
1993)
Courts Pillar
• Court
• The court is an entity
• The court possess the element of stability and permanency
• Judge
• The judge is a person appointed to a court
• The judge may come and go anytime
• a public officer so named in his commission and appointed
to preside over and to administer the law in a court of
justice
CONTENTS OF JUDGMENT
JUDGMENT OF CONVICTION
When the judge finds the accused guilty of the charges against
him
The legal qualification of the offense constituted by the acts
committed by the accused and the aggravating or mitigating
circumstances which attended its commission
The participation of the accused in the offense, whether as
principal, accomplice or accessory after the fact
The penalty imposed upon the accused
The civil liability or damages caused by his wrongful act or
omission to be recovered from the accused by the offended
party unless the enforcement of the civil liability by a separate
civil action has been reserved or waived.
JUDGEMENT OF ACQUITTAL
When the judge finds the accused not guilty of the charges
against him.
Shall state whether the evidence of the prosecution absolutely
failed to prove the guilt of the accused or merely failed to
prove his guilt beyond reasonable doubt.
Rendition of Judgment
the writing of the judgment by the judge.

PROMULGATION OF JUDGMENT
by reading in the presence of the accused and any judge of
the court in which it was rendered
if the judge is absent, the judgment may be promulgated by
the clerk of court

Classification of Jurisdiction
GENERAL JURISDICTION
EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION
CONCURRENT JURISDICTION
DELEGATED JURISDICTION
ORDINARY JURISDICTION
LIMITED JURISDICTION
ORIGINAL JURISDICTION
APPELATE JURISDICTION

GENERAL JURISDICTION
It refers to courts that have no limit on the types of criminal and civil
cases they may hear.
It is the power of the courts to adjudicate all controversies except
those withheld from it.
For instance, RTC may be considered as having General Jurisdiction, as
it has jurisdiction over cases not falling within the jurisdiction of any
court, tribunal, person or body exercising judicial or quasi‐judicial
functions.

EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION
The power to adjudicate a case to the exclusion of other courts.
For instance, the Shari ‘a Courts has Exclusive Jurisdiction in all cases
involving custody, guardianship, legitimacy, paternity and filiation
arising under the code of Muslim personal laws.
The same as, for example, Alden committed Abduction the place that
was traverse while committing Abduction were from Makati to
Antipolo. The courts of Antipolo and Makati has concurrent
jurisdiction (proceeding number) to the crime but if the Antipolo
Court took cognizance of the case it will excluded other courts from
taking cognizance of the case.

CONCURRENT JURISDICTION
(COORDINATE/CONFLUENT)
That which possessed over the same parties or subject matter at the
same time by two (2) or more separate tribunals (Puse vs. Santos GR
183678).
It is the power to confer upon different courts to take cognizance of
the same case.
For instance, the Supreme Court has concurrent jurisdiction with
Court of Appeal and Regional Trial Court on petitions for certiorari,
prohibition and mandamus against Municipal Trial Court.
DELEGATED JURISDICTION
It a jurisdiction given vis‐à‐vis to Ordinary Jurisdiction, for instance a
delegated court may take cognizance on cases of cadastral and
registration.
ORDINARY JURISDICTION
Jurisdiction which is attached by law to an office. (Roman Catholic
Apostolic Administrator of Davao, Inc. vs. Land Registration
Commision, GR L‐8451)

LIMITED JURISDICTION (SPECIAL)
Courts that are limited in the types of criminal and civil cases they
may hear.
It is one which restricts the court’s jurisdiction only to a particular
case.
For instance, Family Courts are limited only in trying cases involving
Cases of domestic violation against women and their children
(violation of RA 9262)

ORIGINAL JURISDICTION
It is the power of the court to take cognizance of a case for the first
time under conditions provided by law. (Garcia vs. De Jesus GR
88158)
For instance, cases that were tried in Municipal Trial Court that was
appealed to Regional Trial Court. In this case MTC has original
jurisdiction while RTS has appellate jurisdiction.

APPELLATE JURISDICTION
It is the power of the court higher in rank
to re‐examine the final order or judgement of a lower court which
tried the case now elevated for judicial review. (Garcia vs. De Jesus GR
88158)

Requisites before a court could validly the exercise
jurisdiction in criminal cases.
Jurisdiction over the subject matter;
Jurisdiction over the territory; and
Jurisdiction over the person of the accused

Requisites before a court could validly the exercise jurisdiction in criminal cases.
JURISDICTION OVER THE SUBJECT MATTER

It is the power to hear and determine cases of the general class to which
the proceedings in question belong. (Reyes vs. Diaz, GR 48754)
It is the power to deal with the general subject involved in the action,
and means not simply jurisdiction of the particular case then
occupying the attention of the court but jurisdiction of the class of cases to
which the particular case belongs.
It is the power or authority to hear and determine cases to which the
proceeding in question belongs.
Jurisdiction over the subject matter or nature of the action is conferred by
the Constitution or by law. (Zamora vs. CA, 183 SCRA 279) this should be
construed only to refer to jurisdiction over the subject matter


Doctrine of primary jurisdiction
Courts will not resolve a controversy involving a question which is
within the jurisdiction of an administrative tribunal, especially where
the question demands the exercise of sound administrative discretion
requiring the special knowledge, experience and services of the
administrative tribunal to determine technical and intricate matters
of fact.
The objective is to guide a court in determining whether it should
refrain from exercising its jurisdiction until after an administrative
agency has determined some question or some aspect of some
question arising in the proceeding before the court. (Omictin vs. CA,
GR 148004)

Doctrine of adherence of jurisdiction
Once a court has acquired jurisdiction, that jurisdiction continues until the
court has done all that it can do in the exercise of that jurisdiction.
This principle also means that once jurisdiction has attached, it cannot be
ousted by subsequent happenings or events, although of a character
which would have prevented jurisdiction from attaching in the first
instance. The court, once jurisdiction has been acquired, retains that
jurisdiction until it finally disposes of the case. Even the finality of the
judgment does not totally deprive the court of jurisdiction over the case.
What the court loses is the power to amend, modify or alter the judgment.
Even after the judgment has become final, the court retains jurisdiction to
enforce and execute it (Echegaray vs. Secretary of Justice, 301 SCRA 96).
JURISDICTION OVER THE TERRITORY

Venue in criminal case is jurisdictional.
It is necessary that the offense must be committed within the court’s
territorial jurisdiction or any one of its essential ingredients should
have taken place within the territorial jurisdiction of the court.


Except in the following:
• When the offense committed are those offenses enumerated in Article 2
of the Revised Penal Code is cognizable by the Regional Trial Court where
the criminal actions was first filed.
• Where the Supreme Court change the venue of trial to avoid a
miscarriage of justice.
• Where the offense was a transitory crime, the criminal action could be
instituted to any court where it passed during the trip.
• When the person involved and the nature of the offense is cognizable by
the Sandiganbayan. It is not where it was committed but the where the
Sandiganbayan actually sits.
• In cases of Written Defamation (Libel cases), it is not necessary that the
alleged libelous material be filed where it was printed or first published.
It may be filed in the city or province where the offended party held
office (if public officer) or in case of private individual where he resided.

The jurisdiction of a court over a criminal case is determined by the
allegations in the complaint and information as regards the place
where the offense charged was committed (Fullero vs. People, 533
SCRA 97)

JURISDICTION OVER THE PERSON OF THE

ACCUSED
Jurisdiction over the person of the accused is acquired by voluntary
appearance or surrender of the accused or by his arrest. (Choc vs. Vera, 64
Phil. 1066)
The person charged with the offense must have been brought into its
forum for trial, forcibly or by warrant of arrest or upon his voluntary
submission to the court. (Arula vs. Espino)
The voluntary submission of the accused to the jurisdiction of the court may
be affected by posting a bail, filing a petition for bail, entering a plea, and if
the person failed to quash the information on the ground of illegality of
arrest. (De Asis vs. Romero, GR L‐33125, Carrington vs. Peterson, 4 Phil.
134; U.S. vs. Grant, 18 Phil. 122; Luna vs. Plaza, G.R. L‐27511 Nov. 29, 1968,
26 SCRA 310, Zacarias vs. Cruz, GR L‐25899, People vs. Magpale, 70 Phil.
176; People vs. De la Cerna, GR L‐20911, 21 SCRA 569)
LIBERAL CONSTRUCTION OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE
The Rules on Criminal Procedure as part of the Rules of Court, shall
be liberally construed in order to promote their objective of securing a
just, speedy and inexpensive disposition of every action and
proceeding. (Sec. 6, Rule 1)
Rules of Procedure are mere tools intended to facilitate rather than
to frustrate the attainment of justice.
A strict and rigid application of the rules must always be eschewed if
it would subvert their primary objective of enhancing substantial
justice. (Riano, Evd. The Bar Lecture Series 2009 edition p. 46)
Procedural Rules must be liberally interpreted and applied so as not
to frustrate substantial justice. (Quiambo vs. CA, 454 SCRA 17)

Classification of Philippine Courts
SUPREME COURT
COURT OF APPEALS
SANDIGANBAYAN
COURT OF TAX APPEALS
SHARI ‘A COURTS
REGIONAL TRIAL COURT
METROPOLITAN, MUNICIPAL, MUNICIPAL CIRCUIT TRIAL COURT

SUPREME COURT
The fourth level court
The highest court in the Philippines
It is composed of Fifteen (15) Justices [One (1) Chief Justice and
Fourteen (14) Associate Justices]
The Supreme Court has the power to change the venue of jurisdiction
and is the final arbiter of all judicial issues. When so deciding it may
sit en banc or in division of three, five or seven members.

COURT OF APPEALS
The third level court
it is an appellate court
which review cases appealed to it from Regional Trial Court on
questions of fact and law and certain quasi‐judicial agencies, boards,
or commissions.
It is composed of Sixty‐nine (69) Justices [One (1) Presiding Justice
and Sixty‐Eight (68) Associate Justices].

QUESTION
This court consists of 69 Associate Justices and 1
Presiding Justice.
A. Supreme Court
B. Court of Appeals
C. Regional Trial Court
D. Municipal Trial Court

ANSWER
This court consists of 69 Associate Justices and 1
Presiding Justice.
A. Supreme Court
B. Court of Appeals
D. Municipal Trial Court

SANDIGANBAYAN
A special court
also a third level court
it has jurisdiction over all criminal and civil cases involving graft and
corrupt practices act (RA 3019) and offenses committed by public
officers and employees, including those in GOCCs (Government
Owned and Control Corporations) in relation to their office (RA 1379).
exclusive appellate jurisdiction over final judgements, resolutions, or
orders of RTCs whether in the exercise of their own original or
appellate jurisdiction criminal and civil cases committed by public
officers or employees, including those in GOCCs in relation to their
office.
SANDIGANBAYAN
On officials of the executive branch occupying the position of regional
director and higher (AKA Grade ‘27’ of RA 6758), including:
• Provincial governors, vice‐governors, members of the sangguniang panlalawigan,
provincial treasurers, assessors, engineers and other provincial department heads;
• City mayors, vice‐mayors, members of the sangguniang panlungsod, city treasurers,
assessors, engineers and other city department heads;
• Officials of the diplomatic service occupying the position of consul and higher;
• Philippine army and air force colonels, naval captains, and all officers of higher rank;
• Officers of the PNP while occupying the position of provincial director and those
holding the rank of senior superintendent or higher;
• City and provincial prosecutors and their assistants, and officials and prosecutors in the
office of the Ombudsman and special prosecutor;
• Presidents, directors of trustees, or managers of government owned or controlled
corporations, state universities or educational institutions or foundations.

SANDIGANBAYAN
On members of Congress and officials thereof (classified as Grade ‘27’ and higher
under the CPCA of 1989);
On members of the judiciary without prejudice to the provisions of the
Constitution;
On chairmen and members of the Constitutional Commissions, without
prejudice to the provisions of the Constitution; and
On all other national and local officials (classified as Grade ‘27’ and higher under
the CPCA of 1989)
On other offenses or felonies whether simple or complexed with other crimes
committed in relation to their office by the public officials and employees
mentioned in Section 4(a), P.D. 1606, as amended by Republic Act 7975
On civil and criminal cases filed pursuant to and in connection with Executive
Order #s 1,2,14 and 14 – A, issued in 1986
It is composed of Nine (9) Justices [One (1) Presiding Justice and Eight (8)
Associate Justices.
COURT OF TAX APPEALS
A special court
vested with the exclusive appellate jurisdiction over appeals from the
Commissioner of Internal Revenue and the Commissioner of Customs
on certain issues
It is composed of Three (3) Judges [One (1) Presiding Judge and Two
(2) Associate Judges].

SHARI ‘A COURTS
Shari ‘a District Courts are with equivalent rank
with the Regional Trial Court.
Shari ‘a Circuit Courts are with equivalent rank
with the Municipal Circuit Trial Court.
Both courts are established in certain specified provinces in
Mindanao.
This Courts were created by virtue of PD 1083 otherwise known as
“Code of Muslim personal laws of the Philippines.”

(formerly called Court of First Instance or CFI)
The second level court
it has Exclusive and Original Jurisdiction in all criminal cases not
within the exclusive jurisdiction of any court, tribunal or body
has an appellate jurisdiction in all cases decided by the lower courts in
their respective territorial jurisdiction.
On criminal cases with the penalty exceeding Six (6) years and on
Libel cases.
There are as many Regional Trial Courts in each region as the law
mandates.

(formerly called Court of First Instance or CFI)
Regional Trial Courts has concurrent jurisdiction with Family and Juvenile courts such as:
• One or more of the accused is/are below 18 years old but not less than 9 years old;
• Where one of the victims is a minor at the time of the commission of the offense;
• Cases against minors cognizable under the Dangerous Drugs Act;
• Violations of R.A. 7610, otherwise known as the “Special Protection of Children Against Child
Abuse, Exploitation and Discrimination Act,” as amended by R.A. 7658; and
• Cases of domestic violation against women and their children.
• Exclusive original jurisdiction over the following cases:
• Petitions for guardianship, custody of children and habeas corpus involving children;
• Petitions for adoption of children and the revocation thereof;
• Complaints for annulment of marriage, declaration of nullity of marriage and those relating to
status and property relations of husband and wife or those living together under different
status and agreements, and petitions for dissolution of conjugal partnership of gains;
• Petitions for support and/or acknowledgment;
• Summary judicial proceedings brought under the provisions of EO 209;
• Petitions for declaration of status of children as abandoned, dependent or neglected children,
petitions for voluntary or involuntary commitment of children, the suspension, termination or
restoration of parental authority and other cases cognizable under PD 603, EO 56 (1986) and
other related laws;
• Petitions for the constitution of the family home.
QUESTION
The act of expelling a squatter by the legal process is
called
A. Demolition
B. Squadron
C. Eviction
D. tear down

ANSWER
The act of expelling a squatter by the legal process is
called
A. Demolition
B. Squadron
C. Eviction
D. tear down

Metropolitan, Municipal, and Municipal Circuit
Trial Courts
The first level court
Could try and decide on the following:
A. All violations of city or municipal ordinances committed within their respective territorial
jurisdictions;
B. All offenses punishable with imprisonment of not more than 6 years irrespective of the amount of
fine
C. All cases of damage to property through criminal negligence
• regardless of other penalties and the civil liabilities arising therefrom
D. All offenses committed by public officers and employees in relation to their office, including those
employed in government‐owned or controlled corporations
• except violations of RA 3019 & RA 1379
• except Articles 210 – 212 of the Revised Penal Code
E. All offenses committed by private individuals charged as co‐principals, accomplices or accessories
• punishable with imprisonment of not more than 6 years; or
• where none of the accused holds a position of salary Grade “27” and higher
Metropolitan, Municipal, and Municipal Circuit
Trial Courts
On cases involving Summary Procedure such as:
A. Traffic violations
B. BP 22 (Bouncing Check law)
C. Violations of the rental law
D. Violations of city municipal ordinances
E. All other offenses where the penalty does not exceed 6 months
imprisonment and/or P1,000 fine irrespective of other penalties or civil
liabilities arising therefrom
F. All offenses involving damage to property through criminal negligence
where the imposable fine does not exceed P10, 000.

QUESTION
An act amending section 29 of bp 129 otherwise known as
the “judiciary reorganization act act 1980”
A. RA 9252
B. RA 7160
C. BP 129
D. RA 8353

ANSWER
An act amending section 29 of bp 129 otherwise known as
the “judiciary reorganization act act 1980”
A. RA 9252
B. RA 7160
C. BP 129
D. RA 8353

Barangay Courts
the Lupon of each barangay shall have the authority to bring
together the parties actually residing in the same municipality or
city
for amicable settlement of all disputes when an offense is punishable
by imprisonment not exceeding one (1) year or a fine not exceeding
P5, 000.

QUESTION
He started the Catholic Inquisition and approved death
penalty to incorrigible heretics.
A. Pope Leo 1
B. Pope Gregory IX
C. Pope John Paul II
D. Pope Clement

ANSWER
He started the Catholic Inquisition and approved death
penalty to incorrigible heretics.
A. Pope Leo 1
B. Pope Gregory IX
C. Pope John Paul II
D. Pope Clement

HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINE COURT SYSTEM
The Philippine Setting
Pre‐Spanish ERA
"court" composed of the chieftain as judge and the
barangay elders as "jury."
to show their honesty and sincerity took an oath to this effect:
"May the crocodile devour me if I tell any falsehood."
"May the lightning strike me if I don't tell the truth and nothing but
the truth.”
" May I die here and now if tell a lie.“
“May the sun and the moon frown upon me."
HISTORY OF THE PHILIPPINE COURT SYSTEM
In Philippine Setting
SPANISH ERA
The administration of justice in the Philippines during the
Spanish period had five components
THE LAW;
THE JUDICIARY;
(which included both ordinary and special courts and the prosecution);
THE LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES;
THE PRISON SYSTEM; AND
THE LEGAL PROFESSION.
The hierarchical structure of the judicial system insofar as
general or ordinary jurisdiction was concerned generally
consisted of the following:
THE CROWN;
THE COUNCIL OF THE INDIES;
THE REAL AUDIENCIA;
THE ALCALDES‐MAYORES (COURTS OF FIRST INSTANCE); AND
THE GOBERNADORCILLOS (JUSTICE OF THE PEACE COURTS)
At the base of the judicial structure was the gobernadorcillo who
governed the town or pueblo. He had jurisdiction over all civil
cases arising among Indios, Chinese mestizos and Chinese that
involve small sums
QUESTION
The decision of whether to prosecute a person who has
been arrested is made by
A. The arresting police officer
B. The commanding officer of a police station
C. The defense attorney
D. The prosecuting attorney

ANSWER
The decision of whether to prosecute a person who has
been arrested is made by
A. The arresting police officer
B. The commanding officer of a police station
C. The defense attorney
D. The prosecuting attorney

QUESTION
Following are authorized to conduct preliminary
investigation in their respective jurisdiction, EXCEPT
A. City prosecutor
B. Judge
C. Ombudsman
D. Prosecutor general

ANSWER
Following are authorized to conduct preliminary
investigation in their respective jurisdiction, EXCEPT
A. City prosecutor
B. Judge
C. Ombudsman
D. Prosecutor general

QUESTION
This is regarded as the first step of the determination
of the criminal case
A. Indictment
B. Preliminary hearing
C. Arraignment
D. Pre – trial conference

ANSWER
This is regarded as the first step of the determination
of the criminal case
A. Indictment
B. Preliminary hearing
C. Arraignment
D. Pre – trial conference

QUESTION
Can trial proceed without arraignment?
A. No. Arraignment is a substantial compliance of the
constitutional right of the accused to know the nature
and cause of accusation against him.
B. No. Arraignment is important in the arrest of the
accused
C. Yes. Accused is presumed to have known the charge
against him from the moment he learns of the filing of
the case against him
D. Yes. We are now living in age of information
technology where information is just a mouse – click
away.
ANSWER
Can trial proceed without arraignment?
A. No. Arraignment is a substantial compliance of the
constitutional right of the accused to know the nature
and cause of accusation against him.
B. No. Arraignment is important in the arrest of the
accused
C. Yes. Accused is presumed to have known the charge
against him from the moment he learns of the filing of
the case against him
D. Yes. We are now living in age of information
technology where information is just a mouse – click
away.
QUESTION
The Speedy Trial Act also provides certain time
standards within which the case should be decided. From
the first trial day to the termination of trial, the
period is within ______.
A. 30 days
B. 60 days
C. 120 days
D. 180 days

Answer:
D. 180 days
Republic Act No. 8493
Time Limit for Trial
In criminal cases involving persons charged of a crime, except those
subject to the Rules on Summary Procedure, or where the penalty
prescribed by law does not exceed six (6) months imprisonment, or a
fine of One thousand pesos (P1,000.00) or both, irrespective of other
imposable penalties, the justice or judge shall, after consultation with
the public prosecutor and the counsel for the accused, set the case for
continuous trial on a weekly or other short‐term trial calendar at the
earliest possible time so as to ensure speedy trial. In no case shall the
entire trial period exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the
first day of trial,

Extended Time Limit
For the second twelve‐month period the time limit
shall be one hundred twenty (120) days
and for the third twelve‐month period the time limit
with respect to the period from arraignment to trial
shall be eighty (80) days.

QUESTION
What do you call a court covering two (2) or more
municipalities?
A. MTC
B. MeTC
C. MCTC
D. MTC’s

ANSWER
What do you call a court covering two (2) or more
municipalities?
A. MTC
B. MeTC
C. MCTC
D. MTC’s

QUESTION
Hashid committed rape with homicide in Zamboanga a known
community of Moslems, where should the police file the
case?
A. Shari’a Court
B. Shai’ a Court
D. Office of the Moslem Affairs

ANSWER
CMPL
Code of Muslim Personal Law
PD 1083
Status Court

QUESTION
This provides for the codification of Muslim Personal
Laws and the establishment of a Shari’a Courts.
A. PD 1083
B. PD 1080
C. PD 1070
D. PD 1060

ANSWER
This provides for the codification of Muslim Personal
Laws and the establishment of a Shari’a Courts.
A. PD 1083
B. PD 1080
C. PD 1070
D. PD 1060

QUESTION
In our country a person is considered ______ unless
proven otherwise by competent evidence.
A. Guilty
B. Innocent
C. Criminally Liable
D. Responsible

Answer:
B. Innocent
SEC. 3. Disputable presumptions.— The following presumptions are
satisfactory if uncontradicted, but may be contradicted and overcome
by other evidence:
(a) That a person is innocent of crime or wrong;
“Juris Tantum”
Juris et de jure
refers to conclusive presumptions of law which cannot be rebutted by
evidence.
QUESTION
Majority cases are resolved through
A. Plea bargaining
B. Probation
C. Release of the suspect of the lack of evidence
D. Trial

ANSWER
C. Release of the suspect of the lack of
evidence
“The problem which incepted from the

commencement of action of the Police officers”

QUESTION
This defense is anchored upon the idea that the offender
was in another place and time when the offense to which
he is the suspect is committed
A. The defense of alibi
B. The defense of insanity
C. The defense of duress
D. The defense of instigation

ANSWER
Answer: A. Defense of Alibi
The weakest defense

QUESTION
Courts in the Philippines are cloth with the power or
try cases submitted to for adjudication. What term is
use in referring to the authority or power to hear and
decided cases.
A. Jurisdiction
B. Venue
C. Jurisprudence
D. Territory

ANSWER
Courts in the Philippines are cloth with the power or
try cases submitted to for adjudication. What term is
use in referring to the authority or power to hear and
decided cases.
A. Jurisdiction
B. Venue
C. Jurisprudence
D. Territory

QUESTION
What is the Act creating a Board of Claims under the
Department of Justice for Victims of unjust
imprisonment or detention and victims of violent crimes
and for other purposes?
A. RA 8353
B. RA 7309
C. RA 7877
D. RA 9208

ANSWER
RA 7309
Board of Claims

QUESTION
This court was created under RA 1125, as amended, which
has exclusive appellate jurisdiction to review on appeal
decisions of the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue
involving internal revenue taxes and decisions of the
Commissioner of Customs involving customs duties.
A. Court of Justice
B. Court of Appeals
C. Sandiganbayan
D. Court of Tax Appeals

ANSWER
This court was created under RA 1125, as amended, which
has exclusive appellate jurisdiction to review on appeal
decisions of the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue
involving internal revenue taxes and decisions of the
Commissioner of Customs involving customs duties.
A. Court of Justice
B. Court of Appeals
C. Sandiganbayan
D. Court of Tax Appeals

Corrections Pillar
The fourth pillar
takes over once the accused, after having been found
guilty, is meted out the penalty for the crime he
committed.
non‐institutional or institutional agency or facility for
custodial treatment and rehabilitation

Corrections Pillar
Correction
Is that branch of administration of criminal justice charged
with the responsibility for the custody, supervision and
rehabilitation of convicted offenders.
Penology
a branch of criminology which deals with the treatments,
management and administration of inmates.
Penalty
the suffering that is inflicted by the state for the transgression
of the law.

Theories Justifying Penalty
Prevention
the state punishes the criminal to prevent or suppress the danger to the state and to the
public arising from the criminal acts of the offender.
Self‐Defense
the State punishes the criminal as a measure of self‐defense to protect the society from
the threat and wrong inflicted by the criminal.
Reformation
the State punishes the criminal to help him reform or be rehabilitated.
Exemplarity
the State punishes the criminal to serve as an example to others and discourage others
from committing crimes.
Justice
the State punishes the criminal as an act of retributive justice, a vindication of absolute
right and moral law violated by the criminal.
Judicial Conditions of Penalty
Judicial and legal
penalty must be imposed by the proper authority and by virtue of a judgment as
prescribed by law.
Definite
penalty must be specific and exact.
Commensurate
penalty must be proportional to the gravity or seriousness of the crime committed.
Personal
penalty must be imposed only to the person who actually committed the crime with
no substitutes (NO PROXY)
Equal
penalty must be applied to all who committed the offense.
Prison law
basic law in the Philippines Prison System found in the Revised Administrative
Code.
Philippine Prison System
patterned after the US Federal Prison System.
P.D. 29
the law that classified prisoners.

Classification of Prisoners
According to Sentence/place of confinement.
National or Insular Prisoner
one who is sentenced to serve a prison term of three years and one day to death.
Provincial Prisoners
one who is sentenced to serve a prison term of six months and one day to three years
City Prisoners
one who is sentenced to serve a prison term of one day to three years
Municipal Prisoner
one who is sentenced to serve a prison term of one day to six months

According to fine:
National or insular
one who is sentenced to serve a prison term of three years and one day to death or
whose fine is more than 6,000.00, or both.
City/Provincial prisoner
one who is sentenced to serve a prison term of six months and one day to three
years or whose fine is less than P6, 000.00 but more than P 200.00, or both.
Municipal prisoner
one who is sentenced to serve a prison term of one day to six months or whose fine
is not more than P200.00, or both.
According to Status
Detention prisoners
those held for security reasons, investigation; those awaiting or undergoing
trial and awaiting judgment.
Sentenced prisoners
those convicted by final judgment and serving their sentence.

Prison
institutions for confinement of convicted offenders sentenced to more than three (3)
years of imprisonment.
derived from the Greco‐Roman word “presidio”
Administered by the National Government under the Bureau of Corrections.
Also called national prisons and also includes the penal colonies and penal farms.
Jails
institutions for confinement of convicted offenders sentenced to imprisonment of
three (3) years or less.
Institution for the confinement of those still undergoing trial or awaiting judgment.
derived from the Spanish word “jaula” and “caula”
Provincial jails are administered and supervised by their respective provincial governor.
City and municipal jails are administered and supervised by the Bureau of Jail Management and
Penology.
Executive Clemency
Collective term for absolute pardon, conditional pardon, and commutation of
sentence.
Granted by the chief Executive Officer (President of the Philippines).
KINDS OF EXECUTIVE CLEMENCY
Pardon – an act of grace proceeding from the power entrusted with the
execution of the laws which exempts the individual on whom it is bestowed
from the punishment the law inflicts for a crime he has committed.
Granted by the President after conviction by final judgment.
Extinguishes only criminal liability but not the civil liability.
Kinds of Pardon:
Absolute Pardon‐ the extinction of the criminal liability of the individual to
whom it is granted without any condition and restores to the individual his civil
rights.
Conditional Pardon ‐ the extinction of the criminal liability of an individual
from the punishment which the law inflicts for the offense he has committed,
within certain limits or conditions.

Commutation of Sentence ‐ reduction of the sentence, from a heavier sentence to a less
serious one, or from longer prison term to a shorter one.
Convicted offenders may only be granted commutation of sentence after serving a portion of
their sentence as provided by law.
Amnesty – an act of sovereign power granting oblivion or general pardon for the past
offense, usually granted in favor of certain classes of persons who have committed crimes of
political character, such as treason or rebellion.
Commutation of Sentence – reducing the period of imprisonment into shorter period.
Repeive – temporary suspension of the execution of sentence.
Parole – a method by which a prisoner who has served a portion of his sentence is
conditionally released but remains in legal custody, the condition being that in case of
misbehavior, he shall put back to prison.
‐ granted to convicted offenders who have served a portion of their sentence as
provided by law granted by the Board of Pardons and Parole.
QUESTION
The criticism labeled against the Corrections Pillar in
the past studies of Criminal Justice System is that it
is the weakest link because:
A. Of its failure to reform and rehabilitate offenders
B. Of injustice to offenders/detainees due to inadequate
correctional facilities and the varied operational
standards in detention centers
C. Of problems of reintegrating released offenders back
to the community
D. Of negative information on correction and
Rehabilitation systems

ANSWER
The criticism labeled against the Corrections Pillar in
the past studies of Criminal Justice System is that it
is the weakest link because:
A. Of its failure to reform and rehabilitate offenders
B. Of injustice to offenders/detainees due to inadequate
correctional facilities and the varied operational
standards in detention centers
C. Of problems of reintegrating released offenders back
to the community
D. Of negative information on correction and
Rehabilitation systems

QUESTION
The parole and Probation Administration as part of the
Corrections Pillar has adopted a harmonized and
integrated treatment program for their clients to effect
their rehabilitation. This particular program, designed
as a self – help social learning treatment, is
especially used for clients with problems of drug and
other behavioral problems.
A. Drug rehabilitation
B. Restorative justice
C. Therapeutic Community Modality
D. Volunteerism

ANSWER
The parole and Probation Administration as part of the
Corrections Pillar has adopted a harmonized and
integrated treatment program for their clients to effect
their rehabilitation. This particular program, designed
as a self – help social learning treatment, is
especially used for clients with problems of drug and
other behavioral problems.
A. Drug rehabilitation
B. Restorative justice
C. Therapeutic Community Modality
D. Volunteerism

QUESTION
What is the prison term for a national prisoner?
A. Three (3) years and above
B. Six (6) months but less than three (3) years
C. Less than six (6) months
D. Six (6) months to three (3) years

ANSWER
What is the prison term for a national prisoner?
A. Three (3) years and above
B. Six (6) months but less than three (3) years
C. Less than six (6) months
D. Six (6) months to three (3) years

QUESTION
Which of the following is added as the fifth pillar of
the criminal justice system?
A. Courts C. Prosecution
B. Community D. law enforcement

ANSWER
Which of the following is added as the fifth pillar of
the criminal justice system?
A. Courts C. Prosecution
B. Community D. law enforcement

Community Pillar
The fifth pillar
two‐fold role
First, partners of the peace officers in reporting the crime
incident, and helping in the arrest of the offender.
Second, it has the responsibility to participate in the
promotion of peace and order through crime prevention or
deterrence and in the rehabilitation of convicts
and their reintegration to society.
What is Citizen’s Arrest?
Rule 113 sec. 5
Flagrante Delicto
Hot Pursuit
Escapee/Refugee of law

What can you do to help in the CJS?
• Organize anti‐crime groups.
• Report crime, suspicious strangers or events to your barangay or
police.
• If you are a witness to the commission of a crime, help in the
prosecution of the case.
• Organize visits to correctional institutions. This is one way of instilling
social awareness on the part of the public. This could also be an
instrument whereby the public can extend material and morale
support to the convicts and inspire rehabilitation.
• Help in the assimilation of released prisoners in the community to
enable them to be reintegrated into the mainstream of society.

BARANGAY COUNCILIATION
RA 7160
Local Gov’t Code of 199
What is superseded PD 1508?
It was superseded by Chapter 7, Section 399 to 422 of
RA 7160

Objectives of Katarungang Pambarangay
• To promote speedy administration of justice.
• To perpetuate the time‐honored tradition of setting disputes
amicably for the maintenance of peace and order.
• To implement the constitutional mandate, preserve and
develop Filipino Culture.
• To relieve the courts of docket congestion and thereby
enhance the quality of justice dispense by them.

Cases over which the Lupon of each barangay may take
cognizance
Offenses punishable by imprisonment exceeding one (1)
year or a fine exceeding Five Thousand Pesos (P
5,000.00);

QUESTION
This document is required by the Prosecutor’s Office
before it can entertain a complaint on a case covered by
the Barangay Court.
A. Certificate of Non-Settlement
B. Certificate of Non-arbitration
C. Certificate to file action
D. Complaint affidavit

ANSWER
This document is required by the Prosecutor’s Office
before it can entertain a complaint on a case covered by
the Barangay Court.
A. Certificate of Non-Settlement
B. Certificate of Non-arbitration
C. Certificate to file action
D. Complaint affidavit

Cases over which the lupon of each barangay may
take cognizance
The lupon of each barangay shall have authority to bring together the parties
actually residing in the same municipality or city for amicable settlement of
all disputes except;
• Where one party is the government of any subdivision or instrumentality
thereof;
• Where one party is a public office or employee, and dispute relates to the
performance of his official functions;
• Offenses punishable by imprisonment exceeding one (1) year or a fine
exceeding Five Thousand Pesos (P 5,000.00);

take cognizance
• Offenses where there is no private offended party;
• Where the dispute involves real properties located in different cities or
municipalities unless the parties thereto agree it submit their differences to
amicable settlement by an appropriate lupon;
• Dispute involving parties who actually reside in barangays of different cities
or municipalities, except where such barangay units adjoin each their
differences to amicable settlement by an appropriate lupon;
• Such other classes of disputes which the President may determine in the
interest of justice or upon the recommendation of the Secretary of Justice.

take cognizance
• Any complainant by or against corporations, partnerships, or juridicial
entities.
• Dispute where urgent legal action is necessary to prevent injustice from
being committed or further continued, specifically the following:
I. A criminal case where the accused is under police custody or detention;
II. A petition for habeas corpus by a person illegally detained or deprived of his liberty
or one acting in his behalf;
III. Actions coupled with provisional remedies, such as preliminary injunction,
attachment, replevin and support pendente life; and
IV. Where the action may be barred by the statute of limitations;

take cognizance
• Labor disputes or controversies arising from employee‐employer
relationship. (Montoya vs. Escayo, et. al., 17 SCRA 442; Art. 228 Labor Code
as amended);
• Where the dispute arises out from the Comprehensive Agraria Reform Law
(Secs. 46 and 47, RA 6657);
• Actions to annul judgment upon a compromise which can be filed directly in
court. (Sanchez vs. Tupaz, 158 SCRA 459).
The court in which non‐criminal cases not falling within the authority of the
lupon under this Code are filled may, at any time before trial, motu propio
refer the case to the lupon concerned for amicable settlement.
Offenses cognizable by the Lupon include:
Alarms and Scandals (Art. 155)
Use of false certificates (Art. 175)
Concealing one’s true name and other personal circumstances
(Art. 178, part 2)
Physical injuries committed in a tumultuous affray (Art. 252)
Slight physical injuries and maltreatment (Art. 266)
Other forms of trespass (Art. 281)
Other light threats (Art. 285)
Other light coercion or unjust vexations (Art. 287)

Some forms of thefts (Art. 208, par. 3, and Art 309,
par 8)
Altering boundaries or landmarks (Art. 313)
Other deceits (Art. 318)
Arson of property of small value (Art. 323)
Social cases of malicious mischief (Art. 328)
Other mischief’s (Art. 329)
Slight slander (Art. 358)

Slander by deed not of a serious nature (Art. 359)
Intriguing against honor (Art. 364)
Theft, swindling or malicious mischief committed
or caused mutually by certain relatives, where
there is no criminal but only civil liability.

All these offenses are punishable by imprisonment not exceeding
30 days and/or fine not exceeding P 200.00. Under the New Local
Government Code, all offenses punishable by at least one year
imprisonment and P 5,000 fine is now within the jurisdiction of
the Lupon. Also cognizable by the barangay courts are violators of
municipal ordinances which are similarly punishable as the
abovementioned offenses under the penal code.

Rules of venue under the law governing barangay conciliation
• Disputes between persons actually residing in the same barangay shall be
brought or amicable settlement before the lupon of said barangay.
• Those involving actual residents of different barangays within the same city
or municipality shall be brought in the barangay where the respondent or any
of the respondents actually resides, at the election of the complainant.
• All disputes involving real property or any interest therein shall be brought in
the barangay where the real property or the larger portion thereof is
situated.
• Those arising at the workplace where the contending parties are employed or
at the institution where such parties are enrolled or workplace or institution
is located. (Sec. 409, RA 7160)

Objections to venue be raised under RA 7160
Objections to venue shall be raised in the mediation proceedings
before the punong barangay, otherwise, the same shall be
deemed waived. Any legal question which may confront the
punong barangay in resolving objections to venue herein after
referred to may be submitted to the Secretary of Justice or his duly
designated representatives whose ruling thereon shall be binding.

What kind of residence required by the law order that one may
exempt from the coverage of the Katarungang Pambarangay Law?
It must be more or less permanent. In Bejer, et al. vs. CA, 169
SCRA 568, the Supreme Court said that actual residence should
not be temporary, transient as in the case of a houseguest or
sojourner like a visit of a day or two. In the case at bar, plaintiffs
are not even listed as member of the Barangay, an indication that
their stay in Pandacan is merely transient. Of course, actual
residence does not necessarily imply membership in the Barangay;
and membership in the Barangay does not necessarily mean
actual residence.

Who and how may a complainant be filed with the lupon?
Upon payment of the appropriate filing fee, any individual who
has a cause of action against another individual involving any
matter within the authority of the lupon may complain, orally or in
writing, to the lupon chairman of the barangay.

What shall the lupon chairman do upon receipt of a complaint?
Upon receipt of the complainant, the lupon chairman shall within,
the next working day, summon the respondent (s), with notice to
the complainant (s) for them and their witnesses to appear before
him for a mediation of their conflicting interests. If he fails in his
mediation effort within 15 days from the first meeting of the
parties before him, he shall forthwith set a date for the
constitution of the pangkat.

What is the effect of the pedency of a case before the lupon on
the prescriptive period of actions?
While the dispute is under mediation, conciliation, or arbitration,
the prescriptive periods for offenses and cause of action under
existing laws shall be interrupted upon filling of the complaint with
the punong barangay. The prescriptive periods shall resume upon
receipt by the complainant of the certificate of repudiation or of
the certification to file action issued by the lupon or pangkat
secretary: Provided, however, that such interruption shall not
exceed 60 days from the filing of the complainant with the punong
barangay.

Is there any period prescribed by law within which the pangkat
shall arrive at a settlement of the dispute? Is it absolute?
There is. Under RA 7160, the pangkat shall arrive at a settlement
or a resolution of the dispute within 15 days from the day it
convenes in accordance with this Section. This period shall, at the
discretion of the pangkat, be extendible for another period which
shall not exceed 15 days, except in clearly meritorious cases.

Does the law prescribe any form for the settlement of any
dispute?
Yes. All amicable settlements shall be in writing, in a language or
dialect known to the parties, signed by them, and attested to by
the lupon chairman, as the use the same language, or dialect the
settlement shall be written in the language or dialect known to
them. (Sec. 411, RA 7160)

May a complaint which involves matters within the authority of
the lupon be fled in court without passing through the lupon?
As a general rule, no. No complaint, petition, action or proceeding
involving any matter within the authority of the lupon shall be
filed or instituted directly in court or any other government office
for adjucation, unless there has been a confrontation between the
parties before the lupon chairman or the pangkat, and that no
conciliation or settlement has been reached as certified by the
lupon chairman or pangkat chairman or unless the settlement
has been repudiated by the parties thereto.

What is the effect if the defendant does not invoke the lack of
prior conciliation before the barangay? Explain.
It is an implied waiver of the condition imposed by PD 1508 Local
Government Code) Such waiver also takes place where a motion
to dismiss is a filed after an answer has been filed within the
period to plead and before and answer is filled. Furthermore, the
Rules of Court, provide that defenses and objections not raised in
a motion to dismiss or in the answer are deemed waived.

May a case or proceeding be filled directly in court without
passing through the lupon?
Yes, because the requirement is not absolute. There are exceptions,
like:
• Where the accused is under detention;
• Where a person has otherwise been deprived of personal liberty
calling for habeas corpus proceeding;
• Where actions are coupled with provisional remedies such as
preliminary injunction, attachment, delivery of personal property, and
support pendente lite; and
• Where the action may otherwise be barred by the statute of
limitations.

If a person files a suit respecting his civil status, is there a need for
prior barangay conciliation? Why?
There is no need. It was said that in cases involving the civil status
of a person – such as one filed by a natural child to compel his
acknowledgment – Is not amont the cases where prior resort to
barangay conciliation is not necessary. The reason is obvious. The
possibility of settlement at this level, however, remote, is
encouraged even in such cases before the issue is brought to the
court.

If the parties belong to the cultural minorities, what rules shall the
pangkat apply”
The customs and traditions of indigenous cultural communities
shall be applied in setting disputes between members of the
cultural communities.

Are the proceedings before the lupon or pangkat open to the
public? Is the rule absolute?
Yes, all proceeding for settlement shall be public and informal, but
the lupon chairman or pangkat chairman my motu proprio or
upon request of a party, exclude the public from the proceedings
in the interest of privacy, decency or public morals.

What is the requirement of the law with respect to the
appearance of the parties before the lupon or pangkat?
The law requires that in all katarungang pambarangay
proceedings, the parties must appear in person without the
assistance of counsel or representative, except for minors and
incompetents who may be assisted by their next of kin who are
not lawyers. If appears from the law that lawyers are not
supposed to appear and represent their clients in katarungang
pambarangay proceedings. But if he is the party involved, he may.

If the parties arrive at an amicable settlement before the lupon or
pangkat, what is the effect of such settlement?
The amicable settlement and arbitration award shall have the
force and effect of a final judgment of a court upon the expiration
of 10 days from the date thereof; unless repudiation has been
made or a petition of nullify the award has been filed before the
proper city or municipal court.

How many the amicable settlement of arbitration award be
executed?
It may be enforced by execution by the lupon within six (6) months
from the date of the settlement. After the lapse of such time, the
settlement may be enforced by action in the appropriate city or
municipal court.

Within what period should a party repudiate the settlement and
how?
Any party to the dispute may, within ten (10) days form the date of
the settlement, repudiate the same by filing with the lupon
chairman a statement to that effect sworn to before him, where
the consent is vitiated by fraud, violence, or intimidation.

What is the effect of such repudiation?
Such repudiation shall be sufficient basis for the issuance of the
certification for filing a complaint.

QUESTION
It is the process by which the Lupon chairman meets with
the parties together with their witnesses to mediate
with their conflicting interest?
A. Mediation
B. Conciliation
C. Settlement
D. Amicable Agreement

ANSWER
It is the process by which the Lupon chairman meets with
the parties together with their witnesses to mediate
with their conflicting interest?
A. Mediation
B. Conciliation
C. Settlement
D. Amicable Agreement

QUESTION
The law “creating a katarungan pambarangay commission to
study the feasibility of resolving disputes in barangay
level?
A. P.D. 1293
B. P.D. 1508
C. P.D. 7160
D. R.A. 9344

ANSWER
The law “creating a katarungan pambarangay commission to
study the feasibility of resolving disputes in barangay
level?
A. P.D. 1293
B. P.D. 1508
C. P.D. 7160
D. R.A. 9344

P.D. 1508 – the law establishing a system of amicably
setting disputes at the barangay level
R.A. 7160‐ Local Government code
Lupong Tagapamayapa
‐it is a body of men created to settle disputes within
the barangay level. It is also called as LUPON

QUESTION
How many members compose the Lupon Tagapamayapa as
provided for by RA 7160 or the Local Government Code?
A. 10- 20 members
B. 10- 15 members
C. 15- 25 members
D. 20-30 members

Answer: A. 10-20 Members
Members of Lupon are “Person in

Authority”

CLE Lecture Series
JUVENILE DELINQUENCY
By

PART 3
Juvenile Delinquency

COVERAGE
• Nature of juvenile delinquencies
• Theories on crime and delinquency
• Factors affecting the development of juvenile
delinquency
• The juvenile justice system; the art of diversion
• The legal parameter of the juvenile justice system

SCOPE
• Explain general concepts and principles concerning juvenile delinquency;
• Describe the relationship of gender and delinquency, social class and
delinquency, age and delinquency, the life cycle of delinquency and
delinquency through the life course;
• Relate delinquency to personal aspects, social structure, social process,
social reaction;
• Explain the environmental influences on delinquency;
• Discuss different laws affecting the youth;
• Elucidate the Juvenile Justice System; and
• Explain the juvenile crime prevention and treatment approaches.

A GLANCE TO THE HISTORY
Code of Hammurabi
Oldest known code for thousand years ago dating from 2270
B.C. discussed runaways, children who disowned their
parents and sons who cursed their father are severely being
punished.
Roman Law and Canon (Church Law)
Approximately two thousand years ago, made
distinction between juveniles and adults based on the
notion “age of responsibility“
Roman Law
‐ Children came to be classified as “infans”, “proximus
infantiae”. In general infans were not held criminally
responsible, but those approaching puberty who knew the
difference between right and wrong were held accountable.
Infantia – means inability to speak.

Hospital of St. Micheal
the first institution for the treatment of juvenile offenders.
Established by Pope Clement XI in 1704.
Robert Young
In 1788 established the private, separate institution for youthful
offenders in England.
New York Committee on Pauperism
In 1818, the committee gave the term “Juvenile Delinquency” Its
first public recognition by referring it as a major cause of
pauperism.
1899
The first juvenile of family court was established in Cook
County Illinois.
1899‐1967
this has been referred to as the era of socialized juvenile
justice.

QUESTION
Refers to any person below 18 years of age or those over
but unable to fully take care of themselves from
neglect, abuse, cruelty, exploitation or discrimination
due to some physical defect or mental disability or
condition.
A. Child
B. wards
C. physically disabled
D. youth

ANSWER
Refers to any person below 18 years of age or those over
but unable to fully take care of themselves from
neglect, abuse, cruelty, exploitation or discrimination
due to some physical defect or mental disability or
condition.
A. Child
B. wards
C. physically disabled
D. youth

JUVENILE
MINOR
CHILDREN
A person of tender year
Not emancipated with the law
Below the age of maturity
Below 18 years of age
Those unable to fully take care of
themselves
because of their Physical/mental
conditions
AGE OF MAJORITY
majority commences at the age of eighteen (18) years
RA 6809
the law amending the age of majority
lowered the age of majority from twenty‐one (21) to eighteen (18)
years
approved on 13 December 1989
EMANCIPATION
freedom from parental authority, both over his person and property
happens upon reaching the age of eighteen years

QUESTION
The age of majority under Philippine Law:
A. 21
B. 15
C. 18
D. 22

ANSWER
The age of majority under Philippine Law:
A. 21
B. 15
C. 18
D. 22

Delinquent
Is one whose behavior brought to a minor or child in
repeated conflict with the law
regardless whether he has been taken before a court
and adjudged a delinquent
one who has committed an offense that violated the
approved norms of conduct and is guilty of a misdeed

Anti‐Social Act or Behavior which deviates from the
normal pattern of rules and regulations, custom and
culture which society does not accept and which there
justifies some kind of punishment or corrective
measures.

• An act or omission committed by a minor which is not
in conformity with the norms of society.
• Any act, behavior or conduct which might be brought
to court and judged whether such, is a violation of a
law.
• A multi‐faceted problem

Social disorganization vs. social disintegration
Break down of organizational structures
Deviation or departure from societal norms

Community vs. anomie

ANTI‐SOCIAL BEHAVIOR
characterized by disobedience to, or disrespect for,
authorities

Laws Governing Minors
E.O. 209 P.D. 603
the Family Code of the Philippines Child and Youth Welfare Code
Age of majority 21 R.A. 7658
R.A. 6809 An act prohibiting the employment
amending the age of majority 18 of children below 15 years of age
in public and private undertakings
R.A. 7610
R.A. 9231
Anti‐Child Abuse Law
An act providing for the elimination
Special protection of children of the worst forms of child labor
agaisnt child abuse, exploitation and affording stronger protection
and discrimination act for the working child

QUESTION
PD 603 was signed by the late president Marcos when?
A. December 10, 1974
B. June 10, 1975
C. June 10, 1974
D. July 6, 1987

ANSWER
PD 603 was signed by the late president Marcos when?
A. December 10, 1974
B. June 10, 1975
C. June 10, 1974
D. July 6, 1987

QUESTION
It is known as an Act Prohibiting the Employment of
Children Below 15 years of age in public and private
undertakings
A. Republic Act 7610
B. Republic Act 7658
C. Republic Act 8551
D. Presidential Decree 603

ANSWER
It is known as an Act Prohibiting the Employment of
Children Below 15 years of age in public and private
undertakings
A. Republic Act 7610
B. Republic Act 7658
C. Republic Act 8551
D. Presidential Decree 603

QUESTION
An act providing for stronger deterrence and special
protection against child abuse, exploitation and
discrimination.
A. P.D. 603
B. R.A. 7610
C. R.A. 9344
D. R.A. 9262

ANSWER
An act providing for stronger deterrence and special
protection against child abuse, exploitation and
discrimination.
A. P.D. 603
B. R.A. 7610
C. R.A. 9344
D. R.A. 9262

QUESTION
The PD. 603 is otherwise known as:
A. The Child Welfare Code
B. The Child and Youth Welfare Code
C. Youth Offender’s Code
D. Children Welfare Code

ANSWER
The PD. 603 is otherwise known as:
A. The Child Welfare Code
B. The Child and Youth Welfare Code
C. Youth Offender’s Code
D. Children Welfare Code

Laws Governing Minors
R.A. 9344 RA 9255
Juvenile Justice Welfare act law on the use of father’s surname
R.A. 10630 of illegitimate children
An act strengthening the juvenile RA 9262
justice welfare act Anti‐Violence Against Women and
RA 8552 their Children Act
Domestic Adoption Act RA 9523
RA 8043 law amending the laws on adoption
Inter‐Country Adoption Act RA 9775
RA 9208 Anti‐Child Pornography Act
Anti‐Trafficking in Persons Act
QUESTION
9344 is the enactment in 2006 of the juvenile justice
system act (also known as REPUBLIC ACT 9344) was a
progressive step towards a more restorative and child–
oriented juvenile justice system, amended by?
A. PD. 603
B. RA. 10054
C. RA. 10630
D. RA. 8552

ANSWER
9344 is the enactment in 2006 of the juvenile justice
system act (also known as REPUBLIC ACT 9344) was a
progressive step towards a more restorative and child–
oriented juvenile justice system, amended by?
A. PD. 603
B. RA. 10054
C. RA. 10630
D. RA. 8552

QUESTION
What do you call a juvenile act that when committed by
an adult will not result to any prohibited or even
demeanor act?
A. Moral offenses
B. Behavioral deviation
C. Status offenses
D. Values deviation

STATUS OFFENSE
certain acts or omissions which may not be punishable socially or legally
if committed by adults but become anti‐social or illegal because the
offender is a minor, such as:
• truancy, or frequent, unreasonable absenteeism from school
• use of profane language
• running away from home
• smoking and drinking alcoholic beverages
• disobedience to parents, guardians or school officials
• mendicancy or begging in the streets
• association with delinquent gangs

QUESTION
2. Act or omission which may not be punishable if
committed by an adult, but becomes unlawful when they
are committed by a child or a person of tender year or
one who is in need of supervision or assistance.
A. crime
B. status offense
C. delinquency
D. felonies

ANSWER
2. Act or omission which may not be punishable if
committed by an adult, but becomes unlawful when they
are committed by a child or a person of tender year or
one who is in need of supervision or assistance.
A. crime
B. status offense
C. delinquency
D. felonies

THEORIES OF DELINQUENCY

SOCIAL DISORGANIZATION THEORY
(1) focuses on the conditions within the urban environment
that affect crime rates
(2) Links crime rate to neighborhood ecological characteristics
Views crime
ridden neighborhoods as those in which residents are
uninterested in community matters; therefore, the
common sources of control
family, school, church, and barangay authorities
are weak and disorganized
Also called differential social organization
Shaw and Mckay
works on social ecology (environmental forces that have a
direct influence on human behavior)
as influence by urban sociologist Robert Ezra Park and Ernest
Burgess was focused on social institutions such as school and
the family and how their breakdown influences deviant and
anti‐social behavior. He popularized social disorganization
theory.

David Emile Durkheim
(French, 1858 ‐ 1917)
“Anomie Theory”
the absence of norms in a society
provides a setting conductive to
crimes and other anti‐social acts.
it does not lies with the individuals

published a book, “Division of Social Labor”, which became a
landmark work on the organization of societies
according to him:
Crime is as normal a part of society as birth and death
Crime is part of human nature because it has existed during periods of
both poverty and prosperity
As long as human differences exists, which is one of the fundamental
conditions of society, it is but natural and expected that it will result to
criminality
One of his profound contributions to contemporary criminology is
the concept of anomie, the breakdown of social order as a result of
loss of standards and values

Robert King Merton (RKM)
(1910)
Strain Theory
failure of man to achieve a higher status of life
caused
them to commit crimes
crime is a means to achieve goals
the social structure is the root of the crime problem.
people are law abiding but when under great
pressure will result to crime…

STRAIN THEORY
Consequently, they feel anger, frustration and resentment,
referred to as STRAIN
The commission of crimes with the aim of achieving these
goals results from this conflict
DISPARITY
THE GOAL IS BLOCK
UNDER GREAT PRESSURE

Conformity Retreatism
occurs when individuals both EMBRACE REJECTS BOTH GOALS AND THE MEANS OF
conventional social goals and also have SOCIETY. Included in this category are
the means at their disposal to attain psychotics, psycho neurotics, vagrants,
them. outcast, chronic drunkards, drug addicts
Innovation because such people are morally or
occurs when an individual accepts the otherwise incapable of using both
goals of society but reject or is legitimate and illegitimate means, they
incapable of attaining them through attempt to escape their lack of success by
legitimate means. withdrawing‐ either mentally or physically.
Ritualism Rebellion
they gain pleasure from practicing involves substituting an alternative set of
traditional ceremonies regardless of goals and means for conventional ones.
whether they have a real purpose or May also be a reaction against a corrupt
goal. and hated government or an effort to
create alternate opportunities and lifestyle
within the existing system.
Lloyd Ohlin
(1928)
DOT – Differential Opportunity Theory
lower class want things
there is differential opportunity,
or access, to success goals
legitimate and illegitimate
opportunities for the acquisition of deviant
acts…

Earl Richard Quinney
(1934)
Instrumentalist Theory
state exist as a device for controlling the
exploited class
upper classes create laws that protect their interest
major contribution
shift in focus from looking for the causes of crime
from the individual to the examination of the
Criminal Justice System for clues…

William Chambliss
1933‐2014
Conflict Criminologist
“A Sociological Analysis of the Laws of
Vagrancy,”
arguing that vagrancy laws had been enacted by
different ruling elites throughout history, in order
to provide those elites with low‐cost quasi‐slave
labor.
He had a yearning for the street; he simply loved to be
among those who were on the receiving end of an
exploitive social system shaped by race and class.

Edwin Sutherland
(1883 ‐ 1950)
“Dean of Modern Criminology”
He said that crime is learned and not inherited.
Differential Association Theory
(DAT)
criminal behavior is learned and not inherited. It is
learned through the process of communication,
and learning process includes technique of
committing the crime, motive and attitude

SOCIAL LEARNING THEORY
Believes that crime is a product of learning the norms,
values and behaviors associated with criminal activity.

Gresham Sykes
(1922)
Neutralization Theory
individual will obey or disobey societal rules
ability to rationalize
protected from hurt or destruction
People become law abiding if they feel they are
benefited by it and they violate it if these laws are
not favorable to them…

Techniques of neutralization Skykes and Matza
suggest that people develop a distinct set of
justifications for their law‐violating behavior. These
neutralization techniques enable them to temporarily
drift away from the rules of the normative society and
participate in subterranean behaviors. These
techniques of neutralization
include the following patterns:
• Denial of responsibility
• Denial of injury.
• Denial of victim
Criminal behavior is learned
Criminal behavior is learned in interaction with other persons in a process of communication;
the principal part of learning of criminal behavior occurs within
an intimate personal group;
when criminal behavior is learned, the learning includes
techniques in committing the crimes which are sometimes very
simple, the specific direction of motives, drives, rationalization
and attitudes;
the process of learning criminal behavior by association with
criminal and anti‐criminal patterns involves all of the
mechanisms that are involved in any other learning

Frank Tennenbaum, Edwin Lemert, Howard Becker
Labeling Theory
no behavior is intrinsically criminal, behavior
becomes criminal if it is labeled as such.

The Labeling Process
Initial Criminal Act = People commit crimes for a number of reasons
Detection by the justice = Arrest is influenced by racial, economic, and
system power relations.
Decision to label = Some are labeled “official” criminals by police
and court authorities
Creation of a new identity = Those labeled are known as troublemakers,
criminals etc., and shunned by conventional
society.
Acceptance of labels = Labeled people begin to see themselves as
outsiders ( secondary deviance, self‐labeling)
Deviance amplification = Stigmatized offenders are now locked into
criminal careers.
REINTEGRATIVE SHAMING
A method of correction that encourages offenders to
confront their misdeeds, experience, shame because
of the harm they caused, and then be reincluded in
society.

SOCIAL REACTION THEORY
Also called LABELING THEORY
Holds that people enter into law‐violating careers when
they are labeled for their acts and organize their
personalities around the labels.
Negative labels have dramatic influence on the self‐
image of offenders.

SOCIAL CONTROL THEORY
(1) maintains that all people have the potential to
violate the law and that modern society presents
many opportunities for illegal activities
(2) argues that people obey the law because behavior
and passions are being controlled by internal and
external forces

SOCIAL BOND THEORY
Social bond
ties a person has to the
institutions and process of society.
According to Hirschi, elements of
the social bond include (BIAC)
commitment,
attachment,
involvement, and
Belief. What Criminologist Knows?
Attachment: affection and sensitivity to others
Commitment: investment in conventional society or stake in
Conformity
Involvement: being busy, restricted opportunities for
delinquency
Belief: degree to which person thinks they should
obey the law

SOCIAL BOND THEORY
Hirschi (1969) and his book
Causes of Delinquency which launched a whole
research revolution (the use of self‐report data
collection) in addition to dominating ideas about
social control for many years. His
model of the family, the school, and peers as the
most important factors became (and still
is) the Justice department's model for
considering grant applications.

GOTTFREDSON AND HIRSCHI’S LOW SELF
CONTROL THEORY
Low self‐control (LSC) theory attempts to do this while describing
what is right and wrong within the field of criminology. Most tests
of LSC theory are essentially tests of Hirschi's social control theory
(attachment, commitment, involvement, belief) with some
personality variables thrown in.
low self control concept is an improvement over older
concepts such as impulsiveness and spontaneity, and that their theory avoids
the criticism of all temperament theories
which came first, the trait or the criminality?

Self derogation theory
Drug users are explain through the use of social learning theory.
In this perspective delinquency is viewed as the result of
weakening of one’s self‐esteem.

QUESTION
17. Is a self association of peers, bound together by
mental interest, who acted in concert in order to
achieve a specific purpose which includes the conduct of
illegal activities and control over a particular
territory, facility or type of enterprises.
A. Juvenile gang
B. Organized criminal
C. a bond
D. street corner gang

ANSWER
17. Is a self association of peers, bound together by
mental interest, who acted in concert in order to
achieve a specific purpose which includes the conduct of
illegal activities and control over a particular
territory, facility or type of enterprises.
A. Juvenile gang
B. Organized criminal
C. a bond
D. street corner gang

Stages of Delinquency
1. Emergence
2. Exploration
3. Explosion
4. Conflagration
5. Outburst

Types of Delinquent Youths
Social (Socialized)
Association with people in the society
They learned DEVIANT behavior and
become
aggressive type
Recent Authority of anyone
Make an effort to control their behavior…
Neurotic
Distortion of personality
Ideas and perception
Internalize conflict and pre‐occupied with his own
feelings…
PSYCHOTIC
Personality disorders
Distorted perception
Acts of Violence
MURDER

SOCIOPATHIC
Egocentric Personality
No compassion with others
Gangsters

ACCIDENTAL
LESS identifiable in Character
Wrong place
Wrong time
Delinquent acts are not his typical behavior…

APPROACHES TOWARD DELINQUENCY
Biogenic Approach
Faulty Biology
Psychogenic approach
Personality Disorder
Sociogenic Approach
Social structure and Learning Process

CONTRIBUTORY FACTORS IN JUVENILE DELINQUENCY
FAMILY
ENVIRONMENT
POVERTY
MASS MEDIA
POLICE
PEERS, COMPANION
SCHOOL
Other factors such as: unemployment, emotional
immaturity, ego, psychopath personality…
QUESTION
Under the law, they are the one responsible for
preventing the child from becoming addicted to
intoxicating drinks, narcotic drugs, smoking, gambling
or any harmful practices.
A. DSWD
B. state
C. Parents
D. police

ANSWER
Under the law, they are the one responsible for
preventing the child from becoming addicted to
intoxicating drinks, narcotic drugs, smoking, gambling
or any harmful practices.
A. DSWD
B. state
C. Parents
D. police

QUESTION
Such feelings as inadequacy, frustration, rebelliousness
and need for immediate gratification can be ____.
A. External containment toward delinquency
B. External pressures and pulls toward delinquency
C. Internal pushes toward delinquency
D. Inner containment in delinquent behavior

ANSWER
Such feelings as inadequacy, frustration, rebelliousness
and need for immediate gratification can be ____.
A. External containment toward delinquency
B. External pressures and pulls toward delinquency
C. Internal pushes toward delinquency
D. Inner containment in delinquent behavior

QUESTION
One of the following is a least cause of juvenile
delinquency:
A. Neglected homes
B. Police inefficiency
C. Lack of proper guidance
D. Delinquent parents

ANSWER
One of the following is a least cause of juvenile
delinquency:
A. Neglected homes
B. Police inefficiency
C. Lack of proper guidance
D. Delinquent parents

QUESTION
The greatest importance to a growing child is:
A. Condition of the family and what goes on in family
life
B. Condition of community and playmates
C. Condition of reading materials and media programs
D. Condition of the school where he enrolls

ANSWER
The greatest importance to a growing child is:
A. Condition of the family and what goes on in family
life
B. Condition of community and playmates
C. Condition of reading materials and media programs
D. Condition of the school where he enrolls

FAMILY
the first and most basic institution of society responsible for
developing a child’s potential in all its aspects like physical,
emotional, spiritual, moral, intellectual and social
molds the child to learn to curb his desires and to accept rules
that define the time, place and circumstances under which
highly personal needs may be satisfied in socially acceptable
ways

FAMILY
TYPES OF FAMILY STRUCTURE:
1) NUCLEAR FAMILY
consists of father, mother and children
2) EXTENDED FAMILY
consists of father, mother, children, grandparents, uncles and
aunts, cousins, nephews and nieces, and in‐laws

QUESTION
Family ____ implies the loss of family and the breaking
down of family relations.
A. Disintegration C. disruption
B. Disorganization D. disorientation

ANSWER
Family ____ implies the loss of family and the breaking
down of family relations.
A. Disintegration C. disruption
B. Disorganization D. disorientation

QUESTION
Grandparents and grandchildren what type relationship is
this?
A. Filial
B. Stem
C. truncated
D. Joint

ANSWER
Grandparents and grandchildren what type relationship is
this?
A. Filial
B. Stem
C. truncated
D. Joint

FAMILY
TYPES OF FAMILY SYSTEM:
STEM FAMILY
(anthropology) A family system in which a COUPLE'S FIRSTBORN
CHILD lives with them in the family home, and that child's
spouse moves into the home of said in‐laws, so that the younger
couple's children are raised in the home of their grandparents.
Usually, the younger offspring move out upon marriage. The
inheritance, depending on the culture, may or may not be the
most favorable to the firstborn.
FAMILY
TYPES OF FAMILY SYSTEM:
JOINT FAMILY
A joint family or undivided family is an extended family
arrangement prevalent throughout the Indian subcontinent,
particularly in India, consisting of MANY GENERATIONS LIVING
IN THE SAME HOUSEHOLD, all bound by the common
relationship.

FAMILY
TYPES OF RESIDENCES:
PATRILOCAL
In social anthropology, patrilocal residence or patrilocality, also known as virilocal
residence or virilocality, are terms referring to the social system in which a MARRIED
COUPLE RESIDES WITH OR NEAR THE HUSBAND'S PARENTS. The concept of location
may extend to a larger area such as a village, town or clan territory. The practice has
been found in around 70 percent of the world's cultures that have been described
ethnographically. Evidence has also been found among Neanderthal remains in Spain
and ancient hominid archaeology in Africa.

FAMILY
PATRILOCAL
In a patrilocal society, when a man marries, his wife joins him in his father's home or
compound, where they raise their children. These children will follow the same pattern.
Sons will stay and daughters will move in with their husbands' families. Families living in a
patrilocal residence generally assume joint ownership of domestic sources. The household
is led by a senior member, who also directs the labor of all other members.
Matrilocal residence may be regarded as the OPPOSITE of patrilocal residence. However,
since the majority of societies exhibit at least some degree of patriarchy, in most
matrilocal groups the brothers (or mothers' brothers) are the authority figures, not the
wives or mothers themselves.
QUESTION
Dingdong and Marian are married for 3 years, they
decided to earn money before buying their house and they
stay in Dingdong's parent house. what is that type of
residence?
A. Neolocal residence
B. Patrilocal residence
C. Matriocal residence
D. Bilocal residence

ANSWER
Dingdong and Marian are married for 3 years, they
decided to earn money before buying their house and they
stay in Dingdong's parent house. what is that type of
residence?
A. Neolocal residence
B. Patrilocal residence
C. Matriocal residence
D. Ambilocal/Bilocal residence

FAMILY
MATRILOCAL
In social anthropology, matrilocal residence or matrilocality (also
uxorilocal residence or uxorilocality) is the societal system in which a
MARRIED COUPLE RESIDES WITH OR NEAR THE WIFE'S PARENTS. Thus,
the female offspring of a mother remain living in (or near) the mother's
house, thereby forming large clan‐families, typically consisting of three or
four generations living in the same place.

FAMILY
NEOLOCAL
Neolocal residence is a type of post‐marital residence in which a
NEWLY MARRIED COUPLE RESIDES SEPARATELY FROM BOTH
THE HUSBAND'S NATAL HOUSEHOLD AND THE WIFE'S NATAL
HOUSEHOLD. Neolocal residence form the basis of most
developed nations, especially in the West, that is also found
among some nomadic communities.

FAMILY
NEOLOCAL
Upon marriage, EACH PARTNER IS EXPECTED TO MOVE OUT OF HIS OR HER PARENTS' HOUSEHOLD
and establish a new residence, Thus forming the core of an independent nuclear family. Neolocal
residence involves the creation of a new household where a child marries or even when he or she
reaches adulthood and becomes socially and economically active. Neolocal residence and nuclear
family domestic structures are found in societies where geographical mobility is important. In Western
societies, they are consistent with the frequent moves that necessary due to choices and changes
within a supply‐ and demand‐regulated labor market. They are also prevalent in hunting and gathering
economies, where nomadic movements are intrinsic to the subsistence strategy.
In western countries, Employment in large corporations or the military often calls for frequent
relocations, making it nearly impossible for extended families to remain together hence creating new
generation of families.

FAMILY
AMBILOCAL
Ambilocal residence (or ambilocality), also called bilocal
residence (bilocality) is the societal postmarital residence in
which COUPLES, UPON MARRIAGE, CHOOSE TO LIVE WITH OR
NEAR EITHER SPOUSE'S PARENTS. This is contrasted with
matriloaclity and patriclocality, where the newlyweds are
expected to live with either the wife's parents or the husband's
parents respectively.
ENVIRONMENT
the culture, norms and behavior of the CHILD’S
SURROUNDINGS may very well influence the upbringing of the
child especially during their formative years and such
misbehavior learned is likely to be carried on until the child’s
maturity

ENVIRONMENT
Some of the behavior modification by means of imitation as
brought about by environmental influence:
rampant drug addiction
vices such as gambling and drinking alcoholic beverages
association with criminal groups or gangs
too much exposure to sex and violence in movies, television, print
and internet

SCHOOL
considered the second home of a child, with teachers as the
second parents
institution responsible for the training of young person’s
intellectual, moral, as well as social skills which they need for
them to grow up as productive, law‐abiding and responsible
citizens

QUESTION
It is a strategic position to prevent crime and
delinquency. It receives him when he is young, observes,
supervises, and teaches him for many hours each week
during some of his most impressionable years.
A. Home
B. Religion
C. School
D. Police agency

ANSWER
It is a strategic position to prevent crime and
delinquency. It receives him when he is young, observes,
supervises, and teaches him for many hours each week
during some of his most impressionable years.
A. Home
B. Religion
C. School
D. Police agency

SCHOOL
Instances of deviant conduct attributed to school inadequacy:
failure of teachers to detect and address problems of children and report such
problems to the parents
poor academic atmosphere
membership in school gangs or development of friendships with the wrong crowd
lack of facilities for curricular and extra‐curricular activities
failure of teachers in character development of the students
failure to actually finish school, resulting to being out‐of‐school youths with a lot of
time to waste and do unproductive activities
failure to get gainful employment due to lack of sufficient education

QUESTION
The pattern of unexcused absences and tardiness is
called
A. Delinquency
B. Tardiness
C. School offense
D. Truancy

ANSWER
The pattern of unexcused absences and tardiness is
called
A. Delinquency
B. Tardiness
C. School offense
D. Truancy

QUESTION
Truancy means absence from school without cause for more
than _____ days not necessarily consecutive.
A. 30 days
B. 5 days
C. 20 days
D. 15 days

ANSWER
Truancy means absence from school without cause for more
than _____ days not necessarily consecutive.
A. 30 days
B. 5 days
C. 20 days
D. 15 days

QUESTION
The following factors are considered predictions of
delinquency except:
A. Parental rejection
B. Child abuse
C. Marital discord
D. Adequate child care

ANSWER
The following factors are considered predictions of
delinquency except:
A. Parental rejection
B. Child abuse
C. Marital discord
D. Adequate child care

QUESTION
Which of the following is a protective factor for
delinquency?
A. School has high rate of absenteeism
B. Unstructured free time
C. Strong neighborhood cohesion
D. Heterogeneity of community

ANSWER
Which of the following is a protective factor for
delinquency?
A. School has high rate of absenteeism
B. Unstructured free time
C. Strong neighborhood cohesion
D. Heterogeneity of community

QUESTION
What do you call the monitoring and support of juveniles
who have been released from custody or supervision by
the juvenile court?
A. Welfare
B. After care
C. Concern
D. Duty

ANSWER
What do you call the monitoring and support of juveniles
who have been released from custody or supervision by
the juvenile court?
A. Welfare
B. After care
C. Concern
D. Duty

Detention home vs. rehabilitation center
24 hour child caring institution
awaiting court disposition
Receives and rehabilitate
Involuntary vs. voluntary commitment
Effected by the court
Relinquishment of guardianship right

QUESTION
What is the first rehabilitation center for delinquent
boys?
A. Vicente Madrigal Rehabilitation Center

B. Marilao Hills
C. Acacia group home
D. Youth residence

ANSWER
What is the first rehabilitation center for delinquent
boys?
A. Vicente Madrigal Rehabilitation Center

B. Marilao Hills
C. Acacia group home
D. Youth residence

Vicente Madrigal Rehabilitation Center
First rehabilitation for delinquent boys
Marilao Hills
Accredited center for delinquent girls
Acacia group home
Temporary home fro minor delinquents
Located at Quezon City
Youth residence
Halfway houses
QUESTION
The practice of housing convicted juvenile in a separate
prison facility for younger offenders is called:
A. Division
B. Segregated incarceration
C. Incarceration
D. Reinforcement

ANSWER
The practice of housing convicted juvenile in a separate
prison facility for younger offenders is called:
A. Division
B. Segregated incarceration
C. Incarceration
D. Reinforcement

QUESTION
The agencies and institutions whose primary
responsibility is dealing with juvenile offenders and
those juveniles in need of supervision comprises the
______.
A. Justice system C. Juvenile Justice System
B. Juvenile D. Minor Judicial System

ANSWER
The agencies and institutions whose primary
responsibility is dealing with juvenile offenders and
those juveniles in need of supervision comprises the
______.
A. Justice system C. Juvenile Justice System
B. Juvenile D. Minor Judicial System

PHILIPPINE JUVENILE JUSTICE SYSTEM
RA 9344
the JUVENILE JUSTICE AND WELFARE ACT OF 2006
approved on 28 April 2006
became effective on 20 May 2006
repealed the provisions of the Revised Penal Code and
Presidential Decree No 603 on minor offenders

QUESTION
A child _________ years of age or under at the time of
the commission of the offense shall be exempt from
criminal liability.
A. 15
B. 16
C. 17
D. 18

ANSWER
A child _________ years of age or under at the time of
the commission of the offense shall be exempt from
criminal liability.
A. 15
B. 16
C. 17
D. 18

QUESTION
Under the RA 9344 a child over 15 under 18 is exempt
from criminal liability unless:
A. he is committed a henious crime
B. he is the principal accused
C. he acted without discernment
D. he acted with discernment

ANSWER
Under the RA 9344 a child over 15 under 18 is exempt
from criminal liability unless:
A. he is committed a henious crime
B. he is the principal accused
C. he acted without discernment
D. he acted with discernment

IMPORTANT TERMS INTRODUCED BY RA 9344
JUVENILE JUSTICE AND WELFARE SYSTEM
refers to a system dealing with children at risk and children in
conflict with the law, which provides child‐appropriate
proceedings, including PROGRAMS AND SERVICES for
prevention, diversion, rehabilitation, re‐integration and aftercare
to ensure their normal growth and development
RESTORATIVE JUSTICE
refers to a principle which requires a process of resolving
conflicts with the maximum involvement of THE VICTIM, the
OFFENDER and THE COMMUNITY; seeks to obtain reparation
for the victim, reconciliation of the offender, the offended and
the community and reassurance to the offender that he or she
can be reintegrated into society
QUESTION
The goal of any juvenile justice system is to –
A. Punish and inculcate discipline among children
B. Remove children from streets
C. Save children from becoming criminals
D. Ensure that children are in school

ANSWER
The goal of any juvenile justice system is to –
A. Punish and inculcate discipline among children
B. Remove children from streets
C. Save children from becoming criminals
D. Ensure that children are in school

QUESTION
A child who is alleged as, accused of, or adjudged as,
having committed an offense under Philippine laws is
considered
A. Child at risk
B. Child in conflict with the law
C. Minor offense
D. Juvenile offender

ANSWER
A child who is alleged as, accused of, or adjudged as,
having committed an offense under Philippine laws is
considered
A. Child at risk
B. Child in conflict with the law
C. Minor offense
D. Juvenile offender

QUESTION
Who among the following is considered as “Child in
Conflict with the Law”?
A. Bryan who is 15 years old.
B. Pedro who is 10 years old.
C. Paul who is 17 years old
D. anyone of them

ANSWER
Who among the following is considered as “Child in
Conflict with the Law”?
A. Bryan who is 15 years old.
B. Pedro who is 10 years old.
C. Paul who is 17 years old
D. anyone of them

CHILD AT RISK
refers to a child who is vulnerable to and at the risk of
committing criminal offenses because of personal, family and
social circumstances
CHILD IN CONFLICT WITH THE LAW (CICL)
refers to a child who is alleged as, accused of, or adjudged as,
having committed an offense under Philippine laws

QUESTION
This program is a series of activities designed to
address issues that caused the child to commit an
offense. This may take from of an individualized
treatment program that could include counseling, skills
training, education and other activities that will
enhance the child’s well being.
A. Rehabilitation program
B. Treatment program
C. Intervention program
D. Community program

ANSWER
This program is a series of activities designed to
address issues that caused the child to commit an
offense. This may take from of an individualized
treatment program that could include counseling, skills
training, education and other activities that will
enhance the child’s well being.
A. Rehabilitation program
B. Treatment program
C. Intervention program
D. Community program

QUESTION
The form of an individualized treatment program which
may include counseling, skills training, education, and
other activities that will enhance a child’s
psychological, emotional and psycho-social well being
falls under the ____ programs of the government as
mandated by law.
A. Intervention
B. Rehabilitation
C. Diversion
D. Probation

ANSWER
The form of an individualized treatment program which
may include counseling, skills training, education, and
other activities that will enhance a child’s
psychological, emotional and psycho-social well being
falls under the ____ programs of the government as
mandated by law.
A. Intervention
B. Rehabilitation
C. Diversion
D. Probation

QUESTION
The following are trial segments of the criminal justice
process EXCEPT:
A. Initial contact C. pre-trial

B. Post-trial D. trial

ANSWER
The following are trial segments of the criminal justice
process EXCEPT:
A. Initial contact C. pre-trial

B. Post-trial D. trial

INITIAL CONTACT WITH THE CHILD
refers to the apprehension or taking into custody of a CHILD IN
CONFLICT WITH THE LAW by law enforcement officers or private
citizens
INTERVENTION
refers to a series of activities which are designed to address issues
that caused the child to commit an offense
may take the form of an individualized treatment program which
may include counseling, skills training, education, and other
activities that will enhance his or her psychological, emotional and
psycho‐social well‐being
QUESTION
A child is exempted from prosecution for the following
crimes, EXCEPT
A. Vagrancy and prostitution
B. Mendicancy
C. Traffic violation
D. Sniffing of rugby

ANSWER
A child is exempted from prosecution for the following
crimes, EXCEPT
A. Vagrancy and prostitution
B. Mendicancy
C. Traffic violation
D. Sniffing of rugby

QUESTION
The Child in Conflict with the law cannot be prosecuted
for the commission of the following, EXCEPT:
A. status offense
B. vagrancy
C. prostitution
D. theft

ANSWER
The Child in Conflict with the law cannot be prosecuted
for the commission of the following, EXCEPT:
A. status offense
B. vagrancy
C. prostitution
D. theft

QUESTION
The following are example of status offense except:
A. truancy from school
B. malicious mischief
C. use of profanity
D. running away from home

ANSWER
The following are example of status offense except:
A. truancy from school
B. malicious mischief
C. use of profanity
D. running away from home

QUESTION
One of the following is NOT a gauge in determining the
age of the child and that is:
A. Baptismal certificate
B. Looks
C. Birth certificate
D. Dental Records

ANSWER
One of the following is NOT a gauge in determining the
age of the child and that is:
A. Baptismal certificate
B. Looks
C. Birth certificate
D. Dental Records

QUESTION
Which of the following should not released to the press
by the police officer?
A. Length of investigation
B. Juveniles age
C. Juveniles name
D. Type of crime committed

ANSWER
Which of the following should not released to the press
by the police officer?
A. Length of investigation
B. Juveniles age
C. Juveniles name
D. Type of crime committed

QUESTION
This refers to the apprehension or taking into custody
of a child in conflict with the law by law enforcement
officers or private citizens.
A. Search and seizure
B. Arrest
C. Initial Contact with the Child
D. Primary contact with the child

ANSWER
This refers to the apprehension or taking into custody
of a child in conflict with the law by law enforcement
officers or private citizens.
A. Search and seizure
B. Arrest
C. Initial Contact with the Child
D. Primary contact with the child

QUESTION
When questioning a juvenile suspect, the police officer
should
A. Ask specific questions answerable by “yes” or “no”
B. Ask negative questions
C. Immediately point out discrepancies in the story
D. Allow the juvenile to tell his story in his own words

ANSWER
When questioning a juvenile suspect, the police officer
should
A. Ask specific questions answerable by “yes” or “no”
B. Ask negative questions
C. Immediately point out discrepancies in the story
D. Allow the juvenile to tell his story in his own words

DIVERSION
refers to an alternative, child‐appropriate process of
DETERMINING THE RESPONSIBILITY AND TREATMENT of a
child in conflict with the law on the basis of his or her social,
cultural, economic, psychological or educational background
without resorting to formal court proceedings
DIVERSION PROGRAM
refers to the program that the child in conflict with the law is
required to undergo after he or she is found responsible for an
offense without resorting to formal court proceedings

JUVENILE COURT
a court that has original jurisdiction over persons defined by
statute as juveniles and alleged to be delinquents or STATUS
OFFENDERS

QUESTION
What is the totality of the circumstances and conditions
which are most congenial to the survival, protection
and feelings of security of the child and most
encouraging to the child's physical, psychological and
emotional development?
A. Best Interest of the Child
B. Child in Conflict with the Law
C. Community-Based Programs
D. Diversion Program

ANSWER
What is the totality of the circumstances and conditions
which are most congenial to the survival, protection
and feelings of security of the child and most
encouraging to the child's physical, psychological and
emotional development?
A. Best Interest of the Child
B. Child in Conflict with the Law
C. Community-Based Programs
D. Diversion Program

QUESTION
Known as the Magna Charta of Juvenile Delinquency Law in
the Association of South East Asian Nations.
A. P.D. 603
B. P.D. 968
C. R.A. 9344
D. R.A. 7610

ANSWER
Known as the Magna Charta of Juvenile Delinquency Law in
the Association of South East Asian Nations.
A. P.D. 603
B. P.D. 968
C. R.A. 9344
D. R.A. 7610

IMPORTANT PROVISIONS OF PD 603
THE CHILD AND YOUTH WELFARE CODE
approved on 10 December 1974
effectivity date is 10 June 1975 (six months after
approval)
shall apply to persons under eighteen (18) years of age

PARENTAL AUTHORITY (PATRIA POTESTAS)
the sum total of the rights of the parents over the person and property of
their child
the exercise of which has no distinction between a legitimate and an
illegitimate child
the father and the mother shall exercise jointly just and reasonable
parental authority and responsibility over their legitimate or adopted
children
in case of death of either parent, the surviving parent shall exercise sole
parental authority
in case of disagreement, the FATHER’S DECISION SHALL PREVAIL unless
there is a judicial order to the contrary

QUESTION
19. The court can suspend parental authority if it finds
that the parent is:
I. Treats the child with excessive harshness of
cruelty.
II. Gives the child corrupting order, counsel or example
III. Compel the child to beg
IV. Imposed to a child disciplinary actions.
A. I and II only
B. I and III only
C. I, II, III and IV
D. I, II and III only
ANSWER
19. The court can suspend parental authority if it finds
that the parent is:
I. Treats the child with excessive harshness of
cruelty.
II. Gives the child corrupting order, counsel or example
III. Compel the child to beg
IV. Imposed to a child disciplinary actions.
A. I and II only
B. I and III only
C. I, II, III and IV
D. I, II and III only
QUESTION
The idea that the state was to act in behalf of the
parent in the interest of the child is called:
A. State parenting
B. Parens patriae
C. Surrogate parenting
D. State intervention

ANSWER
The idea that the state was to act in behalf of the
parent in the interest of the child is called:
A. State parenting
B. Parens patriae
C. Surrogate parenting
D. State intervention

PARENS PATRIAE (“father of the country”)
the doctrine that does not consider delinquent acts as criminal
violation, thus making delinquents non‐criminal persons and
cannot be found guilty of a crime and punished like an adult
criminal
views minor who violate the laws as victims of improper care,
custody and treatment at home
assumption by the State of the role of guardian over children
whose parents are deemed incapable or unworthy
the authority of the state to act on behalf of the children
QUESTION
The legal concepts that serve as the foundation for the
juvenile justice system are
A. In loco parentis and chattel rules
B. In loco parentis and agrarian values
C. Parens patriae and loco parentis
D. Parens partriae and Ex parte Crouse

QUESTION
The legal concepts that serve as the foundation for the
juvenile justice system are
A. In loco parentis and chattel rules
B. In loco parentis and agrarian values
C. Parens patriae and loco parentis
D. Parens partriae and Ex parte Crouse

QUESTION
The power of the state to give any form of charity of
public nature. It is the philosophy behind the view that
youthful offender/child in conflict with the law is the
victim of improper care and that the state is duty bound
to provide protection.
A. positivism
B. loco parentis
C. patria potestas
D. parens patriae

ANSWER
The power of the state to give any form of charity of
public nature. It is the philosophy behind the view that
youthful offender/child in conflict with the law is the
victim of improper care and that the state is duty bound
to provide protection.
A. positivism
B. loco parentis
C. patria potestas
D. parens patriae

PARENTAL RESPONSIBILITY
the sum total of the DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF PARENTS over their
minor children
LIABILITIES OF PARENTS
PARENTS AND GUARDIANS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DAMAGE OR INJURY
caused by the child under their parental authority
LEGAL CUSTODY
in case of separation of parents, NO CHILD UNDER SEVEN (7) YEARS OF AGE
SHALL BE SEPARATED FROM HIS MOTHER unless the court decides
otherwise
GUARDIANSHIP
a trust relation of the most sacred character, in which one person, called a
guardian, acts for another, called a ward, regarded as incapable of managing
his own affairs
QUESTION
11. Refers to a person appointed by the court to act as
the legal guardian of the child even though the parents
of the child are still alive when the best interest of
the said child so require.
A. adopter
B. loco parentis
C. guardian ad litem
D. temporary guardian

ANSWER
11. Refers to a person appointed by the court to act as
the legal guardian of the child even though the parents
of the child are still alive when the best interest of
the said child so require.
A. adopter
B. loco parentis
C. guardian ad litem
D. temporary guardian

QUESTION
In the absence of death of both parents of the child who
shall continue to exercise authority over the child?
I.Surviving grand parents
II.Elder brother and sister over 21 years of age
III.Surviving parents of child
IV.Actual custodian of the child over 21 years of age.
A. I, II and IV only
B. I and II only
C. I, II, III only
D. all of the above
ANSWER
In the absence of death of both parents of the child who
shall continue to exercise authority over the child?
I.Surviving grand parents
II.Elder brother and sister over 21 years of age
III.Surviving parents of child
IV.Actual custodian of the child over 21 years of age.
A. I, II and IV only
B. I and II only
C. I, II, III only
D. all of the above
SUBSTITUTE PARENTAL AUTHORITY
in case of absence or death of both parents, substitute parental
authority shall be given to the following, in order of priority:
GRANDPARENTS
OLDEST BROTHER OR SISTER AT LEAST 21 YEARS OF AGE
RELATIVE WHO HAS ACTUAL CUSTODY OF THE CHILD/GUARDIAN
DULY APPOINTED BY THE COURT

RA 9523
the law giving DSWD the sole authority to issue the
CERTIFICATION DECLARING A CHILD LEGALLY AVAILABLE FOR
ADOPTION
amended provisions of RA 8552 and RA 8043
approved on 12 March 2009

QUESTION
The civil personality of the child is deemed to have
been commenced upon:
A. birth of the child
B. when the child celebrates his first birthday
C. from the time of his conception
D. upon reaching the age of majority

ANSWER
The civil personality of the child is deemed to have
been commenced upon:
A. birth of the child
B. when the child celebrates his first birthday
C. from the time of his conception
D. upon reaching the age of majority

QUESTION
The right of the child to be born commences at the:
A. Moments he was conceived
B. Time he was delivered
C. Time he was born
D. Moment he became 1 year

Answer: A. Moments he was conceived

COMMENCEMENT OF CIVIL PERSONALITY
the CIVIL PERSONALITY of the child shall commence from the
MOMENT OF CONCEPTION
CONCEPTION
the start of life
the union of the sperm cell and the egg cell
also called the process of fertilization

Illegitimate child vs. legitimate child
parents are legally married
Legally married
Spurious children
Adulterous children
Incestuous children
Manceres children
Artificial insemination(surrogate mother)
QUESTION
A child that was conceived outside of a marriage, born
during the marriage of the parents.
A. Illegitimate
B. Legitimated
C. Legitimate
D. adopted

ANSWER
A child that was conceived outside of a marriage, born
during the marriage of the parents.
A. Illegitimate
B. Legitimated
C. Legitimate
D. adopted

Prostitution vs. promiscuity
Impotency vs. sterility

CIVIL PERSONALITY
pertains to the identity and recognition of an individual as PERSON
HAVING RIGHTS
shall commence from the moment of conception, thus all children shall
have the right to be born and the right to live

CATEGORIES OF CHILDREN
DEPENDENT
one who is without a parent, guardian or custodian, or whose parents,
guardian or other custodian for good cause desire to be relieved of his
care and custody and is dependent upon the public for support
ABANDONED
one who had no proper parental care or guardianship or whose parents
or guardians have deserted him for a period of at LEAST SIX
CONSECUTIVE MONTHS (PD 603)
refers to a child who has no proper parental care or guardianship, or
whose parents have deserted him or her for a period of at least three
(3) continuous months (RA 9523)

Abandoned Child vs. Neglected Child
Deserted for 6 continuous months
Basic needs are unattended or inadequately unattended

NEGLECTED
one whose basic needs have been deliberately unattended or
inadequately attended
a child is unattended when left by himself without provision for his
needs and without proper supervision
neglect may occur in two ways:
PHYSICAL NEGLECT
Malnourishment, untidy and damaged clothing, no shelter
EMOTIONAL NEGLECT
maltreated, raped, seduced, abused, exploited, made to work under conditions
not conducive to good health or placed in moral and physical danger

QUESTION
A child left by himself without provisions for his
needs/or without proper supervision falls under what
special category of a child?
A. abandoned child
B. abused child
C. neglected child
D. dependent child

ANSWER
A child left by himself without provisions for his
needs/or without proper supervision falls under what
special category of a child?
A. abandoned child
B. abused child
C. neglected child
D. dependent child

MENTALLY‐RETARDED
socially incompetent, socially inadequate, OCCUPATIONALLY INCOMPETENT
AND UNABLE TO MANAGE THEIR OWN AFFAIRS
mentally sub‐normal
retarded intellectually from birth or early age
retarded at maturity
mentally deficient as a result of constitutional origin through heredity or
disease
essentially incurable
PHYSICALLY‐HANDICAPPED
crippled, deaf‐mute, blind and other conditions WHICH RESTRICT THEIR
MEANS OF ACTION OR COMMUNICATION WITH OTHERS

EMOTIONALLY‐DISTURBED
those who, although not afflicted with insanity or mental defect, are UNABLE
TO MAINTAIN NORMAL SOCIAL RELATIONS WITH OTHERS and the
community in general due to emotional problems or complexes
may be caused by TRAUMATIC EXPERIENCES
MENTALLY‐ILL
those with any BEHAVIORAL DISORDER, WHETHER FUNCTIONAL OR
ORGANIC, which is of such a degree of severity as to require professional
help or hospitalization
DISABLED
includes MENTALLY‐RETARDED, PHYSICALLY‐HANDICAPPED, EMOTIONALLY‐
DISTURBED AND MENTALLY‐ILL CHILDREN

BREAK THE SILENCE!!!
RA 7610 – SPECIAL PROTECTION OF CHILDREN
AGAINST CHILD ABUSE, EXPLOITATION AND
DISCRIMINATION ACT
approved on 17 June 1992
this law is also commonly referred to as the Anti‐Child
Abuse Act

BREAK THE SILENCE!!!

The Alligator River Story

The United Nations Convention
on the Rights of the Child

Sets the standards on Children.
A single binding legal instrument.
Approved by the international
community.
Every child
Regardless of where born and to whom
Regardless of sex
Regardless of religion
Regardless of social origin
Principles
Survival and
development
Non‐Discrimination
best interests of the

child
The child's opinion
Survival
Development
Participation
Protection
Categories of Children’s Rights
Article 34:
The State shall protect children

from sexual exploitation and abuse,
including prostitution and involvement
in pornography. What Criminologist Knows?
UN CRC as an
United Nations International Treaty
Country as a National Laws

signatory
Local
Government Units
Local ordinances
Institutions Child Friendly Policies
How do we apply the UN CRC?

Who is a Child?
Any person below 18 years of age
Above 18 years of age, but

incapable of taking care of
him/herself because of certain
circumstances
Act of deliberately inflicting
physical injuries upon a child
Unreasonable deprivation
of child' s basic needs
Any act which debases or demeans
the intrinsic worth and dignity
of a child as a human being
Child Abuse
Physical Abuse/Maltreatment
Psychological Abuse
Child Labor
Child Trafficking
Child Neglect
Sexual Exploitation
Child Sexual Abuse
Types of Child Abuse

Republic Act 7610:
Special Protection of Children against Abuse,
Exploitation and Discrimination Act
Republic Act 8353:

The Anti-Rape Law of 1997
Republic Act 7877:

Anti-Sexual Harassment Act of 1995
Republic Act 9262:

Anti-Violence against Women and Their Children Act of 2004
Republic Act 9775:

The Anti-Child Pornography Act
Protection Laws against Sexual

Abuse of Children
Forms of Sexual Violations to
Children
Child Sexual Exploitation

Charlemagne James P. Ramos Child Sexual Abuse
Facts of Child Abuse
• Child abuse is universal, affecting boys and girls
• Western research found 1 in 3 girls and 1 in 5 boys experienced

some form of sexual abuse in their childhood
• Many children that your organization works with daily could still
be victims of physical / sexual and / or emotional abuse

How Serious Is the Child
Sexual Abuse Problem in
the Philippines?

Physically Sexually Sexually
Abused/M Abused Exploited
altreated
Abandoned Neglected Battered
1,039 2,267 796 2,803 244
DSWD Handled
Cases for 2007What Criminologist Knows?
Department of Social
Welfare and Development Handled
Cases 2009
Type of Abuse Male Female Total
Abandoned 593 498 1,091
Neglected 1,197 1,215 2,412
Sexual Abuse 31 1,298 1,329
Sexually Exploited 23 107 130
Child Labor 28 55 83
Child Trafficking 23 198 221
Armed Conflict 8 16 24
Total 1,903 3,387
5,290
What is
Child Sexual Abuse ?
Child Sexual Abuse‐ includes the employment,

persuasion, inducement, enticement or coercion
of a child to engage in, or assist another person
to engage in, sexual intercourse or lascivious
conduct, or the molestation, prostitution of or
incest with children

What is
Child Sexual Abuse ?
Child Sexual Abuse
occurs when a person,
whether young or old,
male or female,
uses a child for
his or her own sexual gratification.

Child Sexual Abuse
can involve:
Forcing
Tricking
a child into sexual activity.

Threatening Charlemagne James P. Ramos
Sexual Abuse can be:
non-touching
touching, or
and it can cover

WhataCriminologist
range of sexual behaviors
Knows?
• Kissing
• Sexual touching (fondling of private parts,
caressing body parts)
• Fellatio or cunnilingus (oral sex)
• Vaginal or anal intercourse or attempted
intercourse
• Putting objects inside the vagina or mouth
• Masturbation between abuser and child
• Encouraging or forcing a child into prostitution
• Use of children for the production of pornographic
materials
• Exhibitionism
• Voyeurism/ peeping
• Encouraging or forcing a child to look
at the private parts of the body or
watch sexual acts
• Obscene texts or phone calls
• Letting down the barriers of privacy so that the
child watches or hear sexual acts
• Publishing pornographic picture or video of
children on the internet or through Mobile Phones
What are the “slang” terms used
for the private body parts?

Kinds of Touch

Safe Touch

Confusing Touch

Unsafe Touch

The Touching
Process
Unsafe
Confusing

Safe Charlemagne James P. Ramos
Animation

Touching Rules for
Prevention of
Child Sexual Abuse

Rule ONE
It is not all right for someone older or more powerful than you ;
•to touch your private body parts, or
•to ask you to touch his/her private body parts, or
•to take pictures of private body parts

.

Rule TWO
If someone tries to touch your private body parts or asks you to
touch his/her private body parts or wants to take a picture, say
“NO”.
Run away to someone safe and tell that person what has
happened

Rule THREE
It is never the child’s fault if she/he is touched on her/his private
body
Rule FOUR
Never keep secrets about breaking a Touching Rule

Who are
the Offenders?

Can I be an offender if…?
• I am probably well-known and liked by you and your child
• I am a man or woman, married or single.
• I am a child , adolescent, or adult
• I am of any race, hold any religious belief, and have any sexual preference
• I am a parent, step-parents, relative, family friend, teacher, baby-sitter,

or anyone who comes in contact with children
• I look stable, employed, respected member of the community
• I am well educated and intelligent

THE ANSWER IS YES
(ALTHOUGH OF COURSE NOT
Charlemagne James P.EVERYBODY
Ramos IS A SEX OFFENDER!)
A sex offender
or a pedophile can be
Male or female
Young or old,
Filipino or foreigner
Sometimes a stranger
but usually someone
known or close to the
victim
They often appear

trustworthy
Strategies of theKnows?
What Criminologist Offender
The Grooming Process
After seeking Targets a child Small gifts or Increase gifts/

access to & meets the child attention attention
children
the offender:
Child loves/needs Relationship Touching begins

the potential increases/deepen
offender What Criminologist Knows?
The four pre-conditions model
Have the motivation

To sexually abuse
a child
Overcome
Internal Inhibitors
Overcome
the
resistance of
the child
Overcome external
inhibitors Charlemagne James P. Ramos
Question
What did you think of A Good Boy?

How would you use it?
Who are the Victims ?
Any child of any age or race is a
potential victim of sexual abuse.
It can occur in poor, middle class

or wealthy families.
Sexual abuse can take place

anywhere, at anytime, to able or
disabled children.
Sexual abuse can happen to

both boys and girls!

Who are more at risk?
Children with Children in poverty Children in an

disabilities emotionally unhealthy
environment

Animation

Four Puzzle Pieces
of Child sexual Abuse
A perpetrator A non-
protecting
parent
A non- A vulnerable
protective child
environment

Fears of Disclosure
• REMEMBERING
• LOSING LOVE
• SHAME & GUILT
• BEING BLAMED
• FURTHER HARM

Question
What did you think of Daughter?

Accommodation
Syndrome

Secrecy
• The offender is usually close to
the victim
• If you do sex, it has to be a
secret
• Victims are often dependent on
the offender (for financial
support, education)
• Source of fears and promise of
safety
• The average child does not talk
andKnows?
What Criminologist tell
Helplessness
• Children have no power and are
required to be obedient
• Children are 3x more likely to be
molested than adults
• People think if the child does not
say anything then it’s OK
• Trust over a loving person
increases the power over a child

Entrapment & Accommodation
• The child has no choice but to

subject him/herself to the adult
• The child learns to accept in
order to survive
• Parents are there to provide you
everything
• The child learns to be good –
doesn't protest, keep the secret
• The child feels like the Society
does not care for him/her
Delayed &
Unconvincing Disclosure
• Victim seeks acceptance as
they open what happened
• Criminal justice-conflicting
point of views
• Blaming the victim
• Victim is called a liar

Retraction
• An abuser who call him/her a liar
• A non-offending parent who may
not believe him/her
• Authority figures such as teachers
police or social workers who do not
believe him/her
• A family which is disrupted and
fragmented if the abuser is
removed from the home

Accommodation
Syndrome

Reporting Abuse.... What the child
goes through
• Share their story
• Report to police
• Interviews with lawyer
• Medical examinations
• Court attendance
• Face up to the abuser.

All these procedures can add to the trauma
of Charlemagne
the abused….
James P. Ramos
HowCharlemagne
doCriminologist
What weJamesrespond?
Knows?
P. Ramos
First of all…
• Remember the instructions you have received
• Follow the internal child protection policy of your organization
• DO NOT TRY TO SOLVE THE PROBLEM BY YOURSELF

Listen
• When children tell you that they have been abused, don’t
interrupt them. Give them the time and space to speak.
• Don’t use phrases like “you shouldn’t say things like that”
because it will stop them from opening up.
• Its not easy for them to speak up as the abuser may have
warned them.
• Support them and give them your full attention

Believe the Child
• Children rarely invent stories of sexual abuse.
• They hesitate to tell mainly because they fear they will not be
believed.
• Believing the child is a major step in helping her/him

overcome the trauma from the abuse.
• Statements like, “I believe you” or “it’s not your fault” will

help them a great deal in their healing process

Be Calm
• Children are generally sensitive to your reactions.
• The child may interpret your anger or disgust over the incident as
anger or disgust towards her/him.
• Remaining calm will help minimize the child’s tendency to feel

“different” as a result of the abuse.
• It will also help her/him regain her/his sense of dignity –

• which is often the first to go with a person, is sexually abused.
Never Blame
• Never blame, punish or embarrass the child.
• If the abuse happened as a result of the child disobeying you,

do not say, “I told you so” or “if you had listened to me, this
would not have happened.”

Be Affirming
• Abused children are often confused about or deny their
feelings as a result of the manipulation of their abusers.
• They must be allowed and encouraged to say what they

feel, and their feelings be taken seriously and affirmed in
order to continue the telling and healing process.

Be Supportive
• Often, a sexually abused child feels all alone, thinking no one else has gone
through what he/she did or nobody will believe her/him.
• Talking about the abuse can be as traumatic as the abuse itself. Thus,
adults must give a child as much support as possible especially when
the child begins to open up.
• Reassure them by saying things like “I’m here to help you” or “I’ll go
through this with you.”

Prepare the child for what will happen
next
• Children who have been abused feel helpless.
• They need to know that the consequences of sexual abuse

cannot be overcome alone, that other people must be
allowed to help.
• They must also be told about their part in the process - how
to relate the incidence, whom to tell and what support is
needed and could be gotten.
• Allow the child to participate in their “case” as much as

possible. This gives them ownership and the strength and the
power to endure the trials ahead. Knows?
What Criminologist
Report the Abuse
• Reporting the incident and all alleged offenders is one way of
preventing the abuse from recurring.
• The internal child protection policy of your organization that

should clearly define how cases of sexual abuse are reported

Animation

TRAFFICKING is the illegal trade in persons through the means of
force, deception, violence, taking advantage of vulnerability, or
similar means, for the purpose of exploitation, which includes:
• Forced labor (e.g. slavery, debt bondage, involuntary
servitude)
• Sexual exploitation (e.g. prostitution and pornography)
• Removal and sale of organs
• Armed activities

Charlemagne James P. Ramos Trafficking
What are the factors
that lead to child
trafficking?
TRAFFICKING
Gender discrimination
Breakdown of families
Estimated global
profits/year US$ 32
billion [ILO])
• It is a global health risk.
• It fuels the growth of organized crime.
•Children, women and men are treated as commodities rather
than human beings.
What is the general
impact of trafficking?
PHYSICAL SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGICAL
STI, HIV-AIDS isolation low self
 sexual abuse difficulty in esteem
 drug abuse relating with
physical post
people
injuries traumatic
 death stress disorder
What are the effects of
trafficking to children?
Question
What did you think of Red Leaves Falling?

Reporting
Child Sexual Abuse

RA 7658
amendatory law to RA 7610
approved on 9 November 1993
this law amended the provisions of RA 7610 regarding
working children
this law was further amended by RA 9231

"Sec. 12. Employment of Children.
Children below fifteen (15) years of age SHALL NOT BE EMPLOYED

EXCEPTIONS:
(1) When a child works directly under the sole responsibility of his
parents or legal guardian and where only members of the employer's
family are employed: Provided, however, That his employment
neither endangers his life, safety, health and morals, nor impairs his
normal development; Provided, further, That the parent or legal
guardian shall provide the said minor child with the prescribed
primary and/or secondary education;

EXCEPTIONS:
(2) Where a child's employment or participation in public entertainment
or information through cinema, theater, radio or television is ESSENTIAL:
Provided, The employment contract is concluded by the child's parents or
legal guardian, with the express agreement of the child concerned, if
possible, and the approval of the Department of Labor and Employment: and
Provided, That the following requirements in all instances are strictly
complied with:
(a) The employer shall ensure the protection, health, safety, morals
and normal development of the child;
(b) The employer shall institute measures to prevent the child's
exploitation or discrimination taking into account the system and level of
remuneration, and the duration and arrangement of working time; and

EXCEPTIONS:
(c) The employer shall formulate and implement, subject to the
approval and supervision of competent authorities, a continuing
program for training and skills acquisition of the child.
In the above exceptional cases where any such child may be employed,
the employer shall first secure, before engaging such child, a WORK
PERMIT FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT
which shall ensure observance of the above requirements.

RA 9231 amendment
EXCEPTIONS:
"(c) The employer shall formulate and implement, subject to the
approval and supervision of competent authorities, a continuing
program for training and skills acquisition of the child.
"In the above‐exceptional cases where any such child may be
employed, the employer shall first secure, before engaging such child, a
work permit from the Department of Labor and Employment which
shall ensure observance of the above requirements.
"FOR PURPOSES OF THIS ARTICLE, THE TERM "CHILD" SHALL APPLY TO
ALL PERSONS UNDER EIGHTEEN (18) YEARS OF AGE."

RA 9231 amendment
HOURS OF WORK OF A WORKING CHILD
"(1) A child below fifteen (15) years of age may be allowed to work for
not more than twenty (20) hours A WEEK: Provided, That the work
shall not be more than four (4) hours at ANY GIVEN DAY;
"(2) A child fifteen (15) years of age but below eighteen (18) shall not
be allowed to work for more than eight (8) hours a day, and in no case
beyond forty (40) hours a week;
"(3) No child below fifteen (15) years of age shall be allowed to work
between eight o'clock in the evening and six o'clock in the morning of
the following day and no child fifteen (15) years of age but below
eighteen (18) shall be allowed to work between ten o'clock in the
evening and six o'clock in the morning of the following day."

CHILD ABUSE
refers to MALTREATMENT, whether habitual or not, of the child
FORMS OF CHILD ABUSE
CRUELTY
refers to any WORD OR DEED which debases, degrades or demeans
the intrinsic worth and dignity of the child as human being
PHYSICAL INJURY
includes but is not limited to lacerations, fractured bones, burns,
internal injuries, severe injuries, or serious bodily harm suffered by a
child

FORMS OF CHILD ABUSE
PSYCHOLOGICAL INJURY
means harm to a child’ psychological or intellectual functioning which may be
exhibited by severe anxiety, depression, withdrawal or outward aggressive
behavior
NEGLECT
means FAILURE TO PROVIDE, for reasons other than poverty, the basic needs of
the child, such as food, clothing, medical care, shelter and basic education
SEXUAL ABUSE
includes the employment, use, inducement or coercion of a child to engage in
SEXUAL INTERCOURSE OR LASCIVIOUS CONDUCT; THE MOLESTATION,
PROSTITUTION AND OR INCEST WITH CHILDREN

CHILD PROSTITUTION
exploitation of children, whether male or female, by coercing them into INDULGING IN
SEXUAL INTERCOURSE OR LASCIVIOUS CONDUCT FOR MONEY, PROFIT OR ANY OTHER
CONSIDERATION
WHO ARE CRIMINALLY LIABLE FOR CHILD PROSTITUTION:
those who engage in or promote, facilitate or induce child prostitution, such as:
those acting as procurer of a child prostitute
parents, guardians, or relatives who knowingly allow or coerce their children or ward into
prostitution
those who commit the act of sexual intercourse or lascivious conduct with a child exploited
in child prostitution, such as:
clients of child prostitutes
those who derive profit or advantage there from, such as:
managers or owners of the establishment where the prostitution takes place

OBSCENE PUBLICATIONS AND INDECENT SHOWS
the use, hiring, employment and coercing of children as performers, actors or
models for obscene exhibitions and indecent shows, whether live or in video, or in
printed pornographic materials
CHILDREN AS ZONES OF PEACE
children shall not be the object of attack in situations of armed conflict
they shall be protected from any form of threat, assault, torture or other cruel,
inhumane or degrading treatment
children shall not be recruited to become members of the Armed Forces of the
Philippines of its civilian units, nor be allowed to take part in the fighting, or used as
guides, couriers or spies
children shall be given priority during evacuation as a result of armed conflict

RA 9208
ANTI‐TRAFFICKING IN PERSONS ACT OF 2003
approved on 26 May 2003

TRAFFICKING IN PERSONS
the RECRUITMENT, TRANSPORTATION, TRANSFER OR HARBORING, OR
RECEIPT OF PERSONS WITH OR WITHOUT THE VICTIM’S CONSENT OR
KNOWLEDGE within or across national borders by means of threat or
use of force, or other forms of coercion, abduction, fraud, deception,
abuse of power or prostitution, taking advantage of the vulnerability of
the person, or giving or receiving of payments or benefits to achieve
the consent of a person having control over another person for the
purpose of exploitation which includes at a minimum, the exploitation
or the prostitution of others or other forms of sexual exploitation,
forced labor or services, slavery, servitude or the removal or sale of
organs
the RECRUITMENT, TRANSPORTATION, TRANSFER, HARBORING OR
RECEIPT OF A CHILD for the purpose of exploitation shall also be
considered as “trafficking in person” even if it does not involve any of
the means set forth in the preceding paragraph

QUALIFIED TRAFFICKING IN PERSON
When the trafficked person is a child;
When the adoption is effected through RA 8043 and said adoption
is for the purpose of prostitution, pornography, sexual exploitation,
forced labor, slavery, involuntary servitude or debt bondage;
When the offender is an ascendant, parent, sibling, guardian or a
person who exercised authority over the trafficked person or when
the offense is committed by a public officer or employee
FORCED LABOR AND SLAVERY
refers to the extraction of work or services from any person by
means of enticement, violence, intimidation or threat, use of force
or coercion, including deprivation of freedom, abuse of authority
or moral ascendancy, debt‐bondage or deception

RA 9262
ANTI‐VIOLENCE AGAINST WOMEN AND THEIR CHILDREN ACT
OF 2004
approved on 8 March 2004

VIOLENCE AGAINST WOMEN AND THEIR CHILDREN
refers to any act or A SERIES OF ACTS committed by any
person against a woman who is his wife, former wife, or
against a woman with whom the person HAS OR HAD A
SEXUAL OR DATING RELATIONS, or with whom he has a
common child, or against her child, whether legitimate or
illegitimate, within or without the family abode, which result
in or is likely to result in physical, sexual, psychological harm or
suffering, or economic abuse including threats of such acts,
battery, assault, coercion, harassment or arbitrary deprivation
of liberty

PHYSICAL VIOLENCE
refers to acts that include bodily or physical harm
SEXUAL VIOLENCE
refers to an act which is sexual in nature, committed against a
woman or her child
PSYCHOLOGICAL VIOLENCE
refers to acts or omissions causing or likely to cause mental or
emotional suffering of the victim such as but not limited to
intimidation, harassment, stalking, damage to property, public
ridicule or humiliation, and repeated verbal abuse

ECONOMIC ABUSE
refers to acts that make or attempt to make a woman financially
dependent
BATTERY
refers to an act of inflicting physical harm upon the woman or her child
resulting to the physical and psychological or emotional distress
STALKING
refers to an intentional act committed by a person who knowingly and
without lawful justification FOLLOWS THE WOMAN OR HER CHILD or
places the woman or her child under surveillance directly or indirectly

REPUBLIC ACT 9775
the ANTI‐CHILD PORNOGRAPHY ACT OF 2009
approved on 17 November 2009
the law that amended the provisions of RA 7610 on obscene
publications and indecent shows
it aims to protect every child from all forms of exploitation and abuse
through the use of a child in pornographic performances and materials
and the inducement or coercion of a child to engage or to be involved
in pornography

CHILD PORNOGRAPHY
refers to ANY REPRESENTATION, whether visual, audio or written
combination thereof, by electronic, mechanical, digital, optical,
magnetic or any other means, of child engaged or involved in real or
simulated explicit sexual activities

CLE Lecture Series
HUMAN BEHAVIOR AND CRISIS MANAGEMENT
By

PART 4
Human Behavior
& Crisis Management

COVERAGE
•the nature of criminal behavior
•Abnormal behaviors and crimes
•Fundamentals of crisis management
•Tactical approaches to crisis management

•SCOPE
• Legal importance
• Some manifestation of mental disorders
• Insanity and criminal responsibility
• Mental deficiency
• Classical classification
• Methods of estimating mental capacity
• Ways of hospitalizing an insane person
• Malingering
• Causes of malingering
• Types of malingerer
• Ways of determining malingering
• Other conditions manifesting or simulating disturbance of mentality
SCOPE
• Discuss the concepts, principles and factors that affect human
behavior;
• Narrate the different theories in the study of human behavior,
human development and its significance to human behavior;
• Introduce the dynamics of normal and abnormal behavior;
• Explain the types of crises and legal regimes in dealing with
crises;
• Explain the dynamics of hostage crises; and
• Expound the time‐frames in the operational approach to crisis
management
QUESTION
Any act of an organism that is observable in response to
environment or stimulus.
A. Behavior
B. Sensation
C. Instinct
D. Attitude

ANSWER
Any act of an organism that is observable in response to
environment or stimulus.
A. Behavior
B. Sensation
C. Instinct
D. Attitude

What is Behavior?
Refers to the actions or reactions of an object or
organism, usually in relation to the environment.
Behavior can be conscious or subconscious, overt or
covert, and voluntary or involuntary.

QUESTION
Human physiognomy is the study of facial features in
relation to-
A. Human behavior C. Environment
B. Physical characteristics D. free will

ANSWER
Human physiognomy is the study of facial features in
relation to-
A. Human behavior C. Environment
B. Physical characteristics D. free will

Attributes of Behavior
Overt behavior
behaviors that are observable.
Covert behavior
those that are hidden from the view of the observer
Simple behavior
less number of neurons are consumed in the process of behaving
Complex behavior
combination of simple behavior

Aspects of Behaviors
Intellectual Aspect
way of thinking, reasoning, solving problem, processing info and coping
with the environment.
Emotional Aspect
feelings, moods, temper, strong motivational force with in the person.
Social Aspect
people interaction or relationship with other people.

Moral Aspect
conscience, concept on what is good or bad.
Psychosexual Aspect
being a man or a woman and the expression of love.
Political Aspect
ideology towards society/government
Values/ Attitude
interest towards something, likes and

Attributes of Behavior
Rational behavior
acting with sanity or with reasons
Irrational behavior
acting without reason/ unaware
Voluntary behavior
done with full volition of will.
Involuntary behavior
bodily processes that goes on even when we are awake or asleep.

QUESTION
Which of these describes behavior as which is not done
with full volition of will or is done under duress?
A. Involuntary
B. Rational
C. Irrational
D. Voluntary

ANSWER
Which of these describes behavior as which is not done
with full volition of will or is done under duress?
A. Involuntary
B. Rational
C. Irrational
D. Voluntary

QUESTION
Which of these describes behavior as done with full
volition of will?
A. Involuntary
B. Rational
C. Irrational
D. Voluntary

ANSWER
Which of these describes behavior as done with full
volition of will?
A. Involuntary
B. Rational
C. Irrational
D. Voluntary

Intellectual Aspect
way of thinking, reasoning, solving problem, processing info and coping
with the environment.
Emotional Aspect
feelings, moods, temper, strong motivational force with in the person.
Social Aspect
people interaction or relationship with other people.

Moral Aspect
conscience, concept on what is good or bad.
Psychosexual Aspect
being a man or a woman and the expression of love.
Political Aspect
ideology towards society/government
Values/ Attitude
interest towards something, likes etc.

Human Behavior
Subject matter of psychology
Psychology
The science that studies behavior and mental processes
Application of Psychology in Law Enforcement
Psychology in public relation
Psychology in investigation
Psychology and group control
Psychology and alcoholics
Psychology and the courts
Goals and Objectives of Studying Human
Behavior
• To describe behavior whether normal and acceptable norms or it is
abnormal and a deviant behavior.
• To identify factors that can predict behavior, e.g. depressed, unrealistic
and unreasonable.
• To understand and explain by identifying causes that bring about
certain effects, assemble them which are common facts or gather
facts and define principles.
• To control and change behavior as a result of the prediction.

Human behavior approaches:
Neurological Cognitive
human actions, events that are taking The way the brain process and
transforms information in various
place inside the body. Especially the ways
BRAIN and NERVOUS SYSTEM
Psychoanalytical
Behavioral unconscious motives
Focuses on external activities Stemming from repressed sexual and
aggressive impulses in childhood
(observed and measured)
Ex: rewards and punishments Humanistic
subjects experience, freedom of choice
and motivation for self actualization

QUESTION
It is a contemporary approach that relates behavior to
events taking place inside the body, specifically the
brain and the nervous system.
A. Psychoanalytic approach
B. Neurobiological approach
C. Cognitive approach
D. Phenomenological approach

ANSWER
It is a contemporary approach that relates behavior to
events taking place inside the body, specifically the
brain and the nervous system.
A. Psychoanalytic approach
B. Neurobiological approach
C. Cognitive approach
D. Phenomenological approach

QUESTION
This is the state or condition on how people behave or
interact with other people.
A. Ego State
B. Transactional Analysis
C. Soft State
D. Communication

ANSWER
This is the state or condition on how people behave or
interact with other people.
A. Ego State
B. Transactional Analysis
C. Soft State
D. Communication

QUESTION
The study of disorders, sometimes interchangeably used
with psychiatrist.
A. Psychologist
B. Alienist
C. Psychiatric Specialist
D. Anthropologist

ANSWER
The study of disorders, sometimes interchangeably used
with psychiatrist.
A. Psychologist
B. Alienist
C. Psychiatric Specialist
D. Anthropologist

QUESTION
This is a term applied for a specialist in the study of
disorders, sometimes interchangeably used with
psychiatrist.
A. Anthropologist
B. Psychologist
C. Autophobia
D. Biometry

ANSWER
This is a term applied for a specialist in the study of
disorders, sometimes interchangeably used with
psychiatrist.
A. Anthropologist
B. Psychologist
C. Autophobia
D. Biometry

The Two Basic Factors Affecting Behavior
Heredity/Biological Factors (nature)
are those that explained by heredity, the characteristics of a
person acquired from birth transferred from one generation to
another.
It explains that certain emotional aggression, our intelligence,
ability and potentials and our physical appearance are
inherited.

QUESTION
Aggressive acts are usually modeled after the following
source, EXCEPT:
A. Environmental experiences
B. Mass media
C. Biological explanations
D. Family interactions

ANSWER
Aggressive acts are usually modeled after the following
source, EXCEPT:
A. Environmental experiences
B. Mass media
C. Biological explanations
D. Family interactions

Factors Having Positive Correlation with the
Development of Mental Disorder:
HEREDITY
This is the most frequent and history reveals mental illness
manifested by ascendants.
INCESTUOUS MARRIAGE
BLOOD INCOMPATABILITY OF PARENTS
MATERNAL INFECTION DURING THE ERALY STAGE OF PREGNANCY
IMPAIRED VITALITY
Mental worry, grief, physical strain, unhygienic surroundings,
infection, birth trauma may predispose a person to mental
disorder
The Two Basic Factors Affecting Behavior
Environmental Factors (nurture)
refers to anything around the person that influences his actions.
Institutional influences such as:
peer groups, mass media, church and school, government institutions,
NGO’s, etc.
Socio‐cultural factors
such as war and violence, group prejudice and discrimination, economic
and employment problems and other social changes.
Nutrition or the quality of food
that a person intake is also a factor that influence man to commit crime
because poverty is one of the many reasons to criminal behavior

POOR MORAL TRAINING AND BREEDING
Improper breeding and moral training according to the social
status, particularly on free will and self‐control, undesirable
association, etc.
PSYCHIC FACTORS
Emotional disturbance, such as love, hatred, passion,
disappointment.

PHYSICAL FACTORS:
‐NON‐TOXIC
Exhaustion resulting from severe physical and mental strain,
illness, cerebral hemorrhage, trauma on the skull affecting brain.
‐TOXIC
This may be produced by excessive formation or deficient
elimination of waste product of metabolism; by microbic infection,
or excessive use of drugs.
QUESTION
Which of the following is the most influential to the
development of behavior?
A. Peers
B. Social Factors (Society)
C. Home
D. School

ANSWER
Which of the following is the most influential to the
development of behavior?
A. Peers
B. Social Factors (Society)
C. Home
D. School

OTHER DETERMINANTS OF BEHAVIOR
Needs, Drives and Motivations
Needs
are the triggering factor that drives or moves a person to act. It is a
psychological state of tissue deprivation.
Drives
are aroused state that results from some biological needs. The
aroused condition motivates the person to remedy the need.
Motivation
on the other hand refers to the causes and “why’s” of behavior as
required by a need.

Hierarchy of needs (A.H. Maslow)
Man’s behavior can be traced to his
attempts to satisfy his needs
Needs Creates tension self-actualization
Self esteem
Disappears
Love and belonging
Adjustment Safety needs
(satisfaction of a need) Physiological needs

QUESTION
Motivation is classified under 28 needs. The need to
influence or control others is
A. need dominance C. need achievement
B. need order D. need exhibition

ANSWER
Motivation is classified under 28 needs. The need to
influence or control others is
A. need dominance C. need achievement
B. need order D. need exhibition

QUESTION
The need to assault or injure somebody is referred to
as?
A. Need recognition
B. Need aggression
C. Need difference
D. Need order

ANSWER
The need to assault or injure somebody is referred to
as?
A. Need recognition
B. Need aggression
C. Need difference
D. Need order

OTHER DETERMINANTS OF BEHAVIOR
Needs, Drives and Motivations
Drive and motivation covers all of psychology, they energizes
behavior and give its direction to man’s action.
For example, a motivated individual is engaged in a more
active, more vigorous, and more effective that unmotivated
one, thus a hungry person directs him to look for food.

QUESTION
What part of the human psyche is concerned with the
satisfaction of basic instinctual drives?
A. Ego
B. Id
C. Superego
D. Libido

ANSWER
What part of the human psyche is concerned with the
satisfaction of basic instinctual drives?
A. Ego
B. Id
C. Superego
D. Libido

Psychology of human adjustment
3 elements of adjustment process:
a. A need which arises
b. Purposive behavior – leading toward
c. A goal – which satisfies the need

QUESTION
This refers to the satisfaction of a need
A. Frustration
B. Adjustment
C. Conflict
D. Defense Mechanism

ANSWER
This refers to the satisfaction of a need
A. Frustration
B. Adjustment
C. Conflict
D. Defense Mechanism

Why some people fail to reach their goal?
Unrealistic goal
The level of aspiration is much higher than his level of
achievement
Harmful anti‐social goal
Conflicting goal
Environmental difficulties
(Force Majeure)
Conflict
Conflict refers to the SIMULTANEOUS AROUSAL OF
TWO OR MORE INCOMPATIBLE MOTIVES resulting to
unpleasant emotions. It is a source of frustration
because it is a threat to normal behavior.
Types of Conflicts
Double Approach Conflict
Double Avoidance Conflict
Approach‐Avoidance Conflict
Multiple Approach‐ Avoidance Conflict
Types of Conflicts
Double Approach Conflict
a person is motivated to engage in two desirable
activities that can not be pursued simultaneously.
Double Avoidance Conflict
a person faces two undesirable situations in which the
avoidance of one is the exposure to the other resulting
to an intense emotion.
QUESTION
It occurs when you must choose between two desirable
outcomes.
A. Approach-approach conflict
B. Avoidance-avoidance conflict
C. Approach-avoidance
D. Multiple approach-avoidance conflict

ANSWER
It occurs when you must choose between two desirable
outcomes.
B. Avoidance-avoidance conflict
C. Approach-avoidance
D. Multiple approach-avoidance conflict

QUESTION
Occurs when you must choose between two unattractive
outcomes.
B. Double avoidance conflict
C. Aproach-avoidance
D. Multi approach-avoidance conflicts

ANSWER
Occurs when you must choose between two unattractive
outcomes.
B. Double avoidance conflict
C. Aproach-avoidance
D. Multi approach-avoidance conflicts

Types of Conflicts
Approach‐Avoidance Conflict
a person faces a situation having both a desirable and
undesirable feature. It is sometimes called “DILEMMA”,
because some negative and some positive features must be
accepted regardless of which course of action is chosen.
Multiple Approach‐ Avoidance Conflict
a situation in which a choice must be made between two
or more alternatives each of which has both positive and
negative features. It is the most difficult to resolve because
the features of each portion are often difficult to compare.
FRUSTRATION
PERSON IS BLOCKED IN THE SATISFACTION
OF HIS NEEDS
• Anxious and restless
• Tries to seek means of relieving the anxieties
• Tries to engage in various forms of activities that are intended to satisfy his
needs and reduce tensions
Coping Mechanism
Fight‐fight reaction
Constructive and direct way of breaking down the obstacles barring his goals
(getting angry, aggressive, running away, sulking, recreating, becoming
indifferent, giving up without a fight)

QUESTION
What emotion occurs when a person is blocked in the
satisfaction of his needs?
A. Frustration C. Guilt
B. Happiness D. tolerance

ANSWER
What emotion occurs when a person is blocked in the
satisfaction of his needs?
A. Frustration C. Guilt
B. Happiness D. tolerance

Common Sources of Frustration
Physical Obstacles
are physical barriers or circumstances that prevent a person from doing
his plan or fulfilling his wishes.
Social Circumstances
are restrictions or circumstances imposed by other people and the
customs and laws of social living.
Personal shortcoming
such as being handicapped by diseases, deafness, paralysis, etc. which
serves as a barrier to the things one ought to do.
Conflicts between motives
QUESTION
In neurosis, what is the most significant symptom?
A. Stress
B. Distress
C. Anxious Worry
D. Panic

ANSWER
In neurosis, what is the most significant symptom?
A. Stress
B. Distress
C. Anxious Worry
D. Panic

Defense mechanism
Unconscious psychological processes
Safety valve to provide relief
Self‐deception
DIFFER IN CAPACITY to tolerate unadjusted status
Withstand prolonged tension without sign of abnormality
Others become neurotic, psychotic, frustration to physical
illness, anti‐social acts, alcoholics and drug addicts.
HUMAN VALUES
Human values are relevant in understanding human
behavior.
It is the standard which people uses to cognize,
express, and evaluates behavior as right or wrong, just
or unjust, appropriate or inappropriate.

QUESTION
Behavior that departs from social norms is otherwise
known as _____ behavior
A. Juvenile C. irrational
B. Deviant D. truant

ANSWER
Behavior that departs from social norms is otherwise
known as _____ behavior
A. Juvenile C. irrational
B. Deviant D. truant

NORMAL vs ABNORMAL
Behaves according to NORMS and Deviate from normal norms he
STANDARDS became ABNORMAL
Free expression of personality Attempts to adjust himself to difficult
Adequate security feeling situation over a long period of time
Efficient contact with reality
Adaptability to group norms Neurosis
Emotional self knowledge Psychotic
Integrated and consistent personality Anti‐social personality, psychopath,
sociopath
CRIMINAL

QUESTION
B. Strain D. anomie

ANSWER
B. Strain D. anomie

Classifications or Patterns of Abnormal
Behaviors
The Neurotic Behaviors
The Psychopathic Behaviors
The Psychotic Behaviors

Behaviors
The Psychopathic Behaviors
The Psychotic Behaviors

Behaviors
group of mild functional personality disorders in which
there is no gross personality disorganization and the
individual is not required for hospitalization.

Behaviors
People with neurotic behaviors are sometimes called
psychoneurotic. These are persons who are in the twilight
zone between normality and abnormality. They are not
insane, but neither are they normal. They are always tense,
restless and anxious. Frequently, they have obsessions,
compulsions, phobias and in some cases, amnesia. Anxiety
is the dominant characteristics.
Neurotic Behaviors are composed of the
following disorders:
1. Anxiety disorders
2. Somatoform Disorders
3. Dissociative Disorders
4. Affective Disorders

These are commonly known as “neurotic fear”. When it is
occasional but intense, it is called “panic”. When it is mild but
continuous, it is called “worry”. They are considered as the
central feature of all neurotic patterns. They are characterized
by:
mild depressions
fear and tensions
mild stresses

are grouped as:
Obsessive
compulsive disorders
Asthenic Disorders (Neurasthenia)
anxiety disorder characterized by chronic mental and physical fatigue and
various aches and pains.
Phobic Disorders
the persistent fear on some objects or situation that present no actual danger
to the person.
Complains of bodily symptoms that suggest the
presence of physical problem but no organic basis can
be found. The individual is pre‐occupied with his state
of health or diseases.

Hypochondriasis
the excessive concern about state of health or physical
condition (multiplicity about illness).A
Hypochondriacally person tend to seek medical
advises, but their fears is not lessened by their doctor’s
reassurances, and they maybe disappointed when no
physical problem is found
Psychogenic Pain Disorder
characterized by the report of severe and lasting pain.
Either no physical basis is apparent or the reaction is
greatly in excess of what would be expected form the
physical abnormality.

Conversion Disorders (Hysteria)
a neurotic pattern in which symptoms of some physical
malfunction or loss of control without any underlying
organic abnormality.

EXAMPLES Conversion Disorders (Hysteria)
Sensory Symptoms of Hysteria:
Anasthesia – loss of sensitivity
Hyperesthesia – excessive sensitivity
Hypesthesia – partial loss of sensitivity
Analgesia – loss of sensitivity to pain
Paresthesia ‐ exceptional sensations

Motor Symptoms of Hysteria
Paralysis – selective loss of function
Astasia‐abasia – inability to control leg when standing
Aphonia – partial inability to speak
Mutism – total inability to speak

Visceral Symptoms of Hysteria
Choking sensation
Coughing spells
Difficulty in breathing
Cold and clammy extremities
Nausea

A response to obvious stress characterized by:
Amnesia
partial or total inability to recall or identify past experiences.
brain pathology amnesia
total loss of memory and it can not be retrieved by simple means. It requires
long period of medication.
Psychogenic amnesia
failure to recall stored information and still they are beneath the level of
consciousness but “forgotten material”.
A response to obvious stress characterized by:
Multiple Personality
also called “dual personalities”. The person manifests two or more
symptoms of personality usually dramatically different.
Depersonalization
loss of sense of self or the so called out of body experience.
4. Affective Disorders
The affective disorders are “mood disorders”, in which
extreme or inappropriate levels of mood – extreme
elation or extreme depression.

What are Psychopathic Behaviors?
The second groups of abnormal behaviors typically stemmed
from immature and distorted personality development,
resulting in persistent maladaptive ways of perceiving and
thinking.
People with psychopathic behaviors are also called
SOCIOPATHS OR PSYCHOPATHS.
These are persons who do not have any neurotic or
psychotic symptoms but are not able to conform to
prevailing customs and standards of conduct of his social
group.
Types of Psychopathic Behavior
Personality Disorders
disorders of character, the person is characterized as a
“problematic” without psychoses. This disorder is
characterized by disrupted personal relationship, dependent
or passive aggressive behavior.
Criminal Behavior
The disorder used to describe the behavior of a person who
commits serious crimes from individual to property crimes
and the disobedience of societal rules in general.
Paranoid Personality
characterized by suspiciousness, rigidity, envy,
hypersensitivity, excessive self‐importance,
argumentativeness and tendency to blame others for one’s
own mistakes.
Schizoid Personality
characterized by the inability to form social relationship and
lack interest in doing so. The person seem to express their
feelings, they lack social skills. They are the so called
“loners”.
QUESTION
Offenders who commit acts of violence when they
temporarily lose control and later express over their
actions are known as situationally _____ offenders.
A. Quiet C. Violent
B. Ordinary D. relevant

ANSWER
Offenders who commit acts of violence when they
temporarily lose control and later express over their
actions are known as situationally _____ offenders.
A. Quiet C. Violent
B. Ordinary D. relevant

Schizotypal Personality
characterized by seclusiveness, oversensitivity, avoidance of
communication and superstitious thinking is common
Histrionic Personality
characterized by immaturity, excitability, emotional instability
and self‐dramatization.
Narcissistic Personality
characterized by an exaggerated sense of self‐importance and
pre‐occupation with receiving attention. The person usually
expects and demands special treatment from others and
disregarding the rights and feeling of others.
Borderline Personality
characterized by instability reflected IN DRASTIC MOOD SHIFTS and behavior
problems. The person usually display intense anger outburst with little
provocation and he is impulsive, unpredictable, and periodically unstable.
Avoidant Personality
characterized by hypersensitivity to rejection and apprehensive alertness to any
sign of social derogation. Person is reluctant to enter into social interaction.
Dependent Personality
characterized by extreme dependence on other people – there is acute
discomfort and even panic to be alone. The person lacks confidence and feels
helpless.

Passive‐Aggressive Personality
characterized by being hostile express in indirect and non‐violent ways.
They are the so called “stubborn”.
Compulsive Personality
characterized by excessive concern with rules, order, and efficiency that
everyone does things their way and an ability to express warm feeling.
The person is over conscientious, serious, and with difficulty in doing
things for relaxation.
Anti‐social Personality
characterized by continuing violation of the rights of others through
aggressive, anti‐social behavior without remorse or loyalty to anyone.
What are Psychotic Behaviors?
The group of disorders involving gross structural defects in the brain
tissue, severe disorientation of the mind thus it involves loss of contact
with reality.
People suffering from psychotic behaviors (psychosis) are also called
psychotic. They are regarded as the most severe type of mental
disorder.
A psychotic has tensions that disturb thinking, feeling and sensing; the
perception of reality is distorted. He may have DELUSIONS AND
HALLUCINATIONS.

Types of Psychotic Behaviors
Organic Mental Disorders
this occurs when the normal brain has been damage resulted from any
interference of the functioning of the brain.
Senile and Pre‐senile Dementia
Senile Dementia
mental disorder that accompanied by brain degeneration due to OLD AGE.
Pre‐senile Dementia
mental disorder associated with earlier degeneration of the brain.
Mental Retardation
A mental disorder characterized BY SUB‐AVERAGE general functioning existing
concurrently with deficits in adaptive behavior.

Types of Psychotic Behaviors
Schizophrenia and Paranoia
Schizophrenia
refers to the group of psychotic disorders characterized by GROSS
distortions of reality, withdrawal of social interaction,
disorganization and fragmentation of perception, thoughts and
emotion.
Paranoia
the same as “delusions”, “impaired contact with reality”. A psychotic
behavior characterized by delusion of apprehension following a
failure or frustration.

Other Groups of Human Disorders
Addictive Groups of Disorders
Substance Use
Extreme obesity
Pathological gambling

Other Groups of Human Disorders
Sexual Deviations
these are characterized by abnormal sexual desires or acts which
are also known as sexual perversion. Examples of these are:
Bestiality
Homosexuality
Lesbianism
Pedophilia
Sodomy
Prostitution

HOMEOSTASIS
Action taken by individual to protect or restore certain favorable state
or equibilirium
Defense mechanism
Psychosomatic reactions
Psychoneurotic reactions
Psychotic reactions
Delinquency or criminality

Kinds of Defense Mechanism / Unhealthy Reaction
to Frustration and may lead to Mental Disorder
Denial of reality
protection of one self from unpleasant reality by refusal to
perceive or face it. Simply by avoiding something that is
unpleasant. Or in denial, the ego shuts itself off from certain
realities.
Fantasy
the gratification of frustration desires in imaginary
achievement.
Paying attention not to what is going on around him but rather
to what is taking place on his thoughts.
Projection
placing blame for difficulties upon others or attributing one’s
own unethical desires to others in an effort to prevent ourselves
being blamed.
Rationalization
the use of excuses an individual to him and to others.
Attempting to prove that one’s behavior is justifiable and thus
worthy of self and social approval. It is also an elaborate
justification for what were obviously illogical or immature
actions.
Reaction Formation
it occurs when someone tries to prevent his submission to
unacceptable impulses by vigorously taking an OPPOSITE STAND.
Displacement
discharging pent‐up emotion on objects less dangerous than
those that initially aroused the emotion.
Emotional Insulation
withdrawal into passivity to protect self from hurt.
QUESTION
When a person reacts to a stimulus with abnormal
intensity or inappropriate conduct, there existed ______
A. Insanity C. conduct
B. Reaction formation D. stimulation

ANSWER
When a person reacts to a stimulus with abnormal
intensity or inappropriate conduct, there existed ______
A. Insanity C. conduct
B. Reaction formation D. stimulation

Isolation/Intellectualization
serves to cut off the emotions from a situation which is normally is
full of feeling.
Regression
revert from a past behavior or retreating to earlier developmental
level involving less mature responses and usually a lower level of
aspiration. Example is falling back to childish behavior patterns;
some respond to stress by overeating or by drinking too much.
attempts to experience them again in the memory
QUESTION
A behavior pattern where an individual return to a state
of form adjustment and attempt to experience them again
in memory.
A. Anger
B. Phobia
C. Regression
D. Frustration

ANSWER
A behavior pattern where an individual return to a state
of form adjustment and attempt to experience them again
in memory.
A. Anger
B. Phobia
C. Regression
D. Frustration

Anxiety
apprehension of tension, uneasiness from anticipation of danger the
source is unknown or recognized
Sublimation
a process by which instinctual drives, consciously unacceptable, are
diverted into personally and socially accepted channels.
Example is gratification of frustrated sexual desires in substitutive men
sexual activities.
Identification
increasing feeling of worth by identifying self with person or institution. The
person can associate himself with something or someone to elevate position. Or it
is a process whereby an individual without conscious awareness, satisfied
frustrated desires by psychologically assuming the role or some of the traits of
another person.
Introjection
incorporating external values and standards into ego structures so individual is not
at their mercy as external threats.
The acceptance of others’ values even they are contrary to one’s own assumption.
Undoing
Apologizing for wrongs, repentance, doing penance and undergoing
punishment to negate a disapproved act
Sympathism
STRIVING TO GAIN SYMPATHY from others. The person seeks to be
praised by relating faults or problem.
Acting‐out
reduction of the anxiety aroused by forbidden desires by permitting
their expression. The individual deals with all his IMPULSES BY
EXPRESSING THEM.
Substitution (displacement)
a process by which an unattainable or unacceptable goal, emotion or
object is REPLACED by one that is more attainable or acceptable.
Repression
the ego blocks off threatening thoughts or desires and thus keeps
them from sweeping into the spotlight of consciousness.

SOME MANIFESTATION OF MENTAL DISORDER
The condition of insanity cannot be considered clinically by
the manifestation of one sign or symptom, but it is essential to
appreciate the condition of the mind as a whole. Although
certain behavior may be observed in certain types of insanity,
they may also be observed in the clinically non‐insane.

DISTURBANCE OF MENTALITY
INSANITY
SOCIOLOGICAL VIEWPOINT
insanity is the persistent inability through mental causes to
ADAPT ONESELF TO THE ORDINARY ENVIRONMENT. It is the
loss of power of the individual to regulate his actions and
conduct according to the rules of society in which he moves.

INSANITY
MEDICAL VIEWPOINT
Insanity in medicine is the prolonged departure of the
individual from his natural mental state arising from BODILY
DISEASE.

INSANITY
LEGAL VIEWPOINT
Insanity in law covers nothing more than the relation of a
person and the particular act which is the subject of judicial
investigation.

INSANITY
The term insanity is commonly used to be synonymous with:
Lunacy
Madness
unsoundness of mind
mental derangement
Mental disorder
mental aberration
alienation
1. DISORDER OF COGNITION
(KNOWING)
a. Disorder in perception
(illusion and hallucination)
b. Disorder in memory
(dementia and amnesia)
c. Disorder of content of thought
(Delusion and Obsession)
d. Disorder on the trend of thought
(Mania and Melancholia)
DISORDER OF COGNITION
(KNOWING)
ILLUSION
a false interpretation of an external stimulus. It may be manifested with
the sense of sight, hearing, taste, touch and smell.
Example:
A dragonfly may be considered a vampire bat.
A whistle sound may be considered a bomb
explosion.
A normal person may also suffer from illusion but further investigation by
oneself may prove that his judgment is wrong

QUESTION
This refers to the false perception of one’s self.
A. Megalomania
B. Hubris
C. Narcissism
D. Hallucination

ANSWER
This refers to the false perception of one’s self.
A. Megalomania
B. Hubris
C. Narcissism
D. Hallucination

(KNOWING)
HALLUCINATION (False Perception)
An erroneous perception WITHOUT EXTERNAL OBJECT OF
STIMULUS
SOME TYPES OF HALLUCINATION:
Visual, Auditory, Olfactory, Gustatory, Tactile, Kinesthetic,
Hypnagogic, Lilliputian

DISORDER OF COGNITION Tactile
(KNOWING) False perception of touch
as feeling that a worm is creeping on the skin.
SOME TYPES OF HALLUCINATION:
Kinesthetic
Visual False perception of movement.
seeing things although not present. Hypnagogic
Auditory false sensory perception occurring midway
Hearing voice in absolute silence. between falling asleep and being awake.
Olfactory
Lilliputian
false perception of smell.
Gustatory perception of object as reduced in its size.
false perception of taste.

(KNOWING)
DEMENTIA
A form of insanity resulting from degeneration or disorder of
the brain characterized by general mental weakness,
forgetfulness, loss of coherence, and total inability to reason
BUT NOT ACCOMPANIED by delusion or uncontrollable
impulse

DISORDER OF COGNITION Dementia Praecox
(KNOWING) (Schizophrenia)
b. Disorder in memory Dementia of the adolescence and
SOME TYPES OF HALLUCINATION: characterized by loss of memory.
Acute Dementia Senile Dementia
a form of temporary dementia, occurring in Occurring in advanced age and
young people and induced by conditions characterized by loss of memory, with
likely to produce that state, like malnutrition, childish and silly behavior and physical
overwork, dissipation or too rapid growth. degeneration.
Dementia Paralytics Toxic Dementia
(General Paralysis of insane) Characterized by weakness of mind or
Degeneration of physical, intellectual and feeble cerebral activity resulting from
moral power leading to paralysis ("cirrhosis of continuous administration or use of toxic
the brain") chemicals.

(KNOWING)
AMNESIA
(LOSS OF MEMORY)
Anterograde Amnesia
Loss of memory of recent event.
Retrograde Amnesia
Loss of memory of past events and observed in trauma of the head
QUESTION
This is a disorder in memory wherein the patient is
unable to recall recent events.
A. Brain Pathology Amnesia
B. Psychogenic Amnesia
C. Anterograde Amnesia
D. Retrograde Amnesia

ANSWER
This is a disorder in memory wherein the patient is
unable to recall recent events.
A. Brain Pathology Amnesia
B. Psychogenic Amnesia
C. Anterograde Amnesia
D. Retrograde Amnesia

QUESTION
When a person was subjected to some shocking experiences
leaving him with painful memories, repressed and can no
longer be recalled, he is suffering from this disorder
A. Delusion
B. Amnesia
C. Phobia
D. Dementia praecox

ANSWER
When a person was subjected to some shocking experiences
leaving him with painful memories, repressed and can no
longer be recalled, he is suffering from this disorder
A. Delusion
B. Amnesia
C. Phobia
D. Dementia praecox

(KNOWING)
DELUSION (False Belief)
A false or erroneous BELIEF in something which is not a fact.
A person suffering from delusion is not always insane.
If he can correct his wrong belief by later experiences, by logic
or information from other sources, then such delusion is not a
proof of insanity.
QUESTION
It is false belief firmly held despite incontrovertible
proof to the contrary.
A. Delusion C. compulsion
B. Phobia D. regression

ANSWER
It is false belief firmly held despite incontrovertible
proof to the contrary.
A. Delusion C. compulsion
B. Phobia D. regression

DISORDER OF COGNITION Delusion of Persecution
(KNOWING) A false belief that one is being persecuted.
SOME TYPES OF HALLUCINATION: A person may feel that he is being
poisoned and prepares for his coming end.
Delusion of Grandeur
(Delirium of Grandeur, Megalomania, “Folie Delusion of Reference
de Grandeur”) One thinks that he is always the subject‐
Erroneous belief that he is in possession of matter of conversation, news, speech or
great power, wealth, wisdom, physical action although it is not a fact.
strength, etc. It is not always a sign of insanity
A person may think he is a king and dresses
and acts as such.
Delusion Self‐accusation Nihilistic delusion
A false belief to have committed a crime A false belief that there is no world, that
or hurt the feeling of others. one does not exist, and that his body is
dead. This condition may occur in
involutional melancholia.
Delusion of infidelity
A false belief derived from pathological Delusion of Poverty
jealousy that one's lover is unfaithful
although she is chaste, and tries to assault A false belief that one is financially ruined
her. and that he has no money, is starving, sick
or even dead.

Delusion of Control Delusion of Depression
false feeling that one is being controlled by patient experiences feelings of uneasiness,
other persons. worthlessness and futility.
Hypochondriacal Delusion Delusion of Negation

A false feeling that one is suffering from an Feeling that some parts of the body are
incurable disease, some parts of his body missing.
are not functioning, or that he is not
physically capacitated to do a thing on
account of the disease.

(KNOWING)
OBSESSION
Thought and impulse which continually occur in the person's mind despite
all his attempts to keep them out. It is an idea constantly obtruding on the
consciousness inspite of efforts to drive them away from his mind.
A person may lock the door of his bedroom and go to bed. While in bed
he may get up to see if he has locked the door.
He may go to bed again and again think and see whether the door is
locked. He may repeat the act the whole night.
Obsession is a condition of the mind bordering on sanity and insanity. It is
sometimes associated with some sort of fear and usually occurs in
persons suffering from nervous exhaustion.
(KNOWING)
Mania
state of excitement accompanied by exaltation or a feeling of
well‐being which is out of harmony with the surrounding
circumstances of the patient.

(KNOWING)
Mania
• The mind is hyperactive, with "flight of ideas" which may amount to incoherency.
• Delusion may be present, but it is usually fleeting in character. The increased
mental activity also finds expression in increased muscular activity;
• the patient is restless and always occupied.
• His finer instincts are blunted;
• he becomes untidy with his clothing even to the extent of indecency.
• He is impatient, irritable, antagonistic and violent if interfered with.
• He is sleepless but his physical health is not greatly affected.
(KNOWING)
Melancholia
Intense feeling of depression and misery which is
unwarranted by his physical condition and external
environment.
He is absorbed by his miserable thought.
Aural hallucination is common.
Every patient suffering from melancholia is a potential suicide case.
(KNOWING)
(Mania and Melancholia)
The alternative condition of mania and melancholia is
known as MANIC‐DEPRESSIVE PSYCHOSIS, hence called "folie
circulaire."
In between attacks of mania and depression is a period of
cessation of symptoms of psychosis known as lucid intervaL Any
person who committed a criminal act during lucid interval is
criminally liable.
QUESTION
What do we call the alternative condition of mania and
melancholia?
A. Maniac depressive
B. Bipolarism
C. folie circulaire
D. Maniaco- melancholic

ANSWER
What do we call the alternative condition of mania and
melancholia?
A. Maniac depressive
B. Bipolarism
C. folie circulaire
D. Maniaco- melancholic

2. DISORDER OF EMOTION
(FEELING)
EXALTATION
Feeling of unwarranted well‐being and happiness.
b. DEPRESSION
Feeling of miserable thought, that a calamitous incident occurred in his
life, something has gone wrong with his body functions and prefers to be
quiet and in seclusion.
c. APATHY
Serious disregard of the surrounding environment.
d. PHOBIA
Excessive, irrational and uncontrollable FEAR of a perfectly natural
situation or object.
DISORDER OF EMOTION Robbers ‐ Harpaophobia
(FEELING) Sacred things ‐ Hierophobia
SOME TYPES OF PHOBIA:
Sharp objects ‐ Belonophobia
FEAR OF SPECIFIC OBJECT Sun ‐ Heliophobia
Trees – Dendrophobia
Birds‐ Ornithophobia Water ‐ Hydrophobia
Blood ‐ Hematophobia
Books‐ Bibliophobia
Flowers ‐ Anthophobia
Men‐ Androphobia

DISORDER OF EMOTION Going to bed ‐ Clinophobia
(FEELING) Marriage‐ Gamophobia
Open space ‐ Agarophobia
FEAR OF SPECIFIC SITUATION Pregnancy ‐ Maieusiophobia
Sexual intercourse – Coitophobia
Childbirth ‐ Tocophobia storms, thunder, lightning – Asthraphobia
Crossing a bridge ‐ Gephyrophobia being alone – Monophobia
Daylight ‐ Phengophobia Darkness ‐ Nyctophobia
Drinking ‐ Dipsophobia
Height ‐ Acrophobia

DISORDER OF EMOTION Crowds ‐ Ochlophobia
(FEELING) Sea ‐ Thalassophobia
Home surroundings ‐ Ecophobia
FEAR OF SPECIFIC PLACE River – Potamophobia
13 at table – Trikaidekaphobia
Churches ‐ Ecclasiophobia high places ‐ Acrophobia
Empty room ‐ Kenophobia
Closed/Enclosed room – Claustrophobia
School – Scholionophobia
Railways ‐ Siderodromophobia

DISORDER OF EMOTION Infection ‐ Mysophobia
(FEELING) Infirnity ‐ Apeirophobia
Microbes ‐ Bacilliphobia
FEAR OF ILLNESS OR DEATH Snakes ‐ Ophidiophobia
Veneral Disease‐ Cypridophobia
Death – Thanatophobia Pain ‐ Algophobia
Disease ‐ Pathophobia
Germs ‐ Spermophobia
Heart disease – Cardiophobia
Illness ‐ Nosemaphobia

DISORDER OF EMOTION
(FEELING)
d. PHOBIA
The FEAR of specific objects, situations, or places may develop as a
result of an incident
while the FEAR of illness may start when a friend contracted an
illness.
FEAR of death may develop when one nursed a dying patient and
became morbidly convinced that he will in the future be in the
same condition.
DISORDER OF VOLITION OR CONATION
(DOING)
IMPULSION OR IMPULSE (COMPULSION)
Sudden and irresistible force Compelling a person to the
conscious performance of some action without motive or
forethought. The person has no potter to control it, however
bad the consequence may be.

QUESTION
It is an irresistible impulse to perform certain acts
that are repetitive and ritualistic.
A. Delusion C. regression
B. Compulsion D. phobia

ANSWER
It is an irresistible impulse to perform certain acts
that are repetitive and ritualistic.
A. Delusion C. regression
B. Compulsion D. phobia

DISORDER OF VOLITION OR CONATION DIpsomania
(DOING)
SOME TYPES OF IMPULSION: An irresistible impulse to indulge in
intoxication either m alcohol or drugs
Pyromania
An irresistible impulse to set things afire. Repeated intoxication for a number of
years with alcohol or drugs which is
Kleptomania voluntary is not dipsomania.
An irresistible impulse to steal articles of not
much value.
One having power to refrain from the use
of intoxicating liquor or drugs and who
Mutilomania becomes intoxicated voluntarily is not a
An irresistible impulse to maim animals. dipsomaniac

Homicidal Impulse Sex Impulse
An irresistible inclination or impulse to This includes all irresistible acts of sexual
commit homicide prompted usually by perversion.
insane delusion either as a necessity of
self‐defense or avenging for justice,
or as to the patient being the appointed Suicidal Impulse
instrument of a superman justice A strong desire to terminate one's life.
This impulse may be present in acute
depression.

DISTINCTION BETWEEN FEIGNED AND TRUE INSANITY
Feigned insanity develops suddenly Symptoms of insanity may only be
while true insanity develops insidiously, observed in feigned insanity
usually with the observance of some when he is conscious that he is under
predisposing to an exciting cause if careful observation and becomes normal when he
history of the case is taken. is alone and unobserved.
There is such remission of symptoms in
There is no peculiar facial expression in the insanity.
feigned insanity which is
commonly observed in true insanity.

DISTINCTION BETWEEN FEIGNED AND TRUE INSANITY
Violent exertion of feigned insanity usually A feigned insane usually observes rules of
leads to an early exhaustion personal hygiene and
does not look dirty and filthy.
while in true insanity the patient can
withstand violent exertion without any
sign of exhaustion and fatigue. A true insane is filthy, dresses
dirtily and does not observe hygiene

RULES ADOPTED TO DETERMINE WHETHER THE
ACCUSED IS SUFFERING FROM INSANITY
WILD BEAST RULE DELUSION RULE
A person is exempted from criminal A person is not responsible for his act if he
liability if he is totally deprived of his is suffering from dellusion although he
understanding and memory and knows no knows that his act is wrong.
more than an infant. a brute. or a wild
beast of what he is doing. JAMES HANDFIELD CASE
Enlgand and U.S. A person With delusion may be insane but
his suffering nom delusion may not
Not universally accepted necessarily affect his judgement in a
Its application is limited to violent crimes particular act. If a person who is suffering
against a person; and from delusion commits an illegal act which
has no relation to the particular delusion
It is quite hard to measure the aggressive from which he is suffering he must be
behavior of a wild beast. considered responsible for such an act as if
he were sane.
EARLIER TEST FOR INSANITY
WILD BEAST RULE DELUSION RULE
A person is exempted from criminal A person is not responsible for his act if he
liability if he is totally deprived of his is suffering from delusion although he
understanding and memory and knows no knows that his act is wrong.
more than an infant. a brute. or a wild JAMES HANDFIELD CASE
beast of what he is doing. A person With delusion may be insane but
Enlgand and U.S. his suffering nom delusion may not
necessarily affect his judgement in a
Not universally accepted particular act. If a person who is suffering
from delusion commits an illegal act which
Its application is limited to violent crimes has no relation to the particular delusion
against a person; and from which he is suffering he must be
It is quite hard to measure the aggressive considered responsible for such an act as if
behavior of a wild beast. he were sane.
LATER TEST FOR INSANITY
McNaghten’s Rule Criticisms to the McNaghten's Rule:
A defense on the ground of insanity can be (1) The rule is too rigid and strict that it
established if it can be proven that at the unjustly subjects the insane to
time of committing the act: punishment.
(2) It is based solely on cognitive factor
1. the accused was laboring under such and ignores emotion and will.
defect of reason or from a disease of the (3) The test is unintelligible to psychiatrists
mind as not to know the nature and because it requires a moral judgment by
quality of the act he was doing, or the physician; a judgment outside of his
2. if he did know, he did not know that professional training, experience and
what he was doing was wrong. competence.
In the United State 36 states adopt the
rule.
Irresistible Impulse Rule Criticisms to the Irresistible Impulse Rule:
A person is considered insane when (1) On account of its laxity it opens the
mental disease has rendered him door for the escape of many persons who
incapable of restraining himself, although are sane and should be prosecuted as
he understands what he is doing and criminals.
knows it is wrong. (2) There is difficulty in differentiating
irresistible impulse from impulse which
can be actually resisted.
(3) It fails to differentiate between real
insanity and mere impulsive condition.

Durham Rule: Criticisms to the Durham Rule:
The accused is not criminally responsible if (1) There seems to be uncertainties in the
his act was the product of mental disease definition of "mental disease or defect".
or mental defect Does it include personality disorders,
character defect, sociopathic disorder
The determination of criminal which are clinically true mental diseases?
responsibility is based on the (2) There is ambiguity of the term
answer to two questions: "product". When is an act the "product" of
the diseased mind or deranged mental
(1) Is the defendant suffering from a condition within the scope of the rule?
mental disease or defect? ( 3) The application of the rule will create a
(2) If so, was his crime a product of the fear that all criminals would be regarded
mental disease or defect? by psychiatrist as mentally ill, and hence,
no one will be subjected to criminal
prosecution or conviction.
Currens Rule Criticisms to the Currens Rule:
In order to make the accused not Like the Durham Rule, a large number of
responsible for his act it must be proven the prison population will be considered
that at the time of committing the not guilty by reason of insanity.
prohibited act de defendant, as a result of
mental disease or defect, lacked
substantial capacity to conform his
conduct to the requirements of the law
which he has allegedly violated.

American Law Institute Rule HINKLEY CASE
In 1955, The American Law Institute with
the support of the American Bar The following proposition are suggested for
Association, formulated the following rule future action:
of criminal responsibility: (1) An accused may be pronounced to be
mentally ill. He can be treated in a mental
hospital until recovery. After recovery he may
person is not responsible for his criminal then be transferred to prison to serve out the
remaining term.
conduct if at the time of such conduct as a
(2) The accused may be pronounced guilty
result of mental disease or defect he lacks with diminished responsibility his mental
essential capacity to appreciate the condition may be considered only as a
criminality of his conduct or to conform his mitigating circumstance to his criminal liability.
conduct to the requirements of the law Or he may be convicted if found insane for a
lesser offense because of emotional
disturbance.
QUESTION
What do we call the fear of oneself?
A. Monophobia
B. Autophobia
C. Singelophobia
D. Agoraphobia

ANSWER
What do we call the fear of oneself?
A. Monophobia
B. Autophobia
C. Singelophobia
D. Agoraphobia
NOTE: MONOPHOBIA and AUTOPHOBIA are Often

interchangeably used…

QUESTION
Mario is compelled to think about something that he
doesn’t want to think about or carry out some action
against his will. He has to drink milk every five hours
if not he feels that he experiences fear, worry and at
times panic if it is not made. What disorder does he
suffer from?
A. Somatoform disorder
B. Asthenic Disorder
C. Obsessive Compulsive Disorder
D. Phobia

ANSWER
Mario is compelled to think about something that he
doesn’t want to think about or carry out some action
against his will. He has to drink milk every five hours
if not he feels that he experiences fear, worry and at
times panic if it is not made. What disorder does he
suffer from?
A. Somatoform disorder
B. Asthenic Disorder
C. Obsessive Compulsive Disorder
D. Phobia

QUESTION
Jun went to St. Lukes Medical Center to seek medical
advises, but his fear for his alleged rabies is not
lessened by their doctor’s reassurances, and he
disappointed when no physical problem is found. He is
suffering from a neurotic condition called
A. Psychogenic pain disorder
B. Hypochondriasis
C. Somatoform disorder
D. Conversion disorder

ANSWER
Jun went to St. Lukes Medical Center to seek medical
advises, but his fear for his alleged rabies is not
lessened by their doctor’s reassurances, and he
disappointed when no physical problem is found. He is
suffering from a neurotic condition called
A. Psychogenic pain disorder
B. Hypochondriasis
C. Somatoform disorder
D. Conversion disorder

QUESTION
Malou Wang is characterized by his friend to be
suspicious, rigid, envy, hypersensitive, argumentative
and often blames others for her own mistake. Her
personality disorder fits that of
A. Schizoid Personality
B. Histrionic Personality
C. Narcissistic Personality
D. Paranoid Personality

ANSWER
Malou Wang is characterized by his friend to be
suspicious, rigid, envy, hypersensitive, argumentative
and often blames others for her own mistake. Her
personality disorder fits that of
A. Schizoid Personality
B. Histrionic Personality
C. Narcissistic Personality
D. Paranoid Personality

QUESTION
The sexual gratification is obtained by looking at some
body parts, underwear of the opposite sex or other
objects associated with the opposite sex
A. Partialism
B. Paraphilia
C. Fetishism
D. Frottage

ANSWER
The sexual gratification is obtained by looking at some
body parts, underwear of the opposite sex or other
objects associated with the opposite sex
A. Partialism
B. Paraphilia
C. Fetishism
D. Frottage

QUESTION
A Sexual gratification and excitement by wearing a
clothes and acting by the rule of the opposite gender.
A. Mysophilia
B. Transvestism
C. Phyroxyphila
D. Frottage

ANSWER
A Sexual gratification and excitement by wearing a
clothes and acting by the rule of the opposite gender.
A. Mysophilia
B. Transvestism
C. Phyroxyphila
D. Frottage

QUESTION
A sexual perversion which is characterized by intense
sexual arousal involved in rubbing or bumping against a
nonconsenting person. Which one of the following?
A. Voyeurism
B. Mono homo
C. Frottage
D. Don Juanism

ANSWER
A sexual perversion which is characterized by intense
sexual arousal involved in rubbing or bumping against a
nonconsenting person. Which one of the following?
A. Voyeurism
B. Mono homo
C. Frottage
D. Don Juanism

QUESTION
A form of extrasensory perceptions which influence
physical events through mental operations.
A. Recognization or prophecy
B. Psychokinesis
C. Telepathy
D. Clairvoyance

ANSWER
A form of extrasensory perceptions which influence
physical events through mental operations.
A. Recognization or prophecy
B. Psychokinesis
C. Telepathy
D. Clairvoyance

QUESTION
The condition that characteristics severe disintegration
of personality, in appropriate giggling and smiling and
use of weird language is:
A. Laughing trip C. phobia
B. Hebephrenia D. amnesia

ANSWER
The condition that characteristics severe disintegration
of personality, in appropriate giggling and smiling and
use of weird language is:
A. Laughing trip C. phobia
B. Hebephrenia D. amnesia

QUESTION
Sexual deviation is attained in this deviant behavior by
watching nude man or woman.
A. Exhibitionism
B. Transvertism
C. Voyeurism
D. Fetishism

ANSWER
Sexual deviation is attained in this deviant behavior by
watching nude man or woman.
A. Exhibitionism
B. Transvertism
C. Voyeurism
D. Fetishism

Mental deficiency
(Mental abnormality, Mental Retardation)
Is a below‐normal intellectual functioning which originates
from the arrest or incomplete development of the mind
during the development period below the age of 18
Incomplete development before the age of 18
Induced by various factor associated with the impairment of learning, social
adjustment or maturation.

Classical Classification
IDIOT FEEBLE MINDED/MORON
Comparable to 2 years old Comparable to 7 ‐ 12 years old
I.Q. 0‐20 I.Q. 40‐70
IMBECILE Morally defective – devoid of

moral sense
Comparable to 2 ‐ 7 years old
(alcoholism, drugs)
I.Q. 20‐40

QUESTION
Budoy has an IQ of 25 he is said to be suffering from
A. Mild Mental Retardation
B. Moderate Mental Retardation
C. Severe mental Retardation
D. Profound Mental Retardation

ANSWER
Budoy has an IQ of 25 he is said to be suffering from
A. Mild Mental Retardation
B. Moderate Mental Retardation
C. Severe mental Retardation
D. Profound Mental Retardation

Mental Retardation
BORDERLINE Retardation SEVERE Mental Retardation
I.Q. 68-83 I.Q. 20-35
MILD Mental Retardation PROFOUND Mental Retardation

I.Q. 52-67 I.Q. Under 20
MODERATE Mental Retardation

I.Q. 36-51

Mental Retardation
Severe Abnormality Subnormality
A state of arrested or incomplete development A state of arrested or incomplete
of mind which includes abnormality of development of mind (not amounting to
intelligence and is of such a nature or degree severe abnormality) which includes
that the patient is incapable of living an subnormality of intelligence and is of a
independent life or of guarding himself nature or degree which requires or is
against serious exploitation, or will be susceptible to medical treatment or other
incapable when of an age to do. special care or training of the patient.

Methods of estimating mental capacity
Intelligence Tests
At the age of 18 the human mind is presumed to have attained its full development.
Knowledge acquired after such age comes
from experience, memory and study.
Intelligence testing may be used to
(a) diagnose the degree of mental retardation,
(b) (b) study the ways in which the individual's
intellectual ability is threatened by personality problems, and
(c) as means to understand personality dimensions.

Intelligence Tests
Psychometrist different test:
a. Performance Tests (don’t require the use of Language)
• Good enough Draw‐a‐person Test
• Raven Progressive Matrices Test
a. Verbal Test
• Binet Test
• Wechsler Test
Intelligence Tests
Psychometrist different test:
INTELLIGENCE QUOTIENT (I.Q)
Several test types are prepared corresponding to every age in
months and these are answered by the person examined. The
age of the person examined is determined in terms of months.
The number of months corresponding to the test type answered
divided by the age of the person in months is the intelligence
quotient (I.Q.).
I.Q. Classification
Above 140 "Near" genius or genius
120‐140 Very superior intelligence
110‐120 Superior intelligence
90‐110 Normal or average intelligence
80‐90 Dullness, rarely classified as feeble‐minded
70‐80 Borderline deficiency, sometimes classified as dullness, often as feeble‐minded
Below 70 Definitely feeble‐minded
Principal Drawbacks to Different Intelligence Tests:
1. The tests seem to give undue weight to memory.
2. The tests do not take into consideration the vision or hearing of
the subject.
3. The tests overlooked the fact that some persons are inattentive or
nervous.
4. Cooperation of the person tested is absolutely necessary.

OTHER CONDITIONS MANIFESTING OR
SIMULATING DISTURBANCE OF MENTALITY
Somnanbulism
This is an abnormal mental condition whereby a person is
performing an act while in the state of natural sleep.
Marggie Alexander Case
(People v. Gimena)
Semisomnolence/somnolencia
A person is in a semisomnolence state when he is half asleep or
in a condition between sleep and waking.
OTHER CONDITIONS MANIFESTING OR
SIMULATING DISTURBANCE OF MENTALITY
Hypnotism/mesmerism
A person is made unconscious by the suggestive influence of the
hypnotist
Delirium
State confusion of the mind
It is characterized by incoherent speech, hallucination,
illusions, delusions, restlessness and apparently
purposeless motions.

Malingering
Malingering is the feigning or simulation of a disease
or injury characterized by ostentation, exaggeration
and inconsistency.
• To avoid Military or Naval Training
• To avoid Court Summons
• As a Defense to a Criminal Prosecution
• To Increase Civil Liability
• To Promulgate Sympathy
Types of Malingering
“Feigned or Fictitious Malingering: Factitious Malingering:
Malingering is built up out of pure This is a form of malingering whereby
imagination and does not have the something really exists as a fact but is
slight basis of fact. The disease or injury CONVERTED TO A MORE SERIOUS
DISABILITY OR INJURY. Or to an exaggeration
which a person allegedly is suffering of the real complaint. Here the person is
from DOES NOT EXIST AT ALL. really suffering from an injury or disease but
Example: A person may simulate that he he may exaggerate or amplify the
is totally blind while in fact both eyes seriousness of the complaint or nature of the
injury or disease.
are normal. Example: A person might have received a small superficial
scratch but complained of severe and unbearable pain and
incapacity to move.

Malingering
Points which make a Physician Suspect that a person is
malingering:
• Presence of a Cause for the Subject to Malinger
• Inconsistency Between the Injuries or Disease Suffered from
and the Symptoms or Disability Manifested
• Symptoms not Supported with Organic Lesion
• Abrupt onset of Symptoms
• Refusal to be Subjected to Painful or Annoying Treatment
HOSTAGE SITUATION/BARRICADED
SITUATIONS

Crisis
Crisis
came from the Greek word
crisis, which means separate.
As defined by Funk and Wagnalls, crisis is turning points in
the progress of an affair or a series of events.
Through crisis is often used interchanged with emergency
and crisis develop from an emergency and vice versa,
these term have certain degree of difference.

Crisis and Emergency
Emergency
came from the Latin word
“emergentia”
meaning a dipping.
Funk and Wagnall defined emergency as a sudden
condition or state of affair calling for immediate
action.
CRISIS/CRISES
Riot, lawless violence, disturbance, hostage taking situation et al… that
need police reaction or action
Crisis is a form of severe stress.
It differs from stress in that is time limited and is precipitated by new or
sudden situations.
Crisis usually stems from two major sources:
stressful event
involving a fundamental loss or deprivation that is perceived as
threatening to the individuals self‐ concept and personal integrity,
crushing threat
whether is real or imagined, to the physical and or psychological well‐
being of the person.
Type of Crisis
Crisis emergencies are man‐made or natural; categorized as follow:
a. Man‐Made Crisis/Emergencies
Civil Disturbance
Labor Strikers/demonstrations, Riots, Anarchy‐lawless disorder in the
country, Welga ng Bayan (Transport, fuel, etc.)
Revolt
Mutiny, Insurrection, Coup d’etat,
Revolution

Type of Crisis
Crisis emergencies are man‐made or natural; categorized as follow:
b. Natural Crisis/ Emergencies
Fire, Marine/Air Collapse, Structural Collapse, Hazardous Spills, Utilities
Failure (Power, Water, Telephone), Nuclear, Food Scarcity/ Famine, Fuel
Shortage, Pestilence/ Epidemic, Floods, Volcanic Eruption, Earthquake

Crisis management
Proper way of dealing with crisis…
is envisioned to address crisis situations in phases the
Proactive and the Reactive Phase in four stages.
Phases of Crisis Management
Crisis management is a continuing activity that has two
distinct phases: The Pro‐Active and the Re‐Active
phases.
a. Pro‐Active Phase
This phase is designed to predict or prevent the
probability of occurrence of crisis at the same time
prepared to handle them when they occur. It
compasses the first 3ps of the 4P Crisis Management
Model; prediction, prevention, preparation.

1. Prediction
This stage involves foretelling of the likelihood of crisis
occurring either natural or man‐made through the
continuous assessment of all possible threat and threats
groups as well as the analysis of developing or reported
events and incidents.
Crisis incidents can be predicted through updated
inputs from intelligence reports as well as the continuous
monitoring and analysis of the confluence of related events.
2. Prevention
With most man‐made crisis/emergencies, this stage involves
the institution of passive and active security measures, as
well as the remedy or solution of establishing factors and or
security flaws leading to such crisis emergencies.
Prophylactic actions may well be applied to both natural and
man – made crisis emergencies to prevent them from
developing to uncontrollable proportions.
3. Prepare
Preparation for crisis emergencies entails planning,
organization, training and stockpiling of equipment
and supplies needed for such crisis emergencies.

b. The Reactive Phase – Performance
The objectives in this stage are to ensure a high probability
of success in neutralizing the perpetrators; to minimize, or
cushion the adverse effects of the crisis incidents and to
ensure a smooth and speedy rehabilitation or return to
normalcy.
The performance of crisis management action for terrorist –
based crisis management is done in three sub – stage:
• Initial action
• Action
• Post action
1. Initial action
All unit commanders are required to understand and
acquaint themselves on crisis management doctrine. As
such, they will be held responsible for all their actions.
Any military police unit taking cognizance of a crisis incident
shall immediately undertake appropriate actions to contain
the crisis situation and report the matter to the cognizant
agencies through channels, regardless whether such crisis
situation is within or beyond its capability to handle.
2. Action
The action phase begins as soon as the On‐Scene Command
Post (OSCP) is established and the Tactical/ Intervention, service
supports units, Negotiation Teams and the Public Affairs
personnel arrive and are deployed.
The On‐Scene Commander (OSC) gradually relieves the initial
action, unit commander and complete staffing of the OSCP.
The OSC discusses the incident with the commanders and staff
of the units and agencies involved and plans what actions to
take and establish positive contact with Crisis Management
Committee (CMC) to ensure that all his succeeding actions are
cleared.
3. Post Action
This stage begins as soon as the perpetrators surrender, or
when they are captured or neutralized and the crisis situation
is deemed cleared.
The On‐Scene Commander ensures that necessary Post Action
activities are undertaken to restore normalcy and bring those
responsible to court.

QUESTION
The Chairmen of the local government Crisis Management
Committees (CMCs)
A. DILG secretary
B. Local Chief Executive
C. NDRRMC Regional Director
D. City Disaster Mgt. Council

ANSWER
The Chairmen of the local government Crisis Management
Committees (CMCs)
A. DILG secretary
B. Local Chief Executive
C. NDRRMC Regional Director
D. City Disaster Mgt. Council

Possible hostage taker
a. Mentally deranged
b. Personality disorder
c. Severely depressed
d. Sociopath‐anti social

3 types of hostage taker
1. Psychological needs/wants
2. Professional attention
3. Terrorist/prisoner – wants publicity and attention

Threat Groups
a. Political terrorist
These are ideologically‐inspired individuals or groups.
They want prestige and power for a collective goal or higher
cause. Many of its members have intensive criminal
backgrounds. They often recruit new members from prisons,
beginning their indoctrination and training while still confined
thereat.

Threat Groups
b. Criminals
These are people who commit terrorist act for personal rather
than ideological gain. Some of their terroristic acts such as
kidnapping or extortion are planned. Others are not planned,
but happen as a result of the confrontation and encounter
with the law enforcement agencies to an on‐going crime. For
instance, a number of bank robberies have involved into
hostage‐taking situations when policemen arrive in response
to an alarm while the robbery is still in progress.

Threat Groups
c. Mentally – Deranged Individuals
These people commits terrorists acts during period
of psychiatric disturbance. This type maybe the most difficult
terrorists to deal with. Many of them are unpredictable.

Threat Groups
d. Religious Extremists
mainly belonging to Southern Religious Fundamentals.
Intolerant of other faiths, they are apt to execute hostages
belonging to other religions.

Threat Groups
e. Economically – motivated groups/individuals
mainly belonging to labor groups. Depending on their
ideological orientations, motivation and long –standing
situation, recourse to violence may be resorted to for many
reasons favorable to them.

Procedure to be followed in a
Hostage Situation

FOUR VITAL STEPS
CONTAIN
ISOLATE
EVACUATE
NEGOTIATE

HOSTAGE NEGOTIATION
A hostage negotiation happens when a criminal uses
innocent people as bargaining chips. This can happen in a
range of circumstances, including:
• A desperate mother who barricades herself in with her own child.
• A bank robber who is disturbed on the job.
• Terrorists who take foreign nationals.

HOSTAGE NEGOTIATION
Negotiation has many advantages. During a threat situation,
stress and tension are built up at the onset.
Law enforcement officials are in a critical position, being
under constant public scrutiny.
Time used in negotiating allows the hostage‐taker to
reevaluate his position and to consider alternatives to the
present course of action.

QUESTION
Which of the following actions shall you do when a
hostage taker demands an aircraft?
A. Inform higher authorities
B. Talk to him to delay action
C. Give consent
D. Start firing and assault

ANSWER
Which of the following actions shall you do when a
hostage taker demands an aircraft?
A. Inform higher authorities
B. Talk to him to delay action
C. Give consent
D. Start firing and assault

Procedure to be followed in a Hostage
Situation
a. A Critical Incident Management Committee shall be
activated immediately;
(Critical Incident Management Committee and Critical Incident
Management Task Group)
b. Incident scene shall be secured and isolated;
c. Identify and secure the stronghold;
d. As much as possible, ensure the control of communication lines, and
CUT‐OFF ALL OTHER LINES AS WELL AS ELECTRICITY AND WATER SUPPLY
TO ALLOW FOR MORE BARGAINING;

Procedure to be followed in a Hostage
Situation
e. Unauthorized persons shall not be allowed entry and exit to the incident
scene;
f. Witnesses’ names, addresses, and other information shall be recorded;
g. Witnesses shall be directed to a safe location;
h. Evacuate all victims/injured persons immediately when the opportunity
permits;
i. The arrest of the perpetrator shall be the last paramount
concern; and
j. Conduct debriefing immediately after the conclusion of the incident.
Ground Commander/On‐Scene Commander
There shall be only one GROUND COMMANDER/ON‐SCENE
COMMANDER holding at least a senior rank and/or one (1) with
experience in hostage/crisis situation or relative training.
Until such time that he officially designates a spokesperson,
he may issue appropriate press statements and continue to
perform the role of the spokesperson.

QUESTION
The highest ranking field commander should not also be
the chief negotiator because
A. hostage takers will be afraid
B. he is not authorized to grant concessions
C. of conflict of interest as mediator and decision maker
D. hostage takers will not trust him

ANSWER
The highest ranking field commander should not also be
the chief negotiator because
A. hostage takers will be afraid
B. he is not authorized to grant concessions
C. of conflict of interest as mediator and decision maker
D. hostage takers will not trust him

QUESTION
This group is in charge of negotiation or communication
with the threat groups
A. Negotiation Team
B. Tactical Team
C. Service Support Group
D. All of these

Negotiators/ Negotiation Team
NEGOTIATORS shall be designated by the Ground
Commander.
NO ONE SHALL BE ALLOWED TO TALK TO THE HOSTAGE TAKER
without clearance from the negotiator or Ground
Commander.
THE NEGOTIATION TEAM is directly under control and supervision of
the On‐Scene Commander.
The eight‐stage negotiation process
Prepare: Know what you want. Understand Close: Reach final agreement.
them. Sustain: Make sure what is agreed
Open: Put your case. Hear theirs. happens.
Argue: Support your case. Expose theirs. Three‐stage negotiation
Explore: Seek understanding and Open: Say what you want
possibility. Bargain: Hammer out the deal
Signal: Indicate your readiness to work Close: Agree and exchange
together.
Package: Assemble potential trades.

Hostage negotiation
1. Hostages are not important for the hostage taker
2. authority must come not to be the victor
3. Preservation of life need to live on the part of the
hostage taker

Negotiation team structure will be as follows:
a. Negotiation Team Leader (NTL)/coordinator;
b. Primary Negotiator;
c. Secondary Negotiator;
d. Intelligence liason/recorder; and
e. Board Negotiator.

Assault Team
An assault team shall be alerted for deployment IN CASE
THE NEGOTIATION FAILS. Members of the assault team shall
wear authorized and easily recognizable UNIFORM during
the conduct of the operation.

Support Personnel
An AMBULANCE with medical crew and a FIRE TRUCK shall
be detailed at the incident area.

Plans
The ON‐SCENE COMMANDER shall, upon the assessment
of the situation, prepare necessary plans

QUESTION
In crisis management, there is a need for an _____ to
plot essential aspects and the flow of events as well as
provide graphic overview or crisis events aids in
projecting potential future events.
A. Adversary analysis C. incident analysis
B. Function checklist D. incident diagram

ANSWER
In crisis management, there is a need for an _____ to
plot essential aspects and the flow of events as well as
provide graphic overview or crisis events aids in
projecting potential future events.
A. Adversary analysis C. incident analysis
B. Function checklist D. incident diagram

plans to include but not limited to:
a. Emergency Response Plan ‐ depends on the threat
posed by the hostage‐takers and need of the Negotiation
Team and On‐Scene Commander.
b. Breakout Plan ‐ possibility of breakout shall be considered
immediately upon drawing up negotiation strategy. This
should be considered as one of the priority plans.
c. Delivery plan ‐ in case the hostage‐takers change plans
in the middle of the execution.
plans to include but not limited to:
d. Surrender plan ‐ should be drawn up in a way that the
hostages’ lives will not be jeopardized.
e. Hostage Reception/ Release ‐ for security reasons,
released hostages should be contained and isolated.
f. Collection plan ‐ safety of the police personnel involved
is the priority consideration.
Coordination
Proper coordination with all participating elements shall
be done to consolidate
Safety of Hostage(s)
In negotiating for the release of a hostage, the safety of
the hostage shall ALWAYS BE PARAMOUNT.

QUESTION
Which of the following statement is NOT true?
A. A hostage may develop positive feelings towards
hostage takers on a prolonged passage of time.
B. It is necessary to evacuate all civilians in hostage
situation.
C. Deal with all the hostage-takers during the
negotiation.
D. Hostage-takers expectation is reduced as time is
prolonged.

ANSWER
Which of the following statement is NOT true?
A. A hostage may develop positive feelings towards
hostage takers on a prolonged passage of time.
B. It is necessary to evacuate all civilians in hostage
situation.
C. Deal with all the hostage-takers during the
negotiation.
D. Hostage-takers expectation is reduced as time is
prolonged.

Guidelines during Negotiations
a. Situation must be stabilized first and contained before
the start of the negotiation;
b. All relevant tools and information that can strengthen
a negotiator’s position and create a favorable climate
for a successful negotiation must be prepared
e.g. facts relevant to the situation, financial and non‐financial terms,
issues and concerns, etc;
c. DO NOT INTRODUCE OUTSIDERS (non‐law enforcement officers)
into the negotiation process, UNLESS their presence is extremely
necessary in the solution of the crisis. If so introduced, they shall be
properly advised on the DO’S AND DON’TS of hostage
negotiations;
d. In case the negotiator breaks down or he/she finds
himself/herself in a deadlock, it is recommended to
employ the service of a mediator.
e. Police officers WITHOUT PROPER TRAINING shall not be allowed
to participate in hostage negotiations.
f. Whatever the scale of an incident and the extent of
resources deployed, it is essential that proper liaison exist between
Tactical/Assault Team, Technical Support Team and the Negotiation
Team.
g. ALL ACTIVITIES on the scene, even the delivery of food to the
stronghold, must have tactical coordination with the
NTL/Coordinator.
Negotiation through Mediator
a. The mediator will ACT AS A REFEREE, helping the
negotiators resolve their differences.
b. The mediator must be well‐versed about the issues in
order to be able to eventually recommend an EFFECTIVE
SOLUTION.
c. The main object is to reconcile the object of the
negotiator with that of the other party.
REACTION TIME
Importance of TIME
Is an important factor working for the police. As a
general rule, Dr. Schlossberg notes:
“ The more time the felon spends in the hostage, the
less likely is to take the hostage’s life, because they
become acquainted and develops feelings for one
another.
QUESTION
When the hostage-takers can no longer maintain their
high level of resistance to stress, they are said to
have reached the _____ stage.
A. Exhaustion C. stress
B. Fatigue D. depressing

ANSWER
When the hostage-takers can no longer maintain their
high level of resistance to stress, they are said to
have reached the _____ stage.
A. Exhaustion C. stress
B. Fatigue D. depressing

QUESTION
A strange development of mutual feeling between the
hostage and the hostage taker due to the prolong time of
negotiation is known as
A. Camaraderie
B. Stockholm syndrome
C. Successful negotiation
D. Sympathy

ANSWER
A strange development of mutual feeling between the
hostage and the hostage taker due to the prolong time of
negotiation is known as
A. Camaraderie
B. Stockholm syndrome
C. Successful negotiation
D. Sympathy

The Stockholm syndrome
also known as capture–bonding.
is a psychological phenomenon in which hostages express empathy
and sympathy and have positive feelings toward their captors,
sometimes to the point of defending them.

The FBI's Hostage Barricade Database System shows that roughly 27% of
victims show evidence of Stockholm syndrome.
it was named after the Norrmalmstorg robbery of Kreditbanken at
Norrmalmstorg in Stockholm, Sweden, in which several bank employees were
held hostage in a bank vault from August 23 to August 28, 1973.
During this situation, the victims became emotionally attached to their
captors, rejected assistance from government officials at one point and even
defended them after they were freed from their six‐day ordeal.
The term “Stockholm syndrome” was coined by the criminologist and
psychiatrist Nils Bejerot, using the term in a news broadcast.
The Lima syndrome
An inverse of Stockholm syndrome. in which abductors develop
sympathy for their hostages.
It was named after an abduction at the Japanese Embassy in Lima,
Peru, in 1996, when members of a militant movement took hostage
hundreds of people attending a party at the official residence of
Japan’s ambassador. Within a few hours, the abductors had set free
most of the hostages, including the most valuable ones, owing to
sympathy.

The London syndrome
This refers to a negative syndrome. may occurs during hostage
negotiation in which harmful and negative feeling is developed by
the hostage taker against the hostage.
Therefore, there is a greater chance on the part of the hostage taker
of killing his/her hostages.

QUESTION
The last option in a hostage situation.
A. negotiation
B. crowd control
C. assault
D. giving in to demands

ANSWER
The last option in a hostage situation.
A. negotiation
B. crowd control
C. assault
D. giving in to demands

END…
And my motivational Story

The Story of the Tiger
The tiger was
wandering and
wondering
He ask:
how could I find
happiness?

The other
tiger readily
replied:
Try to
chase your tail…

The tiger
following the
suggestion of the
other tiger chase
his tail but he
failed and get
exhausted…
LESSON
Future Criminologist

In life we all
Just need to go
forward and
happiness will
follow us…

CONGRATULATIONS!
REGISTERED CRIMINOLOGIST
FOR THOSE WHO TOIL AND BLEED AND
WALK THROUH THE NARROW PATH!

CLE Lecture Series
POLICE ETHICS AND COMMUNITY
RELATION
By

PART 5
POLICE ETHICS AND COMMUNITY
RELATION

SCOPE
Define the terminologies use in the study of ethics;
Explain policing as a profession, criteria of a profession, professional
police principles, policeman as professional, features of police role
common to other profession, the unique features of a police role,
qualities of a successful police officer and canons of police ethics;
Demonstrate the four (4) cardinal virtues that serve as the bases of
formulating standard behavior of a police officer;
Expound the basic police values, police officer’s creed and stand on
basic issues, professional conduct and ethical standards, customs and
traditions, and police officers pledge

SCOPE
Spell out the objectives of police public relations, general concept
of public relations, types of public relations, police officer’s,
individual and professional public relations, foundation of public
relation;
Interpret the concepts human relations provisions of the Civil Code of
the Philippines;
Explain the paradox of the law enforcement officer.
Discuss the salient features of the RA 6713 (Code of Conduct and
Ethical Standard for Public Officials and Employees)

A police – community relations program
must provide opportunities for the police
and the citizens to
______________________.
A.Talk with each other
B.Talk for each other
C.Talk through each other
D.Talk to each other

Answer: A. Talk with each other

It is a program designed primarily to
create a positive image of the police in
the eyes of the public.
A.Youth awareness program
B.Division program
C.Educational program
D.Image building programs
Answer: D. Image building programs

Higher levels of professional police
service are on demand nowadays in view of
__________________.
A.The changing role of the police
B.The changing economic environment
C.Higher pay scale due to salary
standardization
D.More applicants to the police job
Answer: A. The changing role of the police

It is defined as the sum total of dealings
between the police and the people it serves and
whose goodwill and cooperation it craves for the
greatest possible efficiency in the service.
A. Public Relations
B. Human Relations
C. Police Community Relations
D. Police information and education
Answer: PCR

This involves functions of the police to
ensure compliance by regulatory means with
public safety and security.
A.Implement law
B.Enforce traffic and crowd laws
C.Arrest and investigate criminals
D.Regulate non-criminal conduct
Answer: A. Implement law

PNP CORE VALUES
The police service is a noble profession and demands from each
member specialized knowledge and skills and standards of
ethics and morality.
Love of God
Respect of Authority
Selfless Love and Service of People
Respect of Women and the Sanctity of Marriage
Responsible Dominion and Stewardship over material things
Truthfulness
PNP members shall set the examples of decency
and morality shall have high regard for family
life and value of marital fidelity. This
ethical standard refers to PNP’s belief in:
A. Decency
B. Marital Fidelity
C. The Sanctity of Marriage and Family Life
D. Morality
Answer: C. The Sanctity of Marriage and Family Life

Which of the six (6) core moral values talks
about treating freedom with a sense of self-
determination and personal responsibility, and
as a social being exercise intelligently
obedience?
A. Selfless love of people
B. Respect of authority
C. Responsible dominion over material things
D. Truthfulness
Answer: A. Selfless love of people

Police Officer’s Creed
• Belief in God
• Respect for Authority is a Duty
• Belief in Selfless love and service for people
• Belief in sanctity of marriage and respect of women
• Responsibility dominion and stewardship over
material things
• Belief in the wisdom of Trutfulness
The Police Officer’s Pledge
I will love and serve God, my country and people.
I will uphold the Constitution and obey legal orders of
duly constituted authorities.
I will oblige myself to maintain high standard of
morality.
I will respect the customs and traditions of the police
service.
I will live a decent and virtuous Life to serve as an
example.
It is everyone’s duty and obligation regardless
of his intelligence, degree of education, social
standing, religion, sect, or color etc. this is
in relation to the
A. Promotion of human rights
B. Service to the public
C. Faithful allegiance to the government and
constitution
D. Loyalty and love of country
Answer: C. Faithful allegiance to the government

and constitution
PNP stands on Basic Issues

The key to professionalism is the implementation
of a _______________ program which includes the
equitable distribution of recruitment, fair
promotion, rationalized approach in assignment,
skills development, grant of reward and award,
and decent living upon retirement.
A.Beneficial Compensation Plan
B.Retirement Plan
C.Human resource development
D.Organizational development
Answer: C. Human resource development
PNP Image
the PNP members should conduct themselves in a manner that
would not place the PNP in Bad light.
Career Management, the key to Professionalism
implementation of human resources development system
compatible with/to the distribution of procurement. Fair
promotion, rationalized approach in assignment, skill development
immediate grant of award or reward and decent living.
Police Management Leadership
the effectiveness of law enforcement is reflective of the managerial
capabilities and competent leadership. These, things should be the
primary basis for consideration in the selection of personnel for
employment and deployment purposes.
Equality in the service
judicious and equitable distribution of opportunity to prove one’s
worth in the police service. Avoidance of favoritism in promotion
and awards.
All PNP members must have the moral courage to
sacrifice self interest in keeping with the time
honored principle of _____________.
A. Delicadeza
B. Pakikisama
C. Balikatan
D. Bayanihan
Answer: A. Delicadeza

Delicadeza
all members must have a moral courage to sacrifice self‐
interest in keeping with the time honored principle of
Delicadeza.
Police Lifestyle
a lifestyle that is acceptable and respectable to the eyes of
the public. Superiors must set good example to subordinates.
They must be free from greed, corruption, and exploitation.
Political patronage
PNP members must inhibit themselves from soliciting
political patronage in matters pertaining to assignment
awards and promotion.
Human rights
respect and protect human rights and dignity.

Standard Police Professionalization
All PNP members shall perform their duties with
excellence, competence, integrity, intelligence
and expertise in the application of specialized
skill and technical knowledge.

Police Professional Conduct

Commitment to Democracy
commit themselves to democratic way of life and values and
maintain the principle of public accountability.
Commitment to Public Interest
always uphold public interest over and above his own
Non‐partisanship
provide service to everyone without discrimination
Police officer shall treat official
business as such, and shall no impart the
same to anyone except those for whom it is
intended, or as by his superior officer,
or as required by law. This Phrase
describes-
A.Classification of Information
B.Confidential information
C.Controlled document
D.Secrecy discipline
Answer: D. Secrecy discipline
Physical Fitness and health
PNP members must strive to be physically fit and mentally
healthy at all times. They should have regular checkups in any
PNP hospital or medical facility.
Secrecy Discipline
shall guard the confidentiality of classified information
against unauthorized disclosure. Including aspect of official
business special order, communication and other documents.

The involvement of PNP members and their
families in religious, social and civic
activities enhances _________ which will work
well for the image of the organization.
A. Social awareness
B. Camaraderie
C. Effectiveness
D. Responsivenes
Answer: A. Social Awareness

Social awareness
members including their families must be encouraged to be actively
involved in religious, social and civic activities to enhance the image
of the organization but without affecting their official duties.
Non‐Solicitation of Patronage
Prevent from making solicitation directly or indirectly influence or
recommendation from politicians, high ranking government officials,
prominent citizens, person affiliated with religious or civic organizations
with regards to their assignment, promotion etc.
Proper care and use of Public Property
PNP members shall be responsible for the security, proper
care and use public property issued to them or deposited
under their care and custody.
Respect for Human Rights
in the performance of duty, policeman shall respect and
uphold the rights of individuals.

Devotion to Duty
PNP members shall perform their duty with dedication,
thoroughness, efficiency, enthusiasm, determination and
manifest concern for public welfare and shall refrain from
engaging in activities which shall be in conflict with their
duties and functions.
Conservation of Natural Resources
shall help in the conservation of natural resources for
ecological balance and posterity.
Discipline
shall conduct themselves at all times in keeping with the rules and
regulations of the organization.
Loyalty
PNP members must be loyal to the constitution and the police
service as manifested by their loyalty to their superiors, peers and
subordinates.
Obedience to Superior
shall obey lawful order of superiors.
Command Responsibility
remember always the doctrine of command responsibility.
Morality
PNP member shall adhere to the highest standard of morality and shall set
example to others.
Judicious use of authority
the exercise of legitimate use of authority
Integrity
shall not allow oneself to be victim of corruption and dishonest practices.
Justice
respect the right of others
Under this ethical standard, all PNP members
shall follow logical procedures in accomplishing
their duties to minimize waste of time, money
and efforts.
A. Orderliness
B. Morality
C. Justice
D. Humility
Answer: A. Orderliness

Humility
PNP members should always bear in the mind that they are
public servants and not masters of the people. In this light.
They must perform their duties without arrogance.
Orderliness
follow logical procedure in accomplishing tasks assigned to
them to minimize waste in the use of time, money and effort.
Perseverance
once decision is made policemen shall take legitimate means
to achieve the goal even in the face of internal and external
difficulties.
Under this ethical standard, the PNP
member shall take legitimate means to
achieve goals inspite of internal and
external difficulties.
A.Integrity
B.Humility
C.Orderliness
D.Perseverance
Answer: D. Perseverance

CUSTOM AND TRADITION

Customs
established usage or social practice carried on by tradition
that have obtained the force of law.
Traditions
bodies of beliefs, stories, customs and usages handed down
from generation to generation with the effects of unwritten
law.
Courtesy
a manifestation of expression of consideration and respect
of others

Ceremony
a formal act or set of formal acts established by custom
or authority as proper to special occasion
Social decorum
a set of norms and standards practice by member
during socials and other functions.

POLICE CUSTOMS AND COURTESY

Salute
usual greetings rendered by the uniformed members
upon meeting and recognizing persons entitled to a
salute.
Salute to National Color and standard
members stand at attention and salute the national
color and standard as it passes by them or when the
national color is raised or lowered during ceremonies.
Address/title
junior in rank shall address senior members who are
entitled to salute with word ‘’sir’’
Courtesy call
member who is newly assigned in a unit shall make a
call on the Chief of the unit.

COURTESY CALL
Christmas call
PNP members pay a Christmas call to their local executives in their respective
area of responsibility.
New year’s call
new year’s call to their commander and/or key officials in their prospective
area of responsibility.
Promotion call
newly promoted member’s call to their unit head.
Exit call
PNP member pay exit call to the unit head upon being relieved or reassigned
out of said unit.
OTHER POLICE CUSTOMS ON COURTESY

Flag‐raising ceremony
PNP members honor the flag by raising it and singing the national
anthem before the start of the official day’s work.
Half Mast
The flag is raised at half‐mast in deference to deceased uniformed
member of the unit.
Funeral Services and honors
Departed uniformed members, retirees, or veteran are given vigil,
necrological service and graveside honors as a gesture of farewell.
Ceremony Tendered to Retirees
in the recognition of their long, faithful and honorable service to the
PNP.
Honor Ceremony
Arrival and departure honor ceremonies are rendered to visiting
dignitaries VIP’s, PNP Officers with the grade of Chief Supt. or above
Turnover Ceremony
The relinquishment and assumption of command or key position
Wedding Ceremony
During marriage of a PNP member, a wedding ceremony is conducted
with participants and swords drawn
Anniversary
The birth or institutional establishment of a unit is commemorated.
Police Customs on Social Decorum

Proper Attire
PNP members must always wear appropriate and proper
attire in conformity with the occasion.
Table Manner
PNP members must observe table etiquette at all times.
Social Graces
PNP members should conduct themselves properly in dealing
with people during social functions.

Uniform/ Appearance
The public looks upon the PNP members distinctively as a man among men.
They must be neat in appearance and wearing the prescribed uniform. They
must observe the following:
a.) wearing of prescribed uniform,
b.) wearing as part of the uniform, awards and decorations earned in
accordance with the prescribed rules and regulations,
c.) adherence to haircut prescribed by rules and regulations.
Manner of Walking
Every PNP member is expected to walk with pride and dignity.

Other Police Customs

The police’s act of rendering assistance to the
bereaved family of a PNP member is a custom
known as:
A. Valor
B. Camaraderie
C. Spiritual beliefs
D. Survivor assistance
Answer: D. Survivor assistance

Visiting the Sick
PNP members who are sick in the hospital are visited
by their commander or other available officers of the
unit.
Survivor Assistance to Heirs or Deceased
Members.
When a PNP member dies a survivor officer shall
render maximum assistance to their legitimate
bereaved family until all benefits due are received.
Visiting the Religious leaders
PNP members or officers visit religious leaders in their area of assignment
to establish or maintain rapport and cooperation between the different
religious leaders and the PNP.
Athletics
All PNP members indulge in physical fitness activities to insure that their
proper physical appearance and bearing are maintained with the
waistline measurement always smaller than the size of their chests.
Happy Hours
Usually on Friday or on any other day suitable for the occasion. PNP
members gather together at their PNP club for a lighthearted jesting or
airing of minor gripes.
Traditions

Traditions
Spiritual Beliefs
the PNP members are traditionally religious and God loving
persons. They attend religious services together with the members
of their families.
Valor
sacrifice their lives and limbs for the sake of the country and their
countrymen whom they serve.
Patriotism
the manifest love of country with a pledge of allegiance to the flag
and a vow to defend the Constitution.
Conducting oneself at all times in keeping with
the rules and regulations of the PNP reflects
the members professional conduct
A.Honor
B.Discipline
C.Secrecy
D.Valor
Answer: B. Discipline
Traditions
Discipline
shown by their instinctive obedience to lawful order and through
any spontaneous actions toward attainment of organizational
objectives guided by moral, ethical, and legal norms.
Gentlemanliness
The PNP members are bright in character, polite in manner,
dignified in appearance and sincere in their concern to their
fellowmen.
Word of Honor
The PNP member’s word is their bond. They stand by it and
commit to uphold it.
Traditions
Duty
Policemen have historically exemplified themselves as dedicated public
servants who perform their tasks with a deep sense of responsibility and self‐
sacrifice.
Loyalty
Policemen are traditionally loyal to the organization, country and people as
borne by history and practice.
Camaraderie
The binding spirit that enhances teamwork and cooperation in the police
organization, extending to the people they serve, is manifested by the
member’s deep concern and commitment to one another.
The police must generate citizen support and
involvement in the maintenance of peace and
order because the police do not operate in
_____________.
A. Vacuum
B. Slum area
C. Community
D. Hazard
Answer: A. Vacuum

Which of the following is the most
important function of good public relation
officers of a police station?
A.Training of police members
B.Generating community awareness and
support
C.Recruiting qualified applicant
D.Planning and special projects
Answer: B. Generating community awareness

and support
The aspect of public relations that has
been given LEAST importance is:
A.Preparation of plans
B.Training of policemen in personal
contacts with the public
C.Amount of budget
D.Structure for the function

Answer: C. Amount of budget

RA 3019
RA 6713
RA 7080
PLEB

The doing of an act which the officer has no
legal right to do at all, as where he acted
without any authority or exceeds or abuses his
powers is known as:
A. Neglect
B. Malingering
C. Malfeasance
D. Abandonment
Answer: C. Malfeasance

Whom police officers and taught how to
deal with the people in a warm and
friendly manner, they are trained in
______________.
A. Human relations
B. Media relations
C. Public information
D. International relations
Answer: A. Human relations

MISFEASANCE
MALFEASANCE
NONFEASANCE

CODE OF ETHICES
• “As a Law Enforcement Officer, my fundamental
duty is to serve mankind”
• “To safeguard lives and property; to protect the
innocent against deception, the weak against
oppression or intimidation; and the peaceful against violence
or disorder”
• “To respect the constitutional rights of all men to
liberty, equality and justice”

• “I will keep my private life unsullied as an example to
all”
• “ Maintain courageous calm in the face of danger,
scorn or ridicule and develop self restrain”
• “ Whatever I see or hear of a confidential nature or
that is confided to me in my official capacity will be
kept secret unless revelation is necessary in the
performance of my duty”
• “I will never permit personal feelings, prejudice, animosities
or friendship to influence my decisions”
• “I will never act officiously”
• “With no compromise for crime and with relentless
prosecution of criminals, I will enforce the law courteously
and appropriately without fear or favor, malice or ill‐will”
• “I will never employ unnecessary force or violence”

• “I will never accept gratuities”
• “ I recognize the badge of my office as a symbol of public
faith, and I accept it as a public trust to be held so long as I
am true to the ethics of police service”
• “I will constantly strive to achieve these objectives and
ideals dedicating my self before God, to my chosen
profession… Law Enforcement”

Assume that you are a police officer and
you found out that you have unjustly
reprimanded police officer Juan de la
Cruz. The best procedure to follow is
A.Justify the reprimand
B.Talk to him and admit your mistakes
C.Make no apology but tolerate his
behavior
D.Ignore the matter
Answer: B. Talk to him and admit your
mistakes
What disciplinary measure, do you think,
will most likely produce discontentment
and grievance?
A.Unusual strictness
B.Inconsistent administration
C.Severity of punishment
D.Impersonal attitude
Answer: B. Inconsistent administration

A police officer on witness stand is not called
upon to express his view about the case, nor to
tell what he heard others say about it, nor to
make a speech. Of the following, the most
accurate statement of this situation is that –
A. Be courteous
B. To tell the truth and nothing but the truth
C. Do not volunteer
D. Wait for the question before responding
Answer: B. To tell the truth and nothing but the

truth
A. Close family ties
B. Prejudice
C. Isolation from public
D. Material orientedness
Answer: C. Isolation from public

CLE Lecture Series
CONTEMPORARY POLICE PROBLEMS
By

PART 5‐A
Seminar on Contemporary Police Problems

AREAS OF CONCERN ABOUT POLICE
PROBLEMS:
A. POOR PNP CREDIBILITY
‐LEADERSHIP CRISIS
‐CONTINUING PUBLIC SKEPTICISM ABOUT
GOVERNMENT ANNOUCEMENT ABOUT
CLEANSING PROCESS OF RANKS OF THE PNP

PROBLEMS:
‐PERCEIVED AND AKCNOWLEDGE PRESENCE
OF SCALAWAG
‐POOR SENSE OF COMMITMENT AND ATTITUDE

PROBLEMS:
B. POLICE APATHY AND LACK OF
INVOLVEMENT BY THE COMMUNITY

PROBLEMS:
C. LOW MORALS
D. POLICE ADMINISTRATIVE SUPERVISION
AND CONTROL

PROBLEMS:
CATEGORIZATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF
POLICE PROBLEM:
‐RELATIONSHIP WITH THE MILITARY
‐RELATIONSHIP WITH LOCAL EXECUTIVES
‐RELATIONSHIP WITH OTHER AGENCIES OF
POLICE FUNCTION
‐ RELATIONSHIP WITH CSC

PROBLEMS:
1. UNDER RA 6975
2. MAYORS AND GOVERNORS SELECTION OF COP AND PDs
3. NBI
4. COAST GUARD,MARINES,
5. NAPOLCOM AND DILG

PROBLEMS:
RECRUITMENT PROBLEM
PROBLEM IN PROMOTION
PROBLEM N APPOINTMENT
PROBLEM IN TRAINING
PROBLEM IN ASSIGNMENT
LATERAL ENTRY
PROBLEM IN DISCIPLINE
UNIONISM, ASSOCIATION OVERTIME PAY
ETC….

PROBLEMS:
VACANCIES RA 7041
BATA BATA SYSTEM
CORRUPTION
DISCIPLINE
RETIREMENT
PNP GSIS
CRIMINOLOGISTS

PROBLEMS:
E. PROBLEMS ON OPERATIONS
RECORDS MANAGEMENT
POLICE MOBILITY
COIN
PHYSICAL EVIDENCE
CRIMES
PEOPLE SHY AWAY
CLE Lecture Series
CRIMINOLOGICAL RESEARCH AND
STATISTICS
By

PART 6
CRIMINOLOGICAL RESEARCH
a movement from the known to the unknown. It is actually a voyage of discovery

SCOPE
Discuss the meaning nature, legal basis of Explain different research methods and
research and importance of research; its application to criminological research;
Differentiate types of research according Design and validate research instruments;
to purpose and method;
Determine and utilize statistics in
Elucidate the attributes of a good criminological research;
research problem;
Interpret the crime situation through
Distinguish qualitative and quantitative measuring crime data;
research designs;
Explain the various parts and functions of
Explicate sources of research problems; a research paper; and
Discuss the ethics in research, concept of Expound the importance of research in
plagiarism, acts that constitute plagiarism Criminology and Criminal Justice.
and actions that might be seen as
plagiarism;
Apply the entire research process;
MEANING OF RESEARCH
• Research in common parlance refers to a search for knowledge.
• a scientific and systematic search for pertinent information on a specific
topic. In fact, research is an art of scientific investigation.
• “a careful investigation or inquiry specially through search for new facts
in any branch of knowledge.
• “systematized effort to gain new knowledge.
• INQUISITIVENESS is the mother of all knowledge and the method, which
man employs for obtaining the knowledge of whatever the unknown.
• the manipulation of things, concepts or symbols for the purpose of
generalizing to extend, correct or verify knowledge, whether that
knowledge aids in construction of theory or in the practice of an art.”
RESEARCH
Refers to the systematic method consisting of enunciating the
problem, formulating a hypothesis, collecting the facts or data,
analyzing the facts and reaching certain conclusions either in the form
of solutions(s) towards the concerned problem or in certain
generalisations for some theoretical formulation.

OBJECTIVES OF RESEARCH
discover answers to questions through the application of scientific procedures.
To find out the truth which is hidden and which has not been discovered as yet.
BROAD GROUPINGS:
EXPLORATORY OR FORMULATIVE RESEARCH STUDIES
To gain familiarity with a phenomenon or to achieve new insights into it.
DESCRIPTIVE RESEARCH STUDIES
To portray accurately the characteristics of a particular individual, situation or a
group.
DIAGNOSTIC RESEARCH STUDIES
To determine the frequency with which something occurs or with which it is
associated with something else
HYPOTHESIS‐TESTING RESEARCH STUDIES
To test a hypothesis of a causal relationship between variables
What makes people to undertake research?
1. Desire to get a research degree along with its consequential
benefits;
2. Desire to face the challenge in solving the unsolved problems, i.e.,
concern over practical
problems initiates research;
3. Desire to get intellectual joy of doing some creative work;
4. Desire to be of service to society;
5. Desire to get respectability.

TYPES OF RESEARCH
Descriptive Research Analytical Research
includes surveys and fact‐finding use facts or information already
enquiries of different kinds. available, and analyze these to make a
The major purpose is description of the critical evaluation of the material.
state of affairs as it exists at present.
social science and business (Ex Post
Facto)
no control over the variables; he can
only report what has happened or
what is happening

common characteristics is observed over a period
of time.
B. Survey D. Cohort
ANSWER- D

Cohort
a sample of subjects whose behavior is followed
over a period of time
attitude survey
surveys that measure the attitudes, beliefs, and
values of different groups
chivalry hypothesis
The idea that low female crime and delinquency
rates are a reflection of the leniency with which
police treat female offenders.
cross‐section research
Uses survey data derived from all age, race,
gender, and income segments of the population
measured simultaneously. Since people from
every age group are represented, age‐specific
crimes rates can be determined. Proponents
believe this is a sufficient substitute for the
more expensive longitudinal approach that
follows a group of subjects over time to
measure crime rate changes.

deconstruction analysis
An approach that focuses on the use of
language by those in power to define
crime based on their
own values and biases; also called
postmodernist,

dialectic method
For every idea, or thesis, there exists an opposing
argument, or antithesis. Since neither position
can ever be truly accepted, the result is a merger
of the two ideas, a synthesis. Marx adapted this
analytic method for his study of class struggle.
synthesis A merger of two opposing ideas.

retrospective cohort study
A study that uses an intact cohort of known
offenders and looks back into their early life
experiences by checking their educational,
family, police, and hospital records.
retrospective reading The reassessment of a
person’s past to fit a current generalized label.

self‐report survey
A research approach that requires subjects
to reveal their own participation in
delinquent or criminal acts.

Murder cases numbered 180 in 2010 and 220 in
2011 what was the percent increase?
A. +20.2% C. +22.2%
B. +22.0% D. +20.1%

With a population of 195,000 and a volume
crime of 2,540, in Municipality A, What
is its crime rate?
a. 1465.2
b. 1203.5
c. 1230.6
d. 1302.6
Answer: 1302.6
If Metro Manila accounts for 26% of the
national total crime volume of 84, 875,
How many crimes were reported to the
police?
A.22, 868
B.22, 068
C.20, 250
D.32, 644
Answer: 22, 068

Quantitative Studies
The term quantitative refers to a type of information based in
quantities or else quantifiable data (objective properties) as
opposed to
Qualitative Studies
qualitative information which deals with apparent qualities
(subjective properties). It may also refer to mass, time, or
productivity.

PART OF THESIS
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION/PROBLEM AND ITS BACKGROUND
CHAPTER 2
REVIEW OF RELATED FOREIGN AND LOCAL LITERATURES
CHAPTER 3
METHODS OF RESEARCH/ METHODOLOGY
CHAPTER 4
PRESENTATION, ANALYSIS, AND INTERPRETATION OF DATA
CHAPTER 5
SUMMARY, CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATION
PART OF THESIS
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION/PROBLEM AND ITS BACKGROUND
• Introduction
• Background of the study
• Theoretical Framework and Conceptual Framework
• Statement of the Problem
• Hypothesis (if any)
• Scope and Delimitation
• Significance of the study
• Definition of terms

What is the fourth paragraph in the
Introduction?
A. Problem Statement
B. Research Problem
C. Research Statement
D. Author Statement

What is the fourth paragraph in the
Introduction?
A. Problem Statement
B. Research Problem
C. Research Statement
D. Author Statement

PART OF THESIS
CHAPTER 2
REVIEW OF RELATED FOREIGN AND LOCAL LITERATURES
(Review of Related Literature and Studies)
• Related Literature
• Foreign
• Local
• Related Studies
• Local
• Foreign
• Synthesis and relevance to the study
PART OF THESIS
CHAPTER 3
METHODS OF RESEARCH/ METHODOLOGY
• Method of Research
• Population and Sample Size
• Description of Respondents
• Research Instrument
• Data Gathering Procedure
• Statistical Treatment of Data
PART OF THESIS
CHAPTER 4
PRESENTATION, ANALYSIS, AND INTERPRETATION OF DATA
• Subtitles of Topics/Problems

PART OF THESIS
CHAPTER 5
SUMMARY, CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATION
• Subtitles (Gist of statement of the problems, hypothesis (if
any), research method sampling designs, instrument/s and
statistical tools used)
• Findings
• Conclusions
• Recommendations
ARRANGEMENT OF THESIS
• Title page • Chapter 1.
• Certification and approval sheet the Problem and its Background
• Acknowledgement • Chapter 2.
• Certification of Originality Review of related literature and studies
• Abstract • Chapter 3.
• Table of Contents Research Methodology
• List of Tables • Chapter 4.
• List of Figures Presentation, analysis, and interpretation of data
• Chapter 5.
Summary, Conclusions and Recommendations
• Bibliography
• Appendices
Read additional notes on Parts and Forms of how
research is done…

END…
And my motivational Story

The Story of the Tiger
The tiger was
wandering and
wondering
He ask:
how could I find
happiness?

The other
tiger readily
replied:
Try to
chase your tail…

The tiger
following the
suggestion of the
other tiger chase
his tail but he
failed and get
exhausted…
LESSON
Future Criminologist

In life we all
Just need to go
forward and
happiness will
follow us…

CONGRATULATIONS!
REGISTERED CRIMINOLOGIST
FOR THOSE WHO TOIL AND BLEED AND
WALK THROUH THE NARROW PATH!


Comprehensive Lecture Series in Criminal Sociology by Charlemagne James P

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Comprehensive Lecture Series in Criminal Sociology by Charlemagne James P

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CLE Lecture Series

in CRIMINAL SOCIOLOGY, Ethics and Human Relations

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

Plaridel College (Known now as PCCr)

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

• Criminal Law (Book I);

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

Illustration 2 represents a passing Grade

What Criminologist Knows?

2 Deferred SUBJECTS EXAMINEE SHALL BE DEFERRED

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

Answer: Anabolic steroid

What Criminologist Knows?

Answer: Karl Schulmeister

What Criminologist Knows?

Answer: Feb 05 2015

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

Answer: Sir. Robert Peel

What Criminologist Knows?

Answer: Edmond Locard

What Criminologist Knows?

What Criminologist Knows?

Answer: The golden triangle

What Criminologist Knows?

Answer: large magnifying glass

What Criminologist Knows?

Answer: He felt guilty

What Criminologist Knows?

Answer: He was looking for an additional witness

What Criminologist Knows?